AMR (RAN19.0 - Draft A)

WCDMA RAN
AMR Feature Parameter Description
Issue Draft A
Date 2016-06-23
HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2016. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written
consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Trademarks and Permissions
and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.
Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and the
customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be within the
purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements, information,
and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China
Website: http://www.huawei.com
Email: support@huawei.com
Issue Draft A (2016-06-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

Copyright Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
WCDMA RAN
AMR Feature Parameter Description Contents
Contents
1 About This Document.................................................................................................................. 1

1.1 Scope.............................................................................................................................................................................. 1
1.2 Intended Audience.......................................................................................................................................................... 1
1.3 Change History............................................................................................................................................................... 2
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types....................................................................................................................... 2
2 Overview......................................................................................................................................... 4
2.1 Background.....................................................................................................................................................................4
2.2 Introduction.................................................................................................................................................................... 5
2.3 Benefits........................................................................................................................................................................... 5
3 Basic Principle................................................................................................................................ 6
3.1 AMR Radio Bearer Scheme........................................................................................................................................... 6
3.2 Admission Control on AMR Services............................................................................................................................ 7
3.3 AMR Rate Set.................................................................................................................................................................7
3.4 AMR Rate Control........................................................................................................................................................10
3.5 Error AMR Frame Handling Optimization.................................................................................................................. 14
4 Technical Description of AMR-WB Services......................................................................... 16

5 TFO/TrFO...................................................................................................................................... 19
6 AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control....................................................................................23
6.1 Overview...................................................................................................................................................................... 24
6.2 AMRC Based on LDR..................................................................................................................................................24
6.3 AMRC Based on Link Stability....................................................................................................................................25
6.3.1 AMRC Performance.................................................................................................................................................. 25
6.3.2 Link Stability Measurement...................................................................................................................................... 27
6.4 AMRC Based on TFO/TrFO........................................................................................................................................ 30
6.5 Symmetric Uplink and Downlink Rate Sets over the Air Interface for AMR Services............................................... 34
7 Speech Quality Assessment and Maintenance......................................................................35

8 Related Features...........................................................................................................................38
8.1 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band).................................................................................... 38
8.2 WRFD-011600 TFO/TrFO........................................................................................................................................... 39
8.3 WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control..............................................................................................40
Issue Draft A (2016-06-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

WCDMA RAN
9 Network Impact........................................................................................................................... 41
9.1 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band).................................................................................... 41
9.2 WRFD-011600 TFO/TrFO........................................................................................................................................... 42
9.3 WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control..............................................................................................43
10 Engineering Guidelines........................................................................................................... 45
10.1 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band).................................................................................. 45
10.1.1 When to Use This Feature....................................................................................................................................... 45
10.1.2 Required Information.............................................................................................................................................. 45
10.1.3 Network Planning.................................................................................................................................................... 46
10.1.4 Feature Deployment................................................................................................................................................ 46
10.1.4.1 Requirements........................................................................................................................................................ 46
10.1.4.2 Data Preparation................................................................................................................................................... 47
10.1.4.3 Precautions............................................................................................................................................................49
10.1.4.4 Activation............................................................................................................................................................. 49
10.1.4.4.1 Using MML Commands.................................................................................................................................... 49
10.1.4.4.2 MML Command Examples............................................................................................................................... 50
10.1.4.4.3 Using the CME.................................................................................................................................................. 51
10.1.4.5 Activation Observation.........................................................................................................................................51
10.1.4.6 Deactivation..........................................................................................................................................................52
10.1.5 Performance Monitoring..........................................................................................................................................52
10.1.6 Parameter Optimization........................................................................................................................................... 53
10.1.7 Troubleshooting....................................................................................................................................................... 53
10.2 WRFD-011600 TFO/TrFO......................................................................................................................................... 53
10.2.4.1 Requirements........................................................................................................................................................ 54
10.2.4.3 Activation............................................................................................................................................................. 56
10.2.4.3.3 Using the CME.................................................................................................................................................. 57
10.2.4.5 Deactivation..........................................................................................................................................................58
10.2.4.5.3 Using the CME.................................................................................................................................................. 58
10.3 WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control............................................................................................59
Issue Draft A (2016-06-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

WCDMA RAN

10.3.4.1 Requirements........................................................................................................................................................ 59
10.3.4.3 Activation............................................................................................................................................................. 65
10.3.4.3.3 Using the CME.................................................................................................................................................. 71
10.3.4.5 Deactivation..........................................................................................................................................................72
10.3.4.5.3 Using the CME.................................................................................................................................................. 74
11 Parameters................................................................................................................................... 78
12 Counters.................................................................................................................................... 348
13 Glossary..................................................................................................................................... 403
14 Reference Documents............................................................................................................. 404
Issue Draft A (2016-06-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

WCDMA RAN
AMR Feature Parameter Description 1 About This Document
1 About This Document
1.1 Scope
This document describes AMR, including its technical principles, network impact, and
engineering guidelines.
This document covers the following features:
l WRFD-010613 AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band)

l WRFD-011600 TFO/TrFO
l WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control
This document applies to the following NE types.
NE Type NE Model
RNC BSC6900, BSC6910
NodeB Macro 3900 series macro base stations: BTS3900, BTS3900A,

BTS3900L, BTS3900AL, DBS3900, BTS3900C
Micro BTS3911E
LampSite DBS3900 LampSite
1.2 Intended Audience

This document is intended for personnel who:
l Need to understand the features described herein

l Work with Huawei products
Issue Draft A (2016-06-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1

WCDMA RAN
1.3 Change History

This section provides information about the changes in different document versions. There are
two types of changes:
l Feature change
Changes in features and parameters of a specified version as well as the affected entities
l Editorial change
Changes in wording or addition of information and any related parameters affected by
editorial changes. Editorial change does not specify the affected entities.
RAN19.0 Draft A (2016-06-23)

Compared with Issue 01 (2016-02-29) of RAN18.1, Draft A (2016-06-23) of RAN19.0
includes the following changes.
Change Change Description Parameter Change

Type
Feature Added the minimum rate mode guarantee Added the

change function for AMRC based on link stability in QoSAMRCNBMinMode(B
the WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-AMR Speech SC6900,BSC6910) and
Rates Control feature. For details, see 6.3.1 QoSAMRCWBMinMode(B
AMRC Performance and 10.3.4 Feature SC6900,BSC6910)
Deployment. parameters.
Editorial None None

change
1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types

Feature Support by Macro, Micro, and LampSite Base Stations
Feature ID Descriptio Supported by Controller Supported Supported Supported
n by Macro by Micro by
BSC6900 BSC6910 Base Base LampSite
Station Station Base
Station
WRFD-01 AMR-WB Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0613 (Adaptive
Multi Rate
Wide
Band)

WCDMA RAN
WRFD-02 AMR/WB Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

0701 -AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
WRFD-01 TFO/TrFO Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A

1600
NOTE
N/A indicates that an NE is not involved, that is, a feature does not require the support of the NE.
The features described in this document are implemented in the same way on macro, micro,
and LampSite base stations.

WCDMA RAN
AMR Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
2 Overview
2.1 Background
UMTS voice services consist of the AMR service (CS voice) and the VoIP service (PS voice).
The traditional voice bearer scheme is voice over DCH. With the technological development
and the enhancement of bearer efficiency, HSPA/HSPA+ technology is being increasingly
used for voice bearer.
Table 2-1 describes the development of UMTS voice bearer technologies.
Table 2-1 Development of UMTS voice bearer technologies
Protocol Release CS Voice PS Voice
3GPP Release 99 AMR-NB over DCH -
3GPP Release 4 TFO, TrFO, and soft switch -
3GPP Release 5 AMR-WB over DCH VoIP over DCH (IMS-

based)
3GPP Release 6 - VoIP over HSPA
3GPP Release 7 - VoIP over HSPA+ (CPC)
3GPP Release 8 AMR over HSPA/HSPA+ -
Table 2-2 compares different voice bearer technologies.
Table 2-2 Comparison between voice bearer technologies
Item AMR over AMR over VoIP over VoIP over

DCH HSPA/HSPA HSPA/HSPA DCH
+ +
Radio bearer R99 DCH HSPA/HSPA+ HSPA/HSPA+ DCH

WCDMA RAN
AMR Feature Parameter Description 2 Overview
Item AMR over AMR over VoIP over VoIP over

DCH HSPA/HSPA HSPA/HSPA DCH
+ +
RNC rate AMRC AMRC None None

control
RLC TM UM UM UM
CN CS CS PS+IMS PS+IMS
Terminal Ordinary l Supports l Supports Supports the

terminal HSPA/ HSPA/ VoIP client.
HSPA+. HSPA+.
l Supports l Supports the
AMR over VoIP client.
HSPA/
HSPA+.
This document focuses on CS voice services that use the voice bearer technology of AMR
over DCH. Such CS voice services are referred to as AMR services in this document. For
details about other voice services, see Voice over HSPA Feature Parameter Description.
2.2 Introduction
AMR services are UMTS adaptive multi-rate voice services and can be classified into AMR-
NB services and AMR-WB services. By default, AMR services refer to AMR-NB services
with a maximum rate of 12.2 kbit/s. The maximum rate of AMR-WB services is 23.85 kbit/s.
To ensure the quality of AMR services, the Tandem Free Operation/Transcoder Free
Operation (TFO/TrFO) and AMR Rate Control (AMRC) functions are provided.
2.3 Benefits
AMR-WB services provide improved voice quality, especially in terms of voice naturalness.
For details, see 4 Technical Description of AMR-WB Services.
TFO/TrFO helps avoid voice quality deterioration caused by coding and decoding. In
addition, TrFO helps save transmission resources. For details, see chapter 5 TFO/TrFO.
AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control enables the RNC to dynamically adjust the speech
rates based on radio resource congestion state and radio link state. This improves voice
quality of AMR services in high-traffic and weak-coverage scenarios. For details, see 6
AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control.

WCDMA RAN
AMR Feature Parameter Description 3 Basic Principle
3 Basic Principle
3.1 AMR Radio Bearer Scheme

The CN sends the requests of setting up AMR services with the maximum bit rate (MBR) of
12.2 kbit/s and AMR services with the MBR of 23.85 kbit/s to the RNC using RAB 0 and
RAB 1, respectively, as described in the following table.
RAB No. CN Traffic Source MBR Direction

Domain Class Statistics (kbit/s)
Descriptor
0 CS Conversatio Speech 12.2 Downlink/

nal Uplink
1 CS Conversatio Speech 23.85 Downlink/

nal Uplink
Each RAB consists of three sub-flows: A, B, and C, as shown in the following figure. A has a
higher priority than B and C. The RNC sets up three RBs corresponding to the sub-flows and
these RBs are transmitted at the RLC layer in transparent transmission mode. For details
about the sub-flows, see 3GPP TS 26.101 (AMR-NB) and 3GPP TS 26.201/3GPP TS 26.202
(AMR-WB).

WCDMA RAN
3.2 Admission Control on AMR Services

AMR services have a higher admission priority than data services.
For details about the admission control rules for AMR services, see Call Admission Control
Feature Parameter Description.
3.3 AMR Rate Set

To achieve better voice quality, the rates of AMR services can be adjusted based on the
change of radio environments. AMR-NB services and AMR-WB services have different rates
and rate sets.
NOTE
AMR rate = (A + B + C)/20 ms, where A, B, and C stand for the size of voice data for each sub-flow.
Voice has a period close to 20 ms so voice is sampled and processed every 20 ms. The following is an
example:12.2 kbit/s = (81+103+60) bits/20 ms.
AMR-NB Rate Set

The following table lists the rates of AMR-NB services and the bit number of each sub-flow
corresponding to each rate.
Table 3-1 Rates of AMR-NB services

Rate 12.2 10.2 7.95 7.4 6.7 5.9 5.15 4.75 SID No
(kbit/s Data
) (0)
Sub- 81 65 75 61 58 55 49 42 39 0
flow A
(bit)
Sub- 103 99 84 87 76 63 54 53 0 0
flow B
(bit)
Sub- 60 40 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
flow C
(bit)
3GPP TS 28.062 provides 16 recommended configurations of the AMR-NB rate set on the
wireless network. The recommended configurations are configurations 0 to 15 listed in Table
3-2. Recommended configuration 1 or 7 is usually used on live networks to achieve optimal
performance and communication.

WCDMA RAN
Table 3-2 Recommended configurations of the AMR-NB rate set

Set 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
tin
g
12. - (1) - - - - - 1 - - - - - - 1 1
2
kbit
/s
10. - - - - - - 1 - - - - - 1 1 - -
2
kbit
/s
7.9 - - - - - 1 - - - - - - - - 1 1
5
kbit
/s
7.4 - 1 - - 1 - - - - - 1 1 - - - -
0
kbit
/s
6.7 - - - 1 - - - - - 1 1 1 1 1 - -
0
kbit
/s
5.9 - 1 1 - - - - - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
0
kbit
/s
5.1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
5
kbit
/s
4.7 1 1 - - - - - - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
5
kbit
/s
OM F F F F F F F F F F F A F A F A

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
l 1 indicates that a rate set contains the rate. (1) indicates that the rate is optional in a rate set. -
indicates that a rate set does not contain the rate. Take recommended configuration 1 as an example.
The rate set can be {12.2 kbit/s, 7.4 kbit/s, 5.9 kbit/s, 4.75 kbit/s} or {7.4 kbit/s, 5.9 kbit/s, 4.75
kbit/s}.
l A indicates that the TFO/TrFO mechanism is allowed to automatically optimize and modify the rate
set during TFO/TrFO negotiation. F indicates that the optimization and modification are not
allowed. Usually, F is used.
AMR-WB Rate Set

The following table lists the rates of AMR-WB services and the bit number of each sub-flow
corresponding to each rate.
Table 3-3 Rates of AMR-WB services

Rate 23.85 23.05 19.85 18.25 15.85 14.25 12.65 8.85 6.6 SID No
(kbit/ Data
s) (0)
Sub- 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 64 54 40 0
flow
A (bit)
Sub- 405 389 325 293 245 213 181 113 78 0 0

flow B
(bit)
Sub- 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
flow C
(bit)
3GPP TS 26.103 provides six recommended configurations of the AMR-WB rate set. The
recommended configurations are configurations 0 to 5 listed in Table 3-4. Recommended
configuration 0 or 4 is usually used on live networks to achieve optimal performance and
communication.
Table 3-4 Recommended configurations of the AMR-WB rate set

Set 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
tin
g
23. - - - - 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
85
kbit
/s
15. - - 1 1 - - - - - - - - - - - -
85
kbit
/s

WCDMA RAN
Set 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
tin
g
12. 1 1 1 1 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
65
kbit
/s
8.8 1 1 1 1 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
5
kbit
/s
6.6 1 1 1 1 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -
kbit
/s
OM F A F A F A - - - - - - - - - -
NOTE
l 1 indicates that a rate set contains the rate. - indicates that a rate set does not contain the rate. Take
recommended configuration 1 as an example. The rate set can be {6.6 kbit/s, 8.85 kbit/s, 12.65
kbit/s}.
l A indicates that the TFO/TrFO mechanism is allowed to automatically optimize and modify the rate
set during TFO/TrFO negotiation. F indicates that the optimization and modification are not
allowed. Usually, F is used.
3.4 AMR Rate Control

Definition
The AMR Rate Control (AMRC) function enables the RNC or UE to dynamically choose a
rate from controllable rate set during the AMR calls based on the changes in the radio
environment.
The AMRC function can adjust the rate in gradual or non-gradual mode. For example, in
gradual mode, when the controllable rate set is {12.2 kbit/s, 7.4 kbit/s, 5.9 kbit/s, 4.75 kbit/s}
and the rate needs to be decreased, the rate is first decreased to 7.4 kbit/s, then to 5.9 kbit/s,
and finally to 4.75 kbit/s. While in non-gradual mode, the rate can be directly decreased to
4.75 kbit/s.
The AMRC function in gradual mode is controlled by
CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJUST_GRADUALLY_SWITCH under the
CsSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter for AMR-WB, or by
PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_RATESET_EXT_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch3(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter for AMR-NB.

WCDMA RAN
Signaling Procedure
AMRC can be divided into uplink AMRC and downlink AMRC depending on the direction of
a data flow. The following figures show the signaling procedures for uplink and downlink
AMRC rate adjustments.
Figure 3-1 Signaling procedure for uplink AMRC
NOTE
The rate adjustment succeeds if the RNC does not receive a TFC CONTROL FAILURE message from
the UE within the period of time specified by the AmrUlRateAdjTimerLen(BSC6900,BSC6910)/
WAmrUlRateAdjTimerLen(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter after sending a TFC CONTROL message.
Figure 3-2 Signaling procedure for downlink AMRC
NOTE
The rate adjustment fails if the RNC receives a RATE CONTRAL NACK message from the CN or does
not receive any message within the period of time specified by the
DlModeChangeTimerLen(BSC6900,BSC6910) or DlModeChangeTimerLen(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter after sending a RATE CONTROL message.

WCDMA RAN
AMRC Controllable Rate Set

In the AMR rate set, the minimum rate is the guaranteed bit rate (GBR) and the maximum
rate is the maximum bit rate (MBR). The MBR carried in the RAB assignment message sent
by the CN is MBRRAB, and the MBR specified on the RNC LMT is MBRLMT.
The AMRC controllable rate set is the collection of rates that can be selected during the rate
adjustment. This collection includes all or part of rates in a rate set. The following figure
shows the generation process of an AMR controllable rate.
Figure 3-3 Generation process of an AMR controllable rate
1. The CN sends the RNC a RAB assignment message that carries a specified AMR rate
set, the GBR, and the MBRRAB.
2. The LMT sends the MBRLMT to the RNC.
3. The RNC calculates the AMRC controllable rate set, GBR, and MBR based on the
controllable rate selection algorithm in the following table. The AMRC controllable rate
set can be used for the rate adjustment during the AMR call.
Table 3-5 AMRC controllable rate selection algorithm

Service Iu UP Link Direction AMRC Controllable Rate Set
Type Versio
n
AMR-NB 1 Downlink {GBR, MBR} Two rates are included

in this set and MBR = min {MBRRAB,
MBRLMT}.

WCDMA RAN

Type Versio
n
Uplink {GBR, MBR} Two rates are included

MBRLMT}.
2 Downlink {GBR, ..., MBRRAB}
Uplink l If the AMRC function adjusts the

rate in gradual mode, the {GBR, ...,
MBRRAB} rate set that includes all
the rates carried in the RAB
assignment message is used. If the
number of rates in this set is greater
than 4, rates other than 4.75 kbit/s,
5.9 kbit/s, 7.4 kbit/s, and 12.2 kbit/s
are excluded from this set.
l If the AMRC function adjusts the
rate in non-gradual mode, the
{GBR, MBRRAB} rate set is used.
AMR-WB 1 Downlink {GBR, MBR} Two rates are included

MBRLMT}.

8.85 kbit/s, 12.65 kbit/s, 15.85
kbit/s, and 23.85 kbit/s are excluded
from this set.
2 Downlink {GBR, ..., MBRRAB}

WCDMA RAN

Type Versio
n

8.85 kbit/s, 12.65 kbit/s, 15.85
kbit/s, and 23.85 kbit/s are excluded
from this set.
3.5 Error AMR Frame Handling Optimization

As specified in section 6.4.4.1.3 in 3GPP TS 25.415 of 3GPP Release 4:
l If TrFO/TFO is enabled, the MGW does not perform coding or decoding. Therefore,
frames with the FQC value set to "frame bad" or "frame bad due to radio" will be passed
to the RNC.
l If TrFO/TFO is disabled, the MGW performs decoding and coding on the incoming
frames and sends them to the RNC. In this situation, the RNC will not receive the frames
with the FQC value set to "frame bad" or "frame bad due to radio".
If TrFO/TFO is enabled, the RNC may receive frames with the FQC value set to "frame bad"
or "frame bad due to radio". If the RNC does not discard these frames, the UE will receive
and submit them to the MAC layer for decoding. As a result, garbled voices occur, adversely
affecting user experience. If the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) on the received frames fails,
the UE discards them, instead of sending them to the MAC layer. For this reason, 3GPP TS
25.415 of 3GPP Release 4 defines in chapter 6 a function that allows the RNC to discard the
received Iu UP version 2 frames with the FQC value set to "frame bad" or "frame bad due to
radio". For details, see the red-circled content in Figure 3-4. In 3GPP TS 25.415 of 3GPP
Release 99, only the Iu UP version 1 frames experiencing CRC failures are discarded. For
details, see Figure 3-5.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 3-4 3GPP TS 25.415 of 3GPP Release 4 (Iu UP version 2)
Figure 3-5 3GPP TS 25.415 of 3GPP Release 99 (Iu UP version 1)
ERRFRAME_DISCARD_SWITCH under the OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)

parameter is added on the RNC to specify whether the RNC discards the received Iu UP
version 1 frames with the FQC value set to "frame bad" or "frame bad due to radio".

WCDMA RAN
AMR Feature Parameter Description 4 Technical Description of AMR-WB Services
4 Technical Description of AMR-WB

Services
This chapter describes the WRFD-010613 AMR-WB feature.
Introduction
The following figure shows the difference in the usable frequency band between AMR-WB
services and AMR-NB services.
Figure 4-1 Difference in the usable frequency band between AMR-WB services and AMR-
NB services
Benefits
Compared with AMR-NB services of similar rates, AMR-WB services provide better voice
quality.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 4-2 AMR-NB/WB MOS evaluated based on ITU-T P.863 (BLER=0%)
NOTE
l ITU-T P.862.1 and ITU-T P.863 are two mainstream standards for evaluating the mean opinion score
(MOS). ITU-T P.862.1 can evaluate only the quality of AMR-NB voice services within the 4 kHz
bandwidth. ITU-T P.863 was introduced in 2011 and can evaluate the quality of AMR-NB and
AMR-WB services within the 8 kHz bandwidth. ITU-T P.863 increases the evaluation requirement,
and therefore the AMR-NB MOS evaluated based on ITU-T P.863 is lower than that evaluated based
on ITU-T P.862.1. On live networks, the same standard should be used for evaluating the benefits in
MOS before and after the AMR-WB technology is used, and therefore ITU-T P.863 should be used.
l On live networks, the actual MOS is slightly lower than that shown in the preceding figure because
BLER cannot be 0.
Restrictions
AMR-WB can take effect only when the CN, RAN, calling UE, and called UE support AMR-
WB. Otherwise, AMR-NB is used.
NOTE
On live networks, when a UE that supports AMR-WB calls a UE that does not support AMR-WB, CNs
from different vendors handle this situation in different ways. Generally, the CN reassigns the RAB to
the UE that supports AMR-WB and the AMR call becomes an AMR-NB call.
Applications of AMR-WB Services

On live networks, AMR-WB services usually use the recommended rate set 0 (the maximum
rate is 12.65 kbit/s) or 4 (the maximum rate is 23.85 kbit/s). For details, see AMR-WB Rate
Set. The maximum rates of gold, silver, and copper users can be set by configuring the
GoldMaxMode, SilverMaxMode, and CopperMaxMode parameters on the RNC.
When UPCEIMPROVEFORAMRWBSW is set to ON on the NodeB, the function of uplink

CE efficiency enhancement for AMR-WB services takes effect, and CE consumption of
AMR-WB services (with a data rate of 23.05 kbit/s or 23.85 kbit/s) decreases from 1.5 to 1.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
AMR-WB services are under license control on the RNC and are not controlled by switch. The status of
the license for AMR-WB services on the RNC must be consistent with the configuration of AMR-WB
services on the corresponding CN.

WCDMA RAN
AMR Feature Parameter Description 5 TFO/TrFO
5 TFO/TrFO
This chapter describes the WRFD-011600 TFO/TrFO feature.
Introduction
l Definition of TFO/TrFO
The TFO/TrFO function is used to prevent tandem codecs in the traditional UE-UE
calling procedure. The corresponding feature is WRFD-011600 TFO/TrFO. For details
about TFO and TrFO, see 3GPP TS 28.062. Only the TrFO function is used on the RAN
side in the UMTS network, and TFO/TrFO in this document refers to TrFO.
As shown in the following figure, the traditional UE-UE calling procedure includes two
coding operations and two decoding operations. When the calling UE and the called UE
use the same AMR rate set, the TrFO function enables compressed speech frames to be
directly transmitted between the two UEs, without the need for the second speech
coding/decoding.
Figure 5-1 Codec operations after the TrFO function is enabled
l Prerequisites for TFO/TrFO

The TFO/TrFO function takes effect only when the calling UE and the called UE use the
same AMR rate. To enable the rate adjustment between two UEs, Iu UP version 2 that
supports bi-directional AMR rate adjustment between the RNC and CN must be used
over the Iu interface. Iu UP version 1 supports only the sending of AMR rate adjustment
requests from the RNC to the CN. For details about bi-directional AMR rate adjustment
between the RNC and CN, see 3GPP TS 25.415.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 5-2 Signaling procedures when Iu UP version 2 is used over the Iu interface
l eTrFO
eTrFO is an enhancement to TFO/TrFO. The eTrFO function is controlled by the
UL_NBAMR_TRANSCODER_BASE_SILENCE_SWITCH check box under the
OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. This function takes effect at point
Transcoder shown in the following figure.
The RNC adjusts the 12.2 kbit/s rate of the AMR-NB services to the target rate indicated
by the RATE CONTROL message through codec conversion if the following are true:
TrFO and TrFO-based AMRC are enabled.
The rate adjustment fails at the local end.
A voice frame does not meet the rate requirements of the peer end.
This adjustment reduces the occurrences of one-way audio caused by voice frame rate
inconsistency between the local and peer ends on the network.

WCDMA RAN
Benefits
The following table uses AMR-NB services as an example and lists the TFO/TrFO gains in
MOSs evaluated based on ITU-T P.862.1.
Table 5-1 AMR-NB TFO/TrFO MOS gains evaluated based on ITU-T P.862.1 (BLER=0%)
Scenar 12.2 10.2 7.95 7.4 6.7 5.9 5.15 4.75

io kbit/s kbit/s kbit/s kbit/s kbit/s kbit/s kbit/s kbit/s
TrFO/T 4.12 4.05 3.85 3.8 3.7 3.6 3.45 3.32

FO
enabled
TrFO/T 3.95 3.88 3.61 3.55 3.42 3.33 3.16 3.01

FO
disable
d
NOTE
The data in the table is obtained on the assumption that the BLER is equal to 0%. On live networks, the
BLER is generally greater than 0%, and the actual benefits may slightly decrease.
Restrictions
l If there are two or more rates in the current AMR rate set, it is recommended that the
TFO/TrFO function be enabled only when the AMRC function is enabled or disabled on
all the RNCs under the CN. The TFO/TrFO function is not recommended if the AMRC
function is enabled only on some RNCs because the rate of the calling UE may be
different from that of the called UE in this scenario.
l If the TFO/TrFO function is to be used between a UMTS UE and a GSM UE, the TFO/
TrFO function must be supported on the GSM side. For the configuration of AMR-NB
services on the CN, it is recommended that only 12.2 kbit/s be included in the UMTS
rate set and the enhanced full rate (EFR) be included in the GSM rate set. For details, see
the implementation strategy on the CN. If the preceding recommendation is not used and
the GSM UE uses the half rate, one-way audio occurs on the GSM side when the UMTS
UE does not respond to the uplink rate reduction request.
Applications of TFO/TrFO
To enable the TFO/TrFO function, select the CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH check
box under the CsSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command on the RNC. The TFO/TrFO function takes effect for
a cell only when the following conditions are met:
l The Iu UP version negotiated by the calling UE and CN is consistent with that negotiated
by the called UE and CN.
l The AMR rate set negotiated by the calling UE and CN is consistent with that negotiated
by the called UE and CN.

WCDMA RAN
To enable the eTrFO function, select the

OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.

WCDMA RAN
AMR Feature Parameter Description 6 AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control
6 AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control
This chapter describes the WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control feature.

WCDMA RAN
6.1 Overview
The AMRC function can be divided into the following types depending on the triggering
reasons. For details about the definition of AMRC, see section 3.4 AMR Rate Control.
l AMRC based on LDR
The RNC triggers rate adjustment based on the cell congestion state.
When cell resources are congested, AMRC reduces resources such as power, codes, and
Iub bandwidth occupied by each AMR UE by reducing the rate of the UE. This enables
more UEs to access the cell.
l AMRC based on link stability
The RNC triggers rate adjustment based on the link stability.
When a UE is in a weak coverage area, AMRC increases the coverage radius for the
AMR UE by reducing its rate. This prevents call drops or the speech quality from
deteriorating rapidly.
l AMRC based on TFO/TrFO
The RNC triggers rate adjustment based on the request of the peer RNC. Especially in
the scenario when the peer RNC performs downlink AMRC based on LDR or link
stability, the local RNC performs uplink AMRC as a response to the rate adjustment
request from the peer RNC.
When both the calling UE and called UE use TFO/TrFO, the local RNC and peer RNC
should support AMRC based on TFO/TrFO. Otherwise, if the peer RNC requests a rate
decrease but the local RNC cannot fulfill the task, the peer RNC will continue to use the
original rate. In this case, the AMRC function does not take effect.
NOTE
The local RNC receives an AMR rate adjustment request from the peer RNC only when the peer
RNC triggers downlink AMRC. When the peer RNC triggers uplink AMRC, the peer RNC only
needs to interact with the UE.
If the TFO/TrFO function is not enabled, the coder of the CN responds to the AMR rate
adjustment request sent from the peer RNC, and therefore the local RNC will not receive the
request. If the TFO/TrFO function is enabled, the coder of the CN does not perform coding or
decoding, and the CN transfers the AMR rate adjustment request sent by the peer RNC to the local
RNC. In this case, the local RNC handles the AMR rate adjustment request triggered by the peer
RNC.
The application of AMRC is dependent on the UE and some UEs may have compatibility
issues during uplink AMR rate adjustment. In this case, the MBR in the uplink AMR
controllable rate set is the same as the guaranteed bit rate (GBR) to disable the AMRC
function. During downlink AMR rate adjustment, no special processing is performed on these
UEs. For details about special processing for UEs with compatibility issues, see Terminal
Black List Feature Parameter Description.
In scenarios of combined services, it is recommended that PS services be carried on DCHs
and the rates on DCHs be set to 8 kbit/s or 16 kbit/s. For details about this configuration, see
Enhanced Combined Service Feature Parameter Description.
6.2 AMRC Based on LDR

When a cell enters the load reshuffling (LDR) state, the MBR is decreased to the GBR in the
AMR controllable rate set. When the cell exits the LDR state, the MBR remains the same as

WCDMA RAN
the GBR and will not be adjusted. For details about the LDR function, see Load Control
Feature Parameter Description.
When the AMRC function is used to decrease the rate of 23.85 kbit/s AMR-WB services,
downlink code congestion can be relieved through downlink code reallocation. Whether
downlink code reallocation is enabled is controlled by
CS_WAMR_SF_RECONF_SWITCH under the CsSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
6.3 AMRC Based on Link Stability

AMRC based on link stability enables the RNC to adjust the rate of AMR services according
to events received. For details about rate adjustment, see section 6.3.1 AMRC Performance.
For details about the events, see section 6.3.2 Link Stability Measurement.
AMRC based on link stability takes effect only when the

AMRQosPerform(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UQOSACT command is set to
ON and the AMRC function is enabled.
6.3.1 AMRC Performance

AMRC based on link stability enables the RNC to adjust the rate of AMR services according
to events received. If the current rate is GBR or the minimum rate guaranteed for AMRC
based on link stability before a rate decrease, the RNC perform an inter-frequency or inter-
RAT handover.
The minimum rate mode of AMRC based on link stability can be specified using the
QoSAMRCNBMinMode(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
QoSAMRCWBMinMode(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameters.
AMRC based on link stability takes effect only when the

AMRQosPerform(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UQOSACT command is set to
ON and the AMRC function is enabled.
During uplink AMRC, after receiving a report for rate adjustment from the UE, if the RNC
receives no report for stopping the rate adjustment before the timer specified by the
AmrUlRateAdjTimerLen(BSC6900,BSC6910) or
WAmrUlRateAdjTimerLen(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter expires, the RNC continues to
perform rate adjustment. This avoids frequent rate adjustments. The following is an example
of rate increase:
1. After receiving a report on event 6B2 from a UE, the RNC increases the rate for the UE
and starts the rate adjustment timer at the same time.
2. If the RNC receives a report on event 6A2 before the timer expires, the rate increase
succeeds and the RNC stops the timer.
3. If the RNC does not receive a report on event 6A2 before the timer expires, the rate
adjustment fails and the RNC restarts the timer. Rate increase is performed continually
until a report on event 6A2 is received.
During downlink AMRC, the RNC adjusts the rate only once after receiving a report for rate
adjustment.
The following table lists the basic principles of AMRC based on link stability.

WCDMA RAN
Table 6-1 Basic principles of AMRC based on link stability

Direction Event AMRC Enabled AMRC Disabled
Uplink 6D or 6A1 The RNC decreases The RNC performs

(UE transmit power) the rate for the UE. an inter-RAT or
If the current rate is inter-frequency
GBR, the RNC handover.
instructs the UE to
start measurement
for handovers.
6B1 The RNC stops -

decreasing the rate
for the UE.
6A2 The RNC stops -

increasing the rate
for the UE.
6B2 The RNC increases -

the rate for the UE.
If the MBR is
already reached, the
RNC does not
perform rate
adjustment for the
UE.
Downlink E1 The RNC decreases The RNC performs

(transmit power on the rate for the UE. an inter-RAT or
the DPDCH) If the current rate is inter-frequency
GBR, the RNC handover.
instructs the UE to
start measurement
for handovers.
E2 The RNC stops -

decreasing the rate
for the UE.
F2 The RNC stops -

increasing the rate
for the UE.
F1 The RNC increases -

the rate for the UE.
If the MBR is
already reached, the
RNC does not
perform rate
adjustment for the
UE.

WCDMA RAN
Direction Event AMRC Enabled AMRC Disabled
Ea - The RNC performs

an inter-RAT or
inter-frequency
handover.
Eb - The RNC performs

an inter-RAT or
inter-frequency
handover.
NOTE
1. Events 6A, 6B, F, and E are all measurement types defined in the 3GPP specifications. The digits
and lower-case letters are used to distinguish between measurement sets of the same type.
Measurement control parameters (such as thresholds and hystereses) of different measurement sets
are delivered and processed separately. For example, the RNC delivers two sets of measurement
control parameters M1 and M2 to the UE. Then, event 6A reported by the UE based on M1 is
considered as event 6A1 and event 6A reported by the UE based on M2 is considered as event 6A2.
2. Handover action is controlled by the following switches.
If the uplink AMR inter-frequency handover switch
UlQosAmrInterFreqHoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) or
UlQosWAmrInterFreqHoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to YES, the RNC performs an inter-
frequency handover.
If the uplink AMR inter-RAT handover switch UlQosAmrInterRatHoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
or UlQosWAmrInterRatHoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to YES, the RNC performs an inter-
RAT handover.
If the downlink AMR inter-frequency handover switch
DlQosAmrInterFreqHoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) or
DlQosWAmrInterFreqHoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to YES, the RNC performs an inter-
frequency handover.
If the downlink AMR inter-RAT handover switch
DlQosAmrInterRatHoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) or
DlQosWAmrInterRatHoSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) is set to YES, the RNC performs an inter-RAT
handover.
If inter-frequency handover switches and inter-RAT handover switches are set to YES, inter-
frequency measurement and inter-RAT measurement are started at the same time. Then, the RNC
decides whether to perform an inter-frequency or inter-RAT handover based on the first report
received from the UE.
6.3.2 Link Stability Measurement

Measurement for Event 6A1/6B1/6A2/6B2/6D
Triggering conditions for events 6A1, 6A2, 6B1, 6B2, and 6D are as follows:
l If the UE transmit power is above the threshold of event 6A1 for a period of time
specified by UlAmrTrigTime6A1(BSC6900,BSC6910), event 6A1 is triggered.
l If the UE transmit power is below the threshold of event 6B1 for a period of time
specified by UlAmrTrigTime6B1(BSC6900,BSC6910), event 6B1 is triggered.
l If the UE transmit power is below the threshold of event 6B2 for a period of time
specified by UlAmrTrigTime6B2(BSC6900,BSC6910), event 6B2 is triggered.

WCDMA RAN
l If the UE transmit power is above the threshold of event 6A2 for a period of time
specified by UlAmrTrigTime6A2(BSC6900,BSC6910) event 6A2 is triggered.
l If the UE transmit power is equal to the maximum transmit power for a period of time
specified by UlAmrTrigTime6D(BSC6900,BSC6910), event 6D is triggered.
Figure 6-1 Uplink events and the corresponding thresholds
Events 6A1, 6A2, 6B1, and 6B2 have different thresholds. These thresholds are determined
by the maximum uplink transmit power for conversational services and the relative threshold
of each event. Delta_6a1, Delta_6b1, Delta_6a2, and Delta_6b2 are relative thresholds. The
threshold of event 6D is the maximum transmit power of the UE, as shown in Figure 6-1.
The thresholds are calculated using the following formulas:
l Threshold of event 6A1 = MaxUlTxPowerforConv(BSC6900,BSC6910) -
UlThd6A1(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l Threshold of event 6B1 = MaxUlTxPowerforConv(BSC6900,BSC6910) -
UlThd6B1(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l Threshold of event 6A2 for the transmit power =
MaxUlTxPowerforConv(BSC6900,BSC6910) - UlThd6A2(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l Threshold of event 6B2 = MaxUlTxPowerforConv(BSC6900,BSC6910) -
UlThd6B2(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l Threshold of event 6D = MaxUlTxPowerforConv(BSC6900,BSC6910)
Measurement for Event E1/E2/F1/F2

Triggering conditions for events E1, E2, F1, and F2 are as follows:
l When the average transmit power of the DPDCH is above the threshold of event E1,
event E1 is triggered.
l When the average transmit power of the DPDCH is below the threshold of event E2,
event E2 is triggered.

WCDMA RAN
l When the average transmit power of the DPDCH is below the threshold of event F1,
event F1 is triggered.
l When the average transmit power of the DPDCH is above the threshold of event F2,
event F2 is triggered.
Figure 6-2 Downlink events and the corresponding thresholds
Events E1, E2, F1, and F2 have different thresholds. These thresholds are determined by the
maximum downlink DPDCH transmit power and the relative thresholds of each event.
Delta_E1, Delta_E2, Delta_F1, and Delta_F2 are relative thresholds, as shown in Figure 6-2.
The thresholds are calculated using the following formulas:
l Threshold of event E1 = PPCPICH + RlMaxDlPwr(BSC6900,BSC6910) -
DlThdE1(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l Threshold of event E2 = PPCPICH + RlMaxDlPwr(BSC6900,BSC6910) -
DlThdE2(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l Threshold of event F1 = PPCPICH + RlMaxDlPwr(BSC6900,BSC6910) -
DlThdF1(BSC6900,BSC6910)
l Threshold of event F2 = PPCPICH + RlMaxDlPwr(BSC6900,BSC6910) -
DlThdF2(BSC6900,BSC6910)
PPCPICH is the power for P-CPICH. RlMaxDlPwr(BSC6900,BSC6910) is the power offset
relative to P-CPICH.

WCDMA RAN
Measurement for Event Ea/Eb

l If the transmit power in the pilot field of the DPCCH is above the threshold of event Ea
for a period of time specified by DlAmrTrigTimeE(BSC6900,BSC6910), event Ea is
triggered.
l If the transmit power in the pilot field of the DPCCH is below the threshold of event Eb
for a period of time specified by DlAmrTrigTimeE(BSC6900,BSC6910), event Eb is
triggered.
The threshold of event Ea or Eb is calculated using the following formula:
E threshold = Maximum DL power Relative threshold + PO3
Where
l E threshold is the threshold of event Ea or Eb.
l PO3 is the offset of the transmit power in the pilot field of the DPCCH relative to the
transmit power of the DPDCH and is specified by the PilotPo(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter in the SET UFRC command.
l Relative threshold is the relative threshold of event Ea or Eb, specified by the parameter
ThdEa(BSC6900,BSC6910) or ThdEb(BSC6900,BSC6910), respectively.
l Maximum DL power is the maximum downlink transmit power of DPDCHs and is
specified by the RlMaxDlPwr(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the ADD
UCELLRLPWR command.
The NodeB periodically reports the measurement results of the transmit power to the RNC.
The period for the NodeB to report measurement results is specified by the parameter
ChoiceRptUnitForAmrE(BSC6900,BSC6910), TenMsecForAmrE(BSC6900,BSC6910), or
MinForAmrE(BSC6900,BSC6910).
6.4 AMRC Based on TFO/TrFO

AMRC based on TFO/TrFO is not switch-controlled and is enabled by default when the
following features are enabled:
l WRFD-011600 TFO/TrFO
l WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control
NOTE
AMRC based on TFO/TrFO is subject to the restrictions described in Restrictions in 5 TFO/TrFO.
Signaling Procedure
Figure 6-3 shows the signaling procedure of the AMRC based on the TFO/TrFO function.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 6-3 Signaling procedure for AMRC based on TFO/TrFO
When the local RNC receives a RATE CONTROL message from the peer RNC, the local
RNC adjusts the uplink rate if either of the following conditions is met:
l The RATE CONTROL message contains a rate decrease request.
l The RATE CONTROL message contains a rate increase request and all of the following
conditions are met:
The local RNC needs to increase the uplink rate according to the local UE's transmit
power.
The uplink load of the cell serving the local UE is in the normal state.
The Iub resources of the cell serving the local UE are sufficient.
NOTE
If the local RNC determines not to adjust the uplink rate, it does not send a RATE CONTROL
NACK message to the peer RNC by default. In this situation, to enable the local RNC to send a
RATE CONTROL NACK message to the peer RNC, select
PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch3(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter.
Limitation on the Downlink Rate over the Air Interface for AMR Services
l Limitation on the downlink rate over the air interface for AMR services
This function enables the RNC to limit the maximum downlink rate over the air interface
for AMR services to the preset maximum downlink rate over the air interface, which is
always less than the maximum downlink rate assigned by the CN. Therefore, this
function helps save cell resources and relieve cell congestion.
The maximum rate over the air interface is configured on the local RNC by the
GoldMaxMode, SilverMaxMode, or CopperMaxMode parameter for gold, silver, or
copper users, respectively.

WCDMA RAN
After this function is enabled, the following steps are performed to limit the maximum
downlink rate over the air interface for AMR services. Procedures in dotted boxes in
Figure 6-4 are introduced by this function.
a. After an AMR service is set up, the local RNC initiates a RATE CONTROL
procedure to limit the maximum uplink rate of the peer UE to the maximum uplink
rate of the local UE.
NOTE
The time when the local RNC initiates the RATE CONTROL procedure is configurable.
CsSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910): CS_AMR_RB_RECFG_BEFORE_CONNECT_SWITCH
specifies the time when the local RNC initiates the RATE CONTROL procedure. When this
option is selected, the local RNC initiates the RATE CONTROL procedure immediately
after the RB SETUP procedure is complete on the local end. However, there is a high
probability that the rate of the peer UE fails to be adjusted in this case, and the local RNC
will re-initiate the RATE CONTROL procedure after the AMR service is set up. When this
option is not selected, the local RNC initiates the RATE CONTROL procedure only after the
AMR service is set up and the rate of the peer UE is more likely to be successfully adjusted
in this case.
b. After receiving a RATE CONTROL ACK message that indicates a successful rate
adjustment, the local RNC initiates an RB reconfiguration procedure to modify the
downlink rate set of the local UE. All the rates reserved in the rate set are less than
or equal to the maximum rate over the air interface.
NOTE
After receiving a RATE CONTROL ACK message that indicates a rate adjustment failure,
the local RNC does not initiate an RB reconfiguration procedure to limit the maximum rate
over the air interface for AMR services.
Figure 6-4 Process of limiting the downlink rate over the air interface for AMR services

WCDMA RAN
This function is controlled by PerfEnhanceSwitch6(BSC6900,BSC6910):

PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_MBR_LIMIT_SWITCH parameter. However, this function
does not take effect for the following UEs even if enabled:
UEs in the blacklist of the SPECUSER_WBAMR_RB_RECFG_LIMIT_SWITCH
function
UEs that set up AMR services and then are relocated to the local RNC through
combined hard handovers and SRNS relocation or inter-RAT relocation
l Relocation after limitation on the downlink rate over the air interface for AMR services
For UEs on which the function of limitation on the downlink rate over the air interface
for AMR services has taken effect, the rate set configured for the air interface may be
inconsistent with that configured for the Iu interface. When such UEs are relocated, the
DRNC obtains a rate set from the SRNC and another rate set from the CN. The
inconsistency between the two rate sets will lead to relocation failures and call drops.
When PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_RATESET_COMP_SWITCH under the
Performance Enhancement Switch 6 parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA
command is selected, the inconsistency between the two rate sets can be properly
handled.
When PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_RATESET_SRELOC_SWITCH under the
Performance Enhancement Switch 6 parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA
command is selected, UEs on which the function of limitation on the downlink rate
over the air interface for AMR services has taken effect can be relocated.
l Code resource saving after limitation on the downlink rate over the air interface for
AMR services
The RNC-level parameter DlSaveCodeResourceSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) and cell-
level parameter AllowedSaveCodeResource(BSC6900,BSC6910) control whether the
code-resource-saving mode is used for the downlink DPCH after the function of
limitation on the downlink rate over the air interface for AMR services has taken effect.
For single AMR-NB services, when initiating an RB reconfiguration procedure to
limit the rate, the RNC reconfigures the downlink SF (from SF128 to SF256) for
AMR services whose maximum rate is less than or equal to 7.95 kbit/s to save code
resources.
For combined services of an AMR-NB service and a PS service with a rate of 0
kbit/s or PS over HSDPA service, MultiRABDlSaveCodeSwitch parameter in the
SET UFRC command needs to be selected. After this option is selected, when
initiating an RB reconfiguration procedure to limit the rate, the RNC reconfigures
the downlink SF (from SF128 to SF256) for AMR services whose maximum rate is
less than or equal to 5.9 kbit/s to save code resources.
Immediate Rate Adjustment of AMR Services After Suspended Users Are

Resumed
If both TrFO and AMRC are activated, the RNC determines whether a suspended call is
resumed. If it is, the RNC sends a rate adjustment message for asking the peer end to change
the uplink rate to the downlink rate of the local end. This avoids one-way audio caused by rate
inconsistency between two users when the suspended call is resumed.

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
l The resumed call refers to the following scenario: User A suspends the call with user B and makes a
call with user C. After the call between user A and user C ends, the call between user A and user B
is resumed. If the AMR rate of user A is adjusted and differs from that of user B, one-way audio
occurs.
l Whether a suspended call is resumed can be determined when either of the following message is
received:
NAS message containing "Facility (Invoke=NotifySS(HOLD, CallOnHold-Indicator))" and the
CallOnHold-Indicator IE whose value is "CallRetrieved" or "Retrieve ACK"
NAS message containing "Facility (Invoke=NotifySS(ECT, ect-Indicator))" and the ect-Indicator IE
whose value is "Active"
This function is controlled by PERFENH_CS_RATE_CONTROL_WHEN_RETRIEVE

under the PerfEnhanceSwitch7(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter.
6.5 Symmetric Uplink and Downlink Rate Sets over the

Air Interface for AMR Services
This function adjusts the uplink rate set to be the same as the downlink rate set, and therefore
avoids compatibility issues (such as relocation failures and call drops) caused by inconsistent
uplink and downlink rate sets.
After this function is enabled, the MBR will not be decreased to the GBR in the controllable
uplink rate set for a cell in the LDR state. This function handles the uplink rate set as follows:
l If the number of valid rates in the rate set (excluding SID and empty frames) delivered
by the CN is less than or equal to 4, the uplink rate set remains to be the same as the
downlink rate set.
NOTE
After this function is enabled, it takes effect no matter whether the

CMP_CS_FIXED_RATE_WHEN_PS_EXIST_SWITCH is set to on or off.
l If the number of valid rates in the rate set (excluding SID and empty frames) delivered
by the CN is greater than 4, the uplink rate set can be different from the downlink rate
set.
This function is controlled by PERFENH_AMR_RATESET_SYMMETRY_SWITCH
under the Performance Enhancement Switch parameter in the SET UCORRMPARA
command and does not take effect for UEs in the blacklist of the AMRC function.
If both this function and the function of limitation on the downlink rate over the air interface
for AMR services are enabled, the maximum uplink and downlink rates over the air interface
are limited at the same time.

WCDMA RAN
AMR Feature Parameter Description 7 Speech Quality Assessment and Maintenance
7 Speech Quality Assessment and

Maintenance
Speech Quality Assessment

The RNC uses the enhanced voice quality indicator (EVQI) to assess the speech quality.
EVQI is calculated using the block error rate (BLER), bit error rate (BER), and speech rate. It
is used to measure the speech quality of AMR-NB and AMR-WB services. A smaller BLER
or BER indicates a larger EVQI. A larger speech rate indicates a larger EVQI. In addition, if
the one-way audio, garble noise, hard handover, or soft handover is detected when EVQI is
reported, the EVQI value will be reduced accordingly, and the reduced value is closer to the
actual user experience and MOS.
The value range of EVQI is 0 to 500, which corresponds to the MOS 0 to 5 stipulated in ITU-
T P.863. Speech quality indicated by the EVQI values can be classified into five levels:
EXCELLENT, GOOD, ACCEPT, POOR, and BAD.
When EVQI is used to access the speech quality of AMR services, pay attention to the
following aspects:
l EVQI can be measured in both the uplink and downlink, which are controlled by
UL_EVQI_SWITCH and DL_EVQI_SWITCH under the
PROCESSSWITCH5(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter, respectively.
l The time to start an EVQI evaluation can be set by configuring
VQI_AFTER_DT_CONNECT_SWITCH under the
OptimizationSwitch6(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter. When
VQI_AFTER_DT_CONNECT_SWITCH is selected, the evaluation starts when a call
is set up, rather than when an RB is set up. This helps reveal user experience of speech
services more accurately.
l EVQI can be measured every 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, or 12 seconds. Run the RNC MML command
SET UEVQIPARA to specify the measurement period of EVQI in the uplink. Run the
RNC MML command SET UMRCTRL to specify the measurement period of EVQI in
the downlink because downlink BLER reported by the UE is required in the
measurement of the downlink EVQI.
l The five levels (EXCELLENT, GOOD, ACCEPT, POOR, and BAD) can be determined
by configuring the parameters in the RNC MML command SET UEVQIPARA.
l The garble noise and one-way audio can be separately detected and measured. When
REMOVE_BAND_NOISE_SILENCE_AND_VQI_SWITCH under the

WCDMA RAN
OptimizationSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter in the SET UDPUCFGDATA

command is selected, the one-way audio or garble noise will not be considered for EVQI
evaluation, thereby reflecting the signal quality over the air interface more accurately.
Speech Quality Maintenance

The RNC supports one-way audio detection for speech services both in the uplink and
downlink.
One-way audio means that only one party in a call can hear the voice. To enlarge the detection
range, speech discontinuity experienced by a user is also considered as one-way audio. It is
considered that one-way audio occurs when either of the following conditions is met:
l The proportion of lost frames within three consecutive two seconds exceeds the
threshold (20% by default) in one direction.
l The proportion of error frames within three consecutive two seconds exceeds the
threshold (20% by default) in one direction, and the number of consecutive error frames
exceeds the threshold (0 by default).
To enable one-way audio detection, perform the following operations.

l Enabling one-way audio detection for AMR-NB services
Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with
AMR_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH under the FunctionSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter selected.
l Enabling one-way audio detection for AMR-WB services
Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with
AMRWB_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH under the
FunctionSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) parameter selected.
l Setting the time to start the one-way audio detection
Determine the time by checking when a Connect message is received by a calling user
from the CN, when a Connect ACK message is received by a called user from the CN, or
when the migration is complete in user migration scenarios. Set parameters as required.
In user migration scenarios where RELOC_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH under
OptimizationSwitch8(BSC6900,BSC6910) is selected, the detection starts after the
DRNC sends a Relocation Detect message when the incoming UE not involved
relocation is performed, or after the DRNC sends a Relocation ACK message when the
incoming combined hard handover and SRNS relocation and incoming inter-RAT
handovers are performed.
l Setting the threshold of maximum allowable proportion of error or lost frames
Run the RNC MML command SET UDPUCFGDATA with
SilentDetectThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) set to 20.
l Setting the threshold of maximum allowable number of consecutive error frames
Run the RNC MML command SET UDPUCFGDATA with
SilentContinueFrameThd(BSC6900,BSC6910) set to 0.
l Enabling the tracing function
Run the RNC MML command SET UTRACECTRL with
SilentTraceSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910) set to ON.
With this setting, UE tracing is started once the RNC detects one-way audio. This
facilitates subsequent analysis.

WCDMA RAN
The RNC supports tracing a maximum of six UEs simultaneously. To improve the
success rate of initiating UE tracing on VIP users (added using the ADD UVIPIMSI
command) after the RNC defects one-way audio, enable the tracing function only for
VIP users by running the following command:
SET UTRACECTRL: SilentTraceSwitch=ON;

WCDMA RAN
AMR Feature Parameter Description 8 Related Features
8 Related Features
8.1 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide

Band)
Prerequisite Features
Feature ID Feature Description
Name
WRFD-020701 AMR/WB- If the MBR for AMR-WB services is 23.85 kbit/s, the
AMR WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control
Speech feature must be enabled. If the MBR for AMR-WB
Rates services is 12.65 kbit/s, the WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-
Control AMR Speech Rates Control feature is not required.
Mutually Exclusive Features

None
Impacted Features
Name
WRFD-011600 TFO/TrFO To obtain the optimal voice quality, it is recommended

that AMR-WB and TFO/TrFO be used together.

WCDMA RAN
8.2 WRFD-011600 TFO/TrFO

Name
WRFD-020701 AMR/WB- If there are two or more rates in the AMR rate set carried
AMR in the RAB assignment message before TFO/TrFO is
Speech enabled, you need to enable WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-
Rates AMR Speech Rates Control when enabling
Control WRFD-011600 TFO/TrFO. If there is only one rate in the
AMR rate set carried in the RAB assignment message
before TFO/TrFO is enabled, you can enable
WRFD-011600 TFO/TrFO without enabling
WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control.
Whether the CN assigns multiple rates is indicated by the
RAB ASSIGNMENT REQUEST message. As shown in
the following figure, if Traffic Class is conversational and
SDU Parameters include several non-zero SDU Size
items, the AMR has two or more rates.

None

WCDMA RAN
Impacted Features
None
8.3 WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control

None

None
Impacted Features
None

WCDMA RAN
AMR Feature Parameter Description 9 Network Impact
9 Network Impact

Band)
System Capacity
AMR-NB services (12.2 kbit/s MBR), AMR-WB services (12.65 kbit/s MBR), and AMR-
WB services (23.85 kbit/s MBR) differ from one another in resource consumption and air
interface capacity, as described in Table 9-1.
When the MBR for AMR-WB services is 23.85 kbit/s, WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-AMR
Speech Rates Control needs to be enabled so that the rate can be decreased when resources
are insufficient.
Table 9-1 Comparison of the three types of services in resource consumption and air interface
capacity
Item AMR-NB (12.2 AMR-WB (12.65 AMR-WB (23.85
kbit/s) kbit/s) kbit/s)
Downlink code SF128 SF128 SF64
Uplink CE 1 1 1.5
Relative proportion 100% (baseline) 90% 60%

of UEs in case of
uplink load
congestion
Relative proportion 100% (baseline) 90% 55%

of UEs in case of
downlink power
congestion

WCDMA RAN
NOTE
When the function of uplink CE efficiency enhancement for AMR-WB services is enabled, CE
consumption of AMR-WB services (with a data rate of 23.05 kbit/s or 23.85 kbit/s) decreases from 1.5
to 1.
Network Performance
AMR-NB services (12.2 kbit/s MBR), AMR-WB services (12.65 kbit/s MBR), and AMR-
WB services (23.85 kbit/s MBR) differ from one another in coverage radius, as described in
Table 9-2.
With the same downlink transmit power, the cell coverage for 23.85 kbit/s AMR-WB services
is smaller than that for 12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services, and as a result the call drop rate for
23.85 kbit/s AMR-WB services is higher. Therefore, WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-AMR Speech
Rates Control needs to be enabled together with 23.85 kbit/s AMR-WB services so that the
rate can be decreased in limited coverage scenarios.
When a UE that supports AMR-WB calls a UE that does not support AMR-WB, RABs are
assigned twice (first for AMR-WB and then for AMR-NB) during the call and the call drop
rate increases.
NOTE
To prevent the CN from assigning RABs twice in the this scenario, it is recommended that the CN
assigns the RAB for the called party before assigning the RAB for the calling party.
Table 9-2 Comparison of the relative coverage between AMR-WB services and AMR-NB
services
Item AMR-NB (12.2 AMR-WB (12.65 AMR-WB (23.85
kbit/s) kbit/s) kbit/s)
Uplink coverage 100% (baseline) 96% 87%

radius in the case of
limited uplink
coverage

System Capacity
No impact.
Network Performance
The eTrFO function may introduce a 20 ms end-to-end delay, which has no impact on user
experience. When a call is set up between GSM and UMTS UEs, this feature can reduce
noise. When a call is set up between two UMTS UEs, this feature may cause the downlink
EVQI at the peer end to decrease slightly if the rate reduction fails at the local end. The reason
is as follows: If the rate reduction fails, the call is maintained at the original rate. However,
after this feature takes effect, codec conversion will be performed, thereby increasing the
number of low-rate voice frames.

WCDMA RAN
After eTrFO is activated:

l For the BSC6900, the DPU DSP load increases about 1%-3%.
l For the BSC6910, the EGPU user-plane load increases by about 1%-3%.

System Capacity
This feature increases the number of admitted UEs when uplink load congestion or downlink
power congestion occurs. The following table compares the relative proportion of admitted
UEs when different types of services are processed.
Table 9-3 Comparison of the relative proportion of admitted UEs when different types of
services are processed
Item AMR- AMR- AMR- AMR- AMR- AMR- AMR- AMR-
NB NB NB WB WB WB WB WB
(12.2 (7.95 (4.75 (6.6 (8.85 (12.65 (15.85 23.85
kbit/s) kbit/s) kbit/s) kbit/s) kbit/s) kbit/s) kbit/s) (kbit/s
)
Relativ 100% 122% 155% 120% 107% 90% 77% 60%

e
proport
ion of
admitte
d UEs
in case
of
uplink
load
congest
ion
Relativ 100% 120% 149% 133% 109% 90% 73% 55%

e
proport
ion of
admitte
d UEs
in case
of
downli
nk load
congest
ion

WCDMA RAN
Network Performance
This feature provides noticeable uplink coverage gains, which improves the experience of cell
edge users.
The following table compares the relative coverage proportion when different types of
services are processed.
Table 9-4 Comparison of relative coverage proportion when different types of services are
processed
Item AMR- AMR- AMR- AMR- AMR- AMR- AMR- AMR-
NB NB NB WB WB WB WB WB
(12.2 (7.95 (4.75 (6.6 (8.85 (12.65 (15.85 23.85
kbit/s) kbit/s) kbit/s) kbit/s) kbit/s) kbit/s) kbit/s) (kbit/s
)
Uplink 100% 109% 117% 106% 103% 96% 94% 87%

coverag
e radius
in case
of
limited
uplink
coverag
e
Other Impacts
To enable this feature, UEs must support AMRC. If some UEs have compatibility issues with
AMRC, add these UEs to the AMRC blacklist. For details, see Terminal Black List Feature
Parameter Description.

WCDMA RAN
AMR Feature Parameter Description 10 Engineering Guidelines
10 Engineering Guidelines

Band)
10.1.1 When to Use This Feature

The AMR-WB feature helps improve the speech quality and user experience. You are advised
to observe the following rules when using this feature:
l Use the AMR-WB rate set numbered 0 or 4.
When AMR-WB rate set 4 (with the maximum rate 23.85 kbit/s) is used, the
WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control feature must further be enabled
to adaptively decrease the rate of AMR-WB services in the case of resource
insufficiency or coverage limitation.
The function of uplink CE efficiency enhancement for AMR-WB services is
recommended when AMR-WB UEs with a rate of 23.85 kbit/s and AMR-WB UEs with
a rate of 23.05 kbit/s coexist in a cell and WRFD-010209 4-Antenna Receive Diversity is
not enabled. If WRFD-010209 4-Antenna Receive Diversity takes effect, this function is
not recommended because CE resources cannot be saved after AMR speech decoding in
this scenario.
l Use this feature together with the WRFD-011600 TFO/TrFO feature to achieve the
optimal AMR-WB voice effect.
10.1.2 Required Information

Collect counters listed in the following table to evaluate whether the function of uplink CE
efficiency enhancement for AMR-WB services needs to be enabled.
Counter Name NE Counter Description
VS.RB.AMRWB.UL. RNC Number of UEs that use the CS

23.85(BSC6900,BSC6910) AMR WB speech service at the
UL bit rate of 23.85 kbit/s in the
cell

WCDMA RAN
Counter Name NE Counter Description
VS.RB.AMRWB.UL. RNC Number of UEs that use the CS

23.05(BSC6900,BSC6910) AMR WB speech service at the
UL bit rate of 23.05 kbit/s in the
cell
10.1.3 Network Planning

None
10.1.4 Feature Deployment
10.1.4.1 Requirements
Related Features
For details, see 8.1 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band).
Hardware
To enable the function of uplink CE efficiency enhancement for AMR-WB services, ensure
that no WBBPa is included in the uplink resource group on the NodeB.
License
For details about how to activate a license, see License Management Feature Parameter
Description.
Table 10-1 BSC6900 and BSC6910

Feature Feature License License NE License Sal
ID Name Control Control Allocation es
Item ID Item for Uni
Queried Multiple t
Using the Operators
DSP
LICUSAG
E
Command
WRFD-010 AMR-WB LQW1WB AMR-WB BSC6900 Method 1 Per

613 (Adaptive AMR01RE (Adaptive BSC6910 Erl
Multi Rate S Multi Rate
Wide Wide
Band) Band) (per
Erl)

WCDMA RAN
If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary and
secondary operators according to the value of the "License Allocation for Multiple Operators"
parameter.
Method 1: It is recommended that the license allocation proportion of a feature be consistent
with that of the license item "Voice Erlang-Erlang". You can run the RNC MML command
SET LICENSE with the FeatureResAssignMode parameter set to AutoAssign for automatic
allocation or with the FeatureResAssignMode parameter set to ManualAssign and license-
rated parameters specified for manual allocation.
Other Requirements
l The AMR-WB feature is enabled on the CN side. In addition, the CN should send the
RAB assignment message to the called party prior to the calling party. Otherwise, when a
UE supporting AMR-WB (calling party) makes a call to a UE supporting AMR-NB, the
CN sends two RAB assignment messages to the calling party.
l Enable the AMR-WB feature on the RNC side and then on the CN side.
l UEs must comply with versions later than 3GPP Release 5 and support this feature.
10.1.4.2 Data Preparation

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Remarks
Name Source
Max Mode Of GoldMaxMode( The recommended value Radio NE: RNC

Wideband BSC6900,BSC6 is planning MO:
AMRC for 910) WBAMR_BITRATE_2 UAMRCWB
Golden Users 3.85K. If the maximum
bit rate configured for the Batch
live network is 12.65 modification
kbit/s, the recommended on the CME
value is is supported.
WBAMR_BITRATE_1
2.65K.
Max Mode of SilverMaxMod The recommended value Radio

Wideband e(BSC6900,BS is planning
AMRC for C6910) WBAMR_BITRATE_2
Silver Users 3.85K. If the maximum
bit rate configured for the
live network is 12.65
kbit/s, the recommended
value is
WBAMR_BITRATE_1
2.65K.

WCDMA RAN

Name Source
Max Mode of CopperMaxMo The recommended value Radio

Wideband de(BSC6900,BS is planning
AMRC for C6910) WBAMR_BITRATE_2
Copper Users 3.85K. If the maximum
bit rate configured for the
live network is 12.65
kbit/s, the recommended
value is
WBAMR_BITRATE_1
2.65K.
Neighboring WAmrSuppInd( Set the parameter based Default NE: RNC

RNC BSC6900,BSC6 on site requirements. value/ MO:
Supporting 910) Recomm UNRNC
WB-AMR ended
Indication value Batch
modification
on the CME
is supported.
UL rate UlRateMatchin Set to 127. Radio NE: RNC

matching gAttr(BSC6900, Planning MO:
attribute BSC6910) (Internal UTYPRABS
planning EMISTATIC
DL rate DlRateMatchin )
matching gAttr(BSC6900, TF
attribute BSC6910) Batch
modification
on the CME
is supported.
Reference BetaC(BSC690 Set to 10. Radio NE: RNC

BetaC 0,BSC6910) Planning MO:
(Internal UTYPRABB
planning ASIC
)
Batch
Reference BetaD(BSC690 Set to 15. Radio modification
BetaD 0,BSC6910) Planning on the CME
(Internal is supported.
planning
)
RL Max DL RlMaxDlPwr(B Set maximum transmit Radio NE: RNC

TX power SC6900,BSC69 power for 23.85 kbit/s Planning MO:
10) AMR-WB services to 30. (Internal UCELLRLP
planning WR
)
Batch
modification
on the CME
is supported.

WCDMA RAN

Name Source
Uplink CE UPCEIMPROV Set the parameter based Radio NE: NodeB

Improvement EFORAMRWB on site requirements. planning MO:
for AMR-WB SW NODEBAL
Switch GPARA
Batch
modification
on the CME
is supported.
Function FunctionSwitc Select Default NE: RNC

Switch h(BSC6900,BS AMRWB_SILENT_DE value/ MO:
C6910) TECT_SWITCH under Recomm URRCTRLS
this parameter. ended WITCH
value
Batch
modification
on the CME
is supported.
Optimization OptimizationSw To discard the Iu UP Default NE: RNC

Switch itch(BSC6900,B version 1 frames with the value/ MO:
SC6910) FQC value set to "frame Recomm UDPUCFG
bad" or "frame bad due to ended DATA
radio", select value
ERRFRAME_DISCAR Batch
D_SWITCH under this modification
parameter. on the CME
is supported.
10.1.4.3 Precautions
None
10.1.4.4 Activation
10.1.4.4.1 Using MML Commands

Step 1 Run the RNC MML command SET UAMRCWB to set RNC-level AMR-WB speech rates
for gold, silver, and copper users.
Step 2 (Optional) Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLAMRCWB to set cell-level AMR-
WB speech rates for gold, silver, and copper users.
Step 3 Run the RNC MML command MOD UNRNC and specify the Neighboring RNC
Supporting WB-AMR Indication parameter based on the actual situation to configure
whether a neighboring RNC supports AMR-WB services.
Step 4 Run the RNC MML command MOD UTYPRABSEMISTATICTF to set uplink and
downlink rate matching attributes of AMR-WB subflow A. In this step, set Service

WCDMA RAN
parameter index to 1, Service subflow index to 0, and UL rate matching attribute and DL
rate matching attribute to 127.
Step 5 Run the RNC MML command MOD UTYPRABSEMISTATICTF to set uplink and
downlink rate matching attributes of AMR-WB subflow B. In this step, set Service
parameter index to 1, Service subflow index to 1, and UL rate matching attribute and DL
rate matching attribute to 127.
Step 6 Run the RNC MML command MOD UTYPRABBASIC to configure the power control
parameters for the AMR-WB services, with RabIndex set to 1, betaC to 10, and BetaD to
15.
Before deploying AMR-WB, it is good practice to run the RNC MML command LST
UTYPRAB to confirm that the maximum rate for RabIndex 1 is set to 23850. If it is not, run
the DEA UTYPRAB command to deactivate the RAB configuration and run the MOD
UTYPRABBASIC command to change the maximum rate to 23850. Then, run the ACT
UTYPRAB command to reactivate the RAB configuration.
Step 7 Set the maximum downlink transmit power for 23.85 kbit/s AMR-WB services. Run the RNC
MML command MOD UCELLRLPWR with RL Max DL TX power set to 30. RL Max
DL TX power indicates the maximum transmit power for 23.85 kbit/s AMR-WB services.
Step 8 Run the RNC MML command SET URRCTRLSWITCH with
AMRWB_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH under the FunctionSwitch(BSC6900,BSC6910)
parameter selected to enable one-way audio check on AMR-WB voice services.
Step 9 (Optional and required if the uplink resource group contains non-WBBPa boards) Run the
NodeB MML command SET NODEBALGPARA with Uplink CE Improvement for AMR-
WB Switch set to ON(ON).
NOTE
This function takes effect on AMR-WB UEs performing cross-Iur handovers when Iub Private
Interface Switch of Control Plane is set to ON.
Step 10 (Optional but required if Iu UP version 1 frames with the FQC value set to "frame bad" or
"frame bad due to radio" need to be discarded) SET UL2RSVPARA with
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT12 under the Reserved Switch Parameter 0 parameter
selected. Run the RNC MML command SET UDPUCFGDATA with
ERRFRAME_DISCARD_SWITCH under the Optimization Switch parameter selected.
----End
10.1.4.4.2 MML Command Examples

//Setting RNC-level parameters related to the wideband AMRC algorithm
SET UAMRCWB: GoldMaxMode=WBAMR_BITRATE_23.85K,
SilverMaxMode=WBAMR_BITRATE_23.85K, CopperMaxMode=WBAMR_BITRATE_23.85K;
//(Optional) Adding cell-level parameters related to the wideband AMRC algorithm
ADD UCELLAMRCWB: CellId=111, GoldMaxMode=WBAMR_BITRATE_23.85K,
//Configuring a neighboring RNC not to support AMR-WB services
MOD UNRNC: NRncId=0, WAmrSuppInd=NO;
//Setting the rate matching attributes of AMR-WB subflow A
MOD UTYPRABSEMISTATICTF: RabIndex=1, SubflowIndex=0, UlRateMatchingAttr=127,
DlRateMatchingAttr=127;
//Setting the rate matching attributes of AMR-WB subflow B
MOD UTYPRABSEMISTATICTF: RabIndex=1, SubflowIndex=1, UlRateMatchingAttr=127,
DlRateMatchingAttr=127;
//Setting the power control parameters related to AMR-WB services with the
maximum rate of 23850 bit/s
MOD UTYPRABBASIC: RabIndex=1, BetaC=10, BetaD=15;

WCDMA RAN
//Setting the maximum downlink transmit power for 23.85 kbit/s AMR-WB services
MOD UCELLRLPWR: CellId=111, CNDomainId=CS_DOMAIN, MaxBitRate=23850, RlMaxDlPwr=30;
//Enabling one-way audio check on AMR-WB voice services
SET URRCTRLSWITCH: FunctionSwitch=AMRWB_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Enabling the function of uplink CE efficiency enhancement for AMR-WB
services
SET NODEBALGPARA: UPCEIMPROVEFORAMRWBSW=ON;
//(Optional) Running the following command if Iu UP version 1 frames with the FQC
value set to "frame bad" or "frame bad due to radio" need to be discarded
SET UDPUCFGDATA: OptimizationSwitch=ERRFRAME_DISCARD_SWITCH-1;
10.1.4.4.3 Using the CME
Using the CME (Method 1)

Based on the parameter configurations involved in 10.1.4.2 Data Preparation, perform the
following operations to activate this feature:
NOTE
When configuring the feature on the CME, perform a single configuration first, and then perform a batch
modification if required.
Configure the parameters of a single object before a batch modification. Perform a batch modification
before logging out of the parameter setting interface.
Step 1 Configure a single object (such as a cell) on the CME.

Set parameters listed in the table in "Data Preparation" section from top to bottom on the
CME. For instructions on how to perform the CME single configuration, see CME Single
Configuration Operation Guide.
Step 2 (Optional) Modify objects in batches on the CME. (CME batch modification center)
To modify objects in batches, click on the CME to start the batch modification wizard.
For instructions on how to perform a batch modification through the CME batch modification
center, press F1 while running the wizard to obtain online help.
To check whether a parameter supports batch modification, see the Remarks column in the
table in "Data Preparation" section.
----End

This feature can be batch activated using the CME. For detailed operations, see the following
section in the CME product documentation or online help: Managing the CME > CME
Guidelines > Enhanced Feature Management > Feature Operation and Maintenance.
10.1.4.5 Activation Observation

l Check whether an AMR-WB rate can be detected, such as 23.85 kbit/s or 12.65 kbit/s.
On the RNC LMT, open the Monitor tab page. In the navigation tree, choose Monitor >
UMTS Monitoring and double-click Connection Performance Monitoring. In the
displayed dialog box, set Monitor Item to AMR Mode and set IMSI to the IMSI of the
AMR-WB UE.
l Check whether the function of uplink CE efficiency enhancement for AMR-WB services
takes effect.

WCDMA RAN
On the NodeB LMT, open the Monitor tab page. In the navigation tree, choose Monitor
> UMTS Monitoring. Double-click Cell Service Resource Query to observe CE
consumption in the uplink.
10.1.4.6 Deactivation
This feature is not under switch control. You can deactivate this feature by deactivating its
license.
10.1.5 Performance Monitoring

1. Penetration of UEs that support AMR-WB services
The VS.AttCall.UECapab.AMRWB(BSC6900,BSC6910) counter measures the
number of calls initiated by UEs that support AMR-WB services in a cell.
2. Impact of AMR-WB on SF resource occupancy
The VS.RAB.SFOccupy(BSC6900,BSC6910) counter measures the average SF
occupancy in a cell.
3. Impact of AMR-WB on power resource consumption
The VS.MeanTCP(BSC6900,BSC6910) counter measures the transmitted carrier power
(TCP) in a cell.
4. Impact of the function of uplink CE efficiency enhancement for AMR-WB services on
credit.
The VS.LC.ULCreditUsed.Mean(BSC6900,BSC6910) counter measures the uplink
credit changes when WRFD-140212 CE Overbooking is disabled.
The VS.LCG.ULCreditUsage.Mean(BSC6900,BSC6910) counter measures the uplink
credit changes when WRFD-140212 CE Overbooking is enabled.
5. RAB setup success rate of AMR-WB services
The VS.RAB.AttEstabCS.AMRWB(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
VS.RAB.SuccEstabCS.AMRWB(BSC6900,BSC6910) counters measure the RAB
setup success rate of AMR-WB services in a cell.
6. Call drop rate of AMR-WB services
The VS.RAB.NormRel.AMRWB(BSC6900,BSC6910) and
VS.RAB.AbnormRel.AMRWB(BSC6900,BSC6910) counters can be used to calculate
the call drop rate of AMR-WB services.
7. Speech quality of AMR-WB services
Use an MOS tester that supports ITU-T P.863 to measure the MOSs before and after
the AMR-WB feature is enabled.
NOTE
The MOS is affected by instruments, voice samples, and evaluation standards (such as P.
862/P.863). Therefore, ensure that the same instruments, voice samples, and evaluation
standards are used before and after the AMR-WB feature is enabled.
Monitor the values of the following EVQI-related counters to evaluate the speech
quality of AMR services after the AMR-WB feature is enabled.
Counter Name Counter Description
VS.EVQI.AMRWB.UL.Excellent.Num( Number of Times the Uplink EVQI of

BSC6900,BSC6910) AMR-WB Services Is EXCELLENT

WCDMA RAN
VS.EVQI.AMRWB.UL.Good.Num(BSC Number of Times the Uplink EVQI of

6900,BSC6910) AMR-WB Services Is GOOD
VS.EVQI.AMRWB.UL.Accept.Num(BS Number of Times the Uplink EVQI of

C6900,BSC6910) AMR-WB Services Is ACCEPT
VS.EVQI.AMRWB.UL.Poor.Num(BSC Number of Times the Uplink EVQI of

6900,BSC6910) AMR-WB Services Is POOR
VS.EVQI.AMRWB.UL.Bad.Num(BSC6 Number of Times the Uplink EVQI of

900,BSC6910) AMR-WB Services Is BAD
VS.EVQI.AMRWB.DL.Excellent.Num( Number of Times the Downlink EVQI

BSC6900,BSC6910) of AMR-WB Services Is EXCELLENT
VS.EVQI.AMRWB.DL.Good.Num(BSC Number of Times the Downlink EVQI

6900,BSC6910) of AMR-WB Services Is GOOD
VS.EVQI.AMRWB.DL.Accept.Num(BS Number of Times the Downlink EVQI

C6900,BSC6910) of AMR-WB Services Is ACCEPT
VS.EVQI.AMRWB.DL.Poor.Num(BSC Number of Times the Downlink EVQI

6900,BSC6910) of AMR-WB Services Is POOR
VS.EVQI.AMRWB.DL.Bad.Num(BSC6 Number of Times the Downlink EVQI

900,BSC6910) of AMR-WB Services Is BAD
10.1.6 Parameter Optimization

None
10.1.7 Troubleshooting
None

This feature is recommended for improving speech quality of AMR-NB and AMR-WB
services. Specifically, this feature reduces voice coding and decoding on the CN side, thereby
improving end-to-end speech quality.
The eTrFO function is also recommended in the following scenarios:

l The eTrFO function is recommended for further improving the speech quality when
AMR-NB speech frames fail in rate adjustment on the UMTS side (which can be
observed using the
VS.AMRNB.TrFO.UlRateDownFail.Frame.Num(BSC6900,BSC6910) counter) and
the measured number of one-way audio occurrences is greater than 0 on the GSM side.

WCDMA RAN
l One-way audio may occur if the following are true:

TrFO is enabled.
An AMR-NB call is set up between GSM and UMTS UEs.
The services are switched from full-rate channels to half-rate channels on the GSM
side.
Rate reduction fails on the UMTS side. (The RNC receives the TFC Control Failure
message from the UE or the UE fails to respond upon reception of the TFC
CONTROL message.)
In this scenario, eTrFO and TrFO-based AMRC can be used to eliminate the silence
problem.

Collect the VS.AMRNB.TrFO.UlRateDownFail.Frame.Num(BSC6900,BSC6910) counter
to observe whether AMR-NB speech frames fail in rate adjustment.

None
Related Features
For details, see 8.2 WRFD-011600 TFO/TrFO.
Hardware
The eTrFO function is dependent on the DEUa board.
License
Description.

WCDMA RAN

Queried Multiple t
Using the Operators
DSP
LICUSAG
E
Command
WRFD-011 TFO/TrFO LQW1TFO TFO/TrFO BSC6900 Method 6 Per

600 TRF01 (per Erl) BSC6910 Erl
If RAN Sharing or MOCN is enabled, the licensed value is allocated among the primary and
secondary operators according to the value of the "License Allocation for Multiple Operators"
parameter.
Method 6: If the RAN Sharing feature is enabled, a feature needs to be separately activated
for the primary and secondary operators. If the MOCN feature is enabled, a feature only needs
to be activated for the primary operator. The licensed values can be set by running the SET
LICENSE command.
Other Requirements
l The CN supports this feature. The TFO/TrFO function takes effect for a cell only when
the following conditions are met: The Iu UP version negotiated by the calling UE and
CN is consistent with that negotiated by the called UE and CN. The AMR rate set
negotiated by the calling UE and CN is consistent with that negotiated by the called UE
and CN.
l For AMR-WB or AMR-NB services, when calls between UEs served by different RNCs
use TFO/TrFO, the rate sets that the CN configures for these RNCs must be consistent
and the AMRC function must be enabled or disabled on both RNCs. This is to avoid
different rates between the calling UE and called UE.
l When calls between UMTS UEs and GSM MSs use TFO or TrFO, TFO or TrFO must
be enabled on the GSM side. For the configuration of AMR-NB services on the CN, it is
recommended that only 12.2 kbit/s be included in the UMTS rate set and the enhanced
full rate (EFR) be included in the GSM rate set. For details, see the implementation
strategy on the CN.

WCDMA RAN

Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Data Source Remarks
Name
CS Algorithm CsSwitch(BSC6 Select Default value/ NE: RNC

Switch 900,BSC6910) CS_IUUP_V2_S Recommende MO:
UPPORT_SWI d value UCORRMALG
TCH under this OSWITCH
parameter.
Batch
modification on
the CME is
supported.
Optimization OptimizationSwi Select Default value/ NE: RNC

Switch tch(BSC6900,BS UL_NBAMR_T Recommende MO:
C6910) RANSCODER_ d value UUPCTRLSWI
BASE_SILENC TCH
E_SWITCH
under this Batch
parameter. modification on
the CME is
supported.
Optimization OptimizationSwi To discard the Iu Default value/ NE: RNC

Switch tch(BSC6900,BS UP version 1 Recommende MO:
C6910) frames with the d value UDPUCFGDAT
FQC value set to A
"frame bad" or
"frame bad due Batch
to radio", select modification on
ERRFRAME_D the CME is
ISCARD_SWIT supported.
CH under this
parameter.
10.2.4.3 Activation

1. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn on the IuUP
V2 switch to support TFO/TrFO. In this step, select
CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH under the CS Algorithm Switch parameter.
2. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UUPCTRLSWITCH with
UL_NBAMR_TRANSCODER_BASE_SILENCE_SWITCH under the
OptimizationSwitch parameter selected, to enable eTrFO. (This step is recommended if
an AMR-NB voice frame experiences a rate adjustment failure.)
3. (Optional but required if Iu UP version 1 frames with the FQC value set to "frame bad"
or "frame bad due to radio" need to be discarded) Run the RNC MML command SET
UDPUCFGDATA with ERRFRAME_DISCARD_SWITCH under the Optimization
Switch parameter selected.

WCDMA RAN

//Activating the TrFO function
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CsSwitch=CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Activating the eTrFO function
SET UUPCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch=UL_NBAMR_TRANSCODER_BASE_SILENCE_SWITCH-1;
SET UDPUCFGDATA:OptimizationSwitch=ERRFRAME_DISCARD_SWITCH-1;

NOTE
----End


If the value of the VS.AMRNB.TrFO.TransCoder.Frame.Num(BSC6900,BSC6910)
counter is not 0 and the value of
VS.AMRNB.TrFO.UlRateDownFail.Frame.Num(BSC6900,BSC6910) decreases after
eTrFO is activated, this function has taken effect.

WCDMA RAN
The following table describes the parameters for deactivating this feature.
Deactivatio Paramete Parameter Setting Notes Remarks

n Type r Name ID
Deactivate CS CsSwitch(BS Select NE: RNC

the TrFO Algorithm C6900,BSC69 CS_IUUP_V2_S MO:
function Switch 10) UPPORT_SWIT UCORRMALGOSWI
CH under this TCH
parameter.
Batch modification on
the CME is supported.
Deactivate Optimizati OptimizationS Select NE: RNC

the eTrFO on Switch witch UL_NBAMR_T MO:
function RANSCODER_ UUPCTRLSWITCH
BASE_SILENC
E_SWITCH Batch modification on
under this the CME is supported.
parameter.
Feature deactivation can be performed using the CME or MML commands.

l Deactivate the TrFO function.
Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to turn off the IuUP
V2 switch. In this step, deselect the CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH check box
under the CS Algorithm Switch parameter.
l Deactivate the eTrFO function.
Run the RNC MML command SET UUPCTRLSWITCH with the
OptimizationSwitch parameter cleared, to deactivate eTrFO.

//Deactivating the TrFO function
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CsSwitch=CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH-0;
//Deactivating the eTrFO function
SET UUPCTRLSWITCH: OptimizationSwitch=UL_NBAMR_TRANSCODER_BASE_SILENCE_SWITCH-0;

The method of feature deactivation using the CME is the same as that of feature activation
using the CME. For detailed operations, see 10.2.4.3.3 Using the CME.

l TFO/TrFO
When the TFO/TrFO feature is enabled, only the CN knows whether coding and
decoding are implemented on the CN side. You can determine whether the TFO/TrFO is

WCDMA RAN
used based on the gains in the MOS. For example, you can compare the MOS before and
after the TFO/TrFO is enabled.
NOTE
The MOS is affected by instruments, voice samples, and evaluation standards (such as P.862/P.
863). Therefore, ensure that the same instruments, voice samples, and evaluation standards are
used before and after the TFO/TrFO feature is enabled.
l eTrFO
Observe the VS.AMRNB.TrFO.TransCoder.Frame.Num(BSC6900,BSC6910)
counter to check the number of AMR-NB speech frames in the uplink after the TrFO-
based uplink rate reduction fails and transcoding is performed. The larger the counter
value, the longer the time for recovering a call from silence.

None
None

It is recommended that this feature be enabled in the following scenarios:
l The WRFD-011600 TFO/TrFO feature has been enabled.
l The WRFD-010613 AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band) feature has been
enabled and AMR-WB services use the 23.85 kbit/s rate.
l Uplink and downlink power resources or Iub resources are slightly congested or more
heavily congested.
l The network coverage is insufficient.

None

None
Related Features
None

WCDMA RAN
Hardware
None
License
Description.

Queried Multiple t
Using the Operators
DSP
LICUSAG
E
Command
WRFD-020 AMR/WB- LQW1AM AMR voice BSC6900 Method 6 Per

701 AMR RC01 coding rate BSC6910 Erl
Speech control
Rates
Control
If the RAN Sharing or MOCN feature is enabled, the license needs to be allocated to primary
and secondary operators according to the method in the "License Allocation for Multiple
Operators" column.
Method 6: If the RAN Sharing feature is enabled, a feature needs to be separately activated
for the primary and secondary operators. If the MOCN feature is enabled, a feature only needs
to be activated for the primary operator. The licensed values can be set by running the SET
LICENSE command.
Other requirements
Multiple rates must be configured on the CN side to support rate adjustment.

WCDMA RAN

Name Source
CS CsSwitch(BSC69 Under this parameter, Default NE: RNC

Algorithm 00,BSC6910) select value/ MO:
Switch CS_AMRC_SWITC Recommende UCORRM
H and set parameters d value ALGOSWI
as follows: TCH
Clear Batch
CS_AMRC_NB_CM modification
P_SWITCH and on the CME
CS_AMRC_WB_CM is supported.
P_SWITCH.
Select
CS_COMB_NAMRC
_SWITCH and
CS_COMB_WAMR
C_SWITCH.
Select
CS_AMRC_WB_RA
TE_ADJUST_GRAD
UALLY_SWITCH.
Select
CS_IMMEDIATE_R
ATE_CONTROL_O
PT_SWITCH and
CS_TRFO_MUTI_U
L_RATE_CONTRO
L_SWITCH.
Select
CS_WAMR_SF_REC
ONF_SWITCH.
Performance PerfEnhanceSwi Select Default NE: RNC

Enhancemen tch3(BSC6900,B PERFENH_NB_AM value/ MO:
t Switch 3 SC6910) RC_UL_RATESET_ Recommende UCORRMP
EXT_SWITCH. d value ARA
Batch
modification
on the CME
is supported.
UL Mode UlModeChange Set this parameter to Radio NE: RNC

Change TimerLen(BSC6 3000. network plan MO:
Timer 900,BSC6910) (internal) UAMRC
Length
Batch
modification
on the CME
is supported.

WCDMA RAN

Name Source
DL Mode DlModeChange Set this parameter to Radio

Change TimerLen(BSC6 5000. network plan
Timer 900,BSC6910) (internal)
Length
UL Mode UlModeChange Set this parameter to Radio NE: RNC

Change TimerLen(BSC6 3000. network plan MO:
Timer 900,BSC6910) (internal) UAMRCW
Length B
DL Mode DlModeChange Set this parameter to Radio Batch
Change TimerLen(BSC6 5000. network plan modification
Timer 900,BSC6910) (internal) on the CME
Length is supported.
Switch for NBMLdcAlgoSw Select UL_UU_LDR Engineering NE: RNC

Cell Load itch(BSC6900,B and DL_UU_LDR. design MO:
Control SC6910) UCELLAL
GOSWITC
H
Batch
modification
on the CME
is supported.
DL LDR DlLdrFirstActio Set this parameter Radio NE: RNC

first action n(BSC6900,BSC according to the network plan MO:
6910) network plan. (internal) UCELLLD
UL LDR UlLdrFirstActio Set this parameter Radio R
first action n(BSC6900,BSC according to the network plan Batch
6910) network plan. (internal) modification
on the CME
is supported.
QoS Switch AMRQosPerfor It is recommended that Radio NE: RNC

for AMR m(BSC6900,BSC this switch be turned network plan MO:
Traffic 6910) on if you want to (internal) UQOSACT
enable the AMRC
based on link stability Batch
function. modification
on the CME
Adjustment UlQosAmrAdjSw It is recommended that Radio is supported.
Switch for itch(BSC6900,B this switch be turned network plan
AMR Uplink SC6910) on if you want to (internal)
Rate enable the AMRC
based on link stability
function.

WCDMA RAN

Name Source
Switch of DlQosAmrAdjSw It is recommended that Radio

AMR itch(BSC6900,B this switch be turned network plan
Downlink SC6910) on if you want to (internal)
Adjustment based on link stability
function.
Switch of UlQosWAmrAdj It is recommended that Radio

WAMR Switch(BSC6900 this switch be turned network plan
Uplink Rate ,BSC6910) on if you want to (internal)
Adjustment enable the AMRC
function.
Switch for DlQosWAmrAdj It is recommended that Radio

WAMR Switch(BSC6900 this switch be turned network plan
Downlink ,BSC6910) on if you want to (internal)
function.
Wait Timer AmrUlRateAdjTi Set this parameter to Radio

for AMR merLen(BSC690 the default value 3000. network plan
Uplink Rate 0,BSC6910) (internal)
Wait Timer WAmrUlRateAdj Set this parameter to Radio

for WAMR TimerLen(BSC6 the default value 3000. network plan
Uplink 900,BSC6910) (internal)
Uplink Event ULTHD6A1(BS Set this parameter to 2 Radio NE: RNC

6A1 Relative C6900,BSC6910) for service parameter network plan MO:
Threshold index 0 and 1. (internal) UTYPRAB
QUALITY
Uplink Event ULTHD6B1(BS
MEAS
6B1 Relative C6900,BSC6910)
Threshold Batch
modification
Uplink Event ULTHD6A2(BS Set this parameter to 8 on the CME
6A2 Relative C6900,BSC6910) for service parameter is supported.
Threshold index 0 and 1.
Uplink Event ULTHD6B2(BS

6B2 Relative C6900,BSC6910)
Threshold
DL E1 Event DLTHDE1(BSC Set this parameter to Radio NE: RNC

Relative 6900,BSC6910) the default value 20. network plan MO:
Threshold (internal) UAMRC
DL E2 Event DLTHDE2(BSC Batch
Relative 6900,BSC6910) modification
Threshold on the CME
is supported.

WCDMA RAN

Name Source
DL F1 Event DLTHDF1(BSC Set this parameter to

Relative 6900,BSC6910) the default value 90.
Threshold
DL F2 Event DLTHDF2(BSC
Relative 6900,BSC6910)
Threshold
DL E1 Event DLTHDE1(BSC Set this parameter to Radio NE: RNC

Relative 6900,BSC6910) the default value 20. network plan MO:
Threshold (internal) UAMRCW
B
DL E2 Event DLTHDE2(BSC
Relative 6900,BSC6910) Batch
Threshold modification
on the CME
DL F1 Event DLTHDF1(BSC Set this parameter to is supported.
Relative 6900,BSC6910) the default value 90.
Threshold
DL F2 Event DLTHDF2(BSC
Relative 6900,BSC6910)
Threshold
Optimization OptimizationSwit To discard the Iu UP Default NE: RNC

Switch ch(BSC6900,BS version 1 frames with value/ MO:
C6910) the FQC value set to Recommende UDPUCFG
"frame bad" or "frame d value DATA
bad due to radio",
select Batch
ERRFRAME_DISC modification
ARD_SWITCH under on the CME
this parameter. is supported.
QoS AMRC QoSAMRCNBM Set this parameter Radio NE: RNC

Narrowband inMode(BSC690 according to the network plan MO:
Minimum 0,BSC6910) network plan. (internal) UAMRC
Mode
Batch
modification
on the CME
is supported.
QoS AMRC QoSAMRCWBM Set this parameter Radio NE: RNC

Wideband inMode(BSC690 according to the network plan MO:
Minimum 0,BSC6910) network plan. (internal) UAMRCW
Mode B
Batch
modification
on the CME
is supported.

WCDMA RAN
10.3.4.3 Activation
Setting Parameters for the AMRC Function

1. To enable the AMRC function, perform the following steps:
a. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable the
AMRC function. In this step, select CS_AMRC_SWITCH under the CS
Algorithm Switch parameter.
b. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable rate
adjustment for AMR-NB services. In this step, clear
CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWITCH under the CsSwitch parameter.
c. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable rate
adjustment for AMR-WB services. In this step, clear
CS_AMRC_WB_CMP_SWITCH under the CsSwitch parameter.
NOTE
If rate adjustment needs to be enabled only for AMR-WB services on the live network, you
need to disable rate adjustment for AMR-NB services after enabling the AMRC function to
avoid compatibility issues. That is, select CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWITCH under the
CsSwitch parameter.
2. To enable the AMRC function for combined services, perform the following steps:
a. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable rate
adjustment for AMR-NB services in combined service scenarios. In this step, select
CS_COMB_NAMRC_SWITCH under the CsSwitch parameter.
b. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable rate
adjustment for AMR-WB services in combined service scenarios. In this step, select
CS_COMB_WAMRC_SWITCH under the CsSwitch parameter.
3. To enable the RNC to adjust the rate of AMR services in gradual mode, perform the
following steps:
a. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable the
RNC to adjust the rates of AMR-WB services in gradual mode. In this step, select
CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJUST_GRADUALLY_SWITCH under the
CsSwitch parameter.
b. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA to enable the RNC to adjust
the rates of AMR-NB services in gradual mode. In this step, select
PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_RATESET_EXT_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch3 parameter.
4. Set timers for AMRC response.
a. For AMR-NB services, run the RNC MML command SET UAMRC. In this step,
set the UlModeChangeTimerLen parameter to 3000 and the
DlModeChangeTimerLen parameter to 5000.
b. For AMR-WB services, run the RNC MML command SET UAMRCWB. In this
step, set the UlModeChangeTimerLen parameter to 3000 and the
DlModeChangeTimerLen parameter to 5000.

WCDMA RAN
5. Run the RNC MML command SET CORRMALGOSWITCH to enable the RNC to
adjust the rate immediately after receiving a Relocation Detect message. In this step,
select CS_IMMEDIATE_RATE_CONTROL_OPT_SWITCH under the CsSwitch
parameter. For details, see 3GPP TS 25.953. If this option is not selected, the RNC does
not adjust the rate immediately after receiving a Relocation Detect message.
6. Run the RNC MML command SET CORRMALGOSWITCH to enable the RNC to
handle the last rate adjustment message received from the CN. In this step, select
CS_TRFO_MUTI_UL_RATE_CONTROL_SWITCH under the CsSwitch parameter.
For details, see 3GPP TS 25.415. When this option is not selected, the RNC handles only
the first rate adjustment message received from the CN.
7. (Optional but required if Iu UP version 1 frames with the FQC value set to "frame bad"
or "frame bad due to radio" need to be discarded) SET UL2RSVPARA with
RESERVED_SWITCH_0_BIT12 under the Reserved Switch Parameter 0 parameter
selected. Run the RNC MML command SET UDPUCFGDATA with
ERRFRAME_DISCARD_SWITCH under the Optimization Switch parameter
selected.
Setting Parameters for the AMRC Based on LDR Function

The AMRC based on LDR function needs to be enabled in the uplink and downlink
separately. To enable this function, perform the following steps:
1. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH to enable the LDR
algorithm. In this step, select UL_UU_LDR and DL_UU_LDR under the
NBMLdcAlgoSwitch parameter.
2. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH to enable code
reallocation for AMR-WB services in the downlink. In this step, select
CS_WAMR_SF_RECONF_SWITCH under the CsSwitch parameter.
3. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR to configure AMR-WB code
reallocation as one of LDR actions. In this step, set the DlLdrFirstAction parameter to
WAMRSfReconfiguration.
NOTE
It is recommended that the priority of AMR-WB code reallocation only be lower than that of code
tree reshuffling. That is, when the DlLdrFirstAction parameter is set to CODEADJ, set the
DlLdrSecondAction parameter to WAMRSfReconfiguration. When the DlLdrFirstAction
parameter is set to a value other than CODEADJ, lower the priorities of all configured actions in
sequence and reset the DlLdrFirstAction parameter to WAMRSfReconfiguration.
4. Run the RNC MML command MOD UCELLLDR to configure AMRC as one of LDR
actions. In this step, set the DlLdrFirstAction or UlLdrFirstAction parameter to
AMRRateRed.
NOTE
If LDR actions have been specified on the live network, set the last LDR action to AMRC.
Setting Parameters for the AMRC Based on Link Stability Function

1. The AMRC based on link stability function needs to be enabled based on data
transmission direction (uplink or downlink) and service type (AMR-WB or AMR-NB).
To enable this function, perform the following steps:
a. Run the RNC MML command SET UQOSACT to enable the QoS control
algorithm for AMR services. In this step, set the AMRQosPerform parameter to
YES.

WCDMA RAN
b. Run the RNC MML command SET UQOSACT to enable the AMRC based on
link stability function for AMR-NB services in the uplink or downlink. In this step,
set the UlQosAmrAdjSwitch or DlQosAmrAdjSwitch parameter to YES.
c. Run the RNC MML command SET UQOSACT to enable the AMRC based on
link stability function for AMR-WB services in the uplink or downlink. In this step,
set the UlQosWAmrAdjSwitch or DlQosWAmrAdjSwitch parameter to YES.
2. To set the event thresholds for the AMRC based on link stability function, perform the
following steps:
a. For AMR-NB services, run the RNC MML command MOD
UTYPRABQUALITYMEAS. In this step, set RabIndex to 0, ULTHD6A1 to 2,
ULTHD6B1 to 2, ULTHD6A2 to 8, and ULTHD6B2 to 8.
b. For AMR-NB services, run the RNC MML command SET UAMRC. In this step,
set DLTHDE1 to 20, DLTHDE2 to 20, DLTHDF1 to 90, and DLTHDF2 to 90.
c. For AMR-WB services, run the RNC MML command MOD
UTYPRABQUALITYMEAS. In this step, set RabIndex to 1, ULTHD6A1 to 2,
ULTHD6B1 to 2, ULTHD6A2 to 8, and ULTHD6B2 to 8.
d. For AMR-WB services, run the RNC MML command SET UAMRCWB. In this
step, set DLTHDE1 to 20, DLTHDE2 to 20, DLTHDF1 to 90, and DLTHDF2 to
90.
3. To set timers for the AMRC based on link stability function, perform the following steps:
a. For AMR-NB services, run the RNC MML command SET UQOSACT. In this
step, set the AMRQosPerform parameter to YES and the AmrUlRateAdjTimerLen
parameter to 3000.
b. For AMR-WB services, run the RNC MML command SET UQOSACT. In this
step, set the AMRQosPerform parameter to YES and the
WAmrUlRateAdjTimerLen parameter to 3000.
4. To set the minimum rate mode for the AMRC based on link stability function, perform
the following steps:
a. For AMR-NB services, run the RNC MML command SET UAMRC with the
QoSAMRCMinMode parameter specified.
b. For AMR-WB services, run the RNC MML command SET UAMRCWB with the
QoSAMRCWBMinMode parameter specified.
Setting Parameters for AMRC in TFO/TrFO Scenarios

The AMRC function and the function of allowing the RNC to adjust the rate of AMR services
in gradual mode need to be enabled according to 1 and 3. Then perform the following steps:
1. (Optional) In scenarios where the AMRC based on TFO/TrFO function is enabled and
downlink code resources or power resources are congested, to enable the function of
limitation on downlink rate over air interface for AMR services, perform the following
steps:
a. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA. In this step, select
PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_MBR_LIMIT_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhancement Switch 6 parameter. This enables the function of limitation on
downlink rate over air interface for AMR services.
b. For AMR-NB services, run the RNC MML command SET UAMRC. In this step,
set GoldMaxMode to NBAMR_BITRATE_5.90K, SilverMaxMode to

WCDMA RAN
NBAMR_BITRATE_5.90K, and CopperMaxMode to

NBAMR_BITRATE_5.90K. This sets the maximum rate for AMR-NB services.
c. For AMR-WB services, run the RNC MML command SET UAMRCWB. In this
step, set GoldMaxMode to WBAMR_BITRATE_12.65K, SilverMaxMode to
WBAMR_BITRATE_12.65K, and CopperMaxMode to
WBAMR_BITRATE_12.65K. This sets the maximum rate for AMR-WB services.
d. Run the RNC MML command SET UCOIFTIMER. In this step, set the
DelayTrigAmrRbrecfgTimer parameter to 50. This sets the delay in triggering the
RB reconfiguration procedure over the Uu interface to 500 ms.
e. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH. In
this step, clear CS_AMR_RB_RECFG_BEFORE_CONNECT_SWITCH under
the CsSwitch parameter. This enables the RNC to initiate an RB reconfiguration
procedure only after the AMR service is set up.
f. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA. In this step,
select PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_RATESET_COMP_SWITCH under the
Performance Enhancement Switch 6 parameter. This enables the DRNC to use the
rate set assigned by the CN when the rate set obtained from the SRNC is
inconsistent with the rate set assigned by the CN, avoiding compatibility issues.
NOTE
When an RNC is enabled with the function of limitation on the downlink rate over the air
interface for AMR services and this RNC is connected to neighboring RNCs through Iur
interfaces, it is recommended that these neighboring RNCs also be enabled with this
function.
g. (Optional) Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA. In this step,
select PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_RATESET_SRELOC_SWITCH under the
Performance Enhancement Switch 6 parameter. This enables UEs on which the
function of limitation on downlink rate over air interface for AMR services has
taken effect to be relocated.
h. (Optional) To enable the function of code resource saving after limitation on the
downlink rate over the air interface for AMR services, perform the following steps:
Run the RNC MML command SET UFRC. In this step, set the
DlSaveCodeResourceSwitch parameter to ON. This enables the code-resource-
saving mode at the RNC level.
Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLFRC. In this step, set the
AllowedSaveCodeResource parameter to TRUE. This enables the code-resource-
saving mode at the cell level.
kbit/s or PS over HSDPA service, run the RNC MML command SET UFRC and
set the MultiRABDlSaveCodeSwitch parameter to ON. This enables the code-
resource-saving mode for combined services.
2. (Optional). In scenarios where the function of limitation on downlink rate over air
interface for AMR services is enabled, run the RNC MML command SET
UCORRMPARA. In this step, select
PERFENH_AMR_RATESET_SYMMETRY_SWITCH under the Performance
Enhancement Switch 6 parameter. This enables the function of symmetric uplink and
downlink rate sets over air interface for AMR services.
3. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA. In this step, select
PERFENH_CS_RATE_CONTROL_WHEN_RETRIEVE under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch7 parameter. This enables the function of immediate rate adjustment
after a suspended call is resumed.

WCDMA RAN
4. To handle compatibility issues in scenarios where the AMRC based on TFO/TrFO

function is enabled, perform the following steps:
a. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA. In this step, select
PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH under the PerfEnhanceSwitch3
parameter. When this option is selected, the RNC returns a NACK message if it
receives a rate adjustment request from the CN and cannot perform rate adjustment.
b. Perform the following steps to accelerate the procedure for responding to the TFC
CTRL message and to reduce the occurrences of one-way audio in AMR services:
Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA with
PERFENH_AMR_TFC_CTRL_QUICK_RESP_SWITCH under the
Performance Enhancement Switch 5 parameter selected. Then run the RNC MML
command SET UCOIFTIMER with the TfcCtrlFailTimer parameter set to 24.
For AMR-NB, run the RNC MML command SET UAMRC with
UlModeChangeTimerLen set to 200.
For AMR-WB, run the RNC MML command SET UAMRCWB with
UlModeChangeTimerLen set to 200.
c. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA. In this step, select
PERFENH_IUUP_RC_ACK_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch4 parameter. This avoids compatibility issues caused by the
RATE CONTROL ACK message from the CN, reducing the number of AMR call
drops or occurrences of one-way audio in AMR services.

//Setting parameters for the AMRC function
//Activating the AMRC function for AMR-WB services and enabling the rates of AMR-
WB services to be adjusted in gradual mode
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH:
CsSwitch=CS_AMRC_SWITCH-1&CS_AMRC_WB_CMP_SWITCH-0&CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJUST_GRADUALLY
_SWITCH-1;
//Activating the AMRC function for AMR-NB services

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CsSwitch=CS_AMRC_SWITCH-1&CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWITCH-0;
//Enabling the AMRC function for combined services

SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CsSwitch= CS_COMB_NAMRC_SWITCH-1&CS_COMB_WAMRC_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the timer for the RNC to receive the TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION
CONTROL FAILURE message
SET UAMRC: UlModeChangeTimerLen=3000, DlModeChangeTimerLen=5000;
SET UAMRCWB: UlModeChangeTimerLen=3000, DlModeChangeTimerLen=5000;
//Enabling the RNC to adjust the rate immediately after receiving the RELOCATION
DETECT message, and enabling the RNC to handle only the last message when
receiving multiple rate adjustment messages from the CN
CsSwitch=CS_IMMEDIATE_RATE_CONTROL_OPT_SWITCH-1&CS_TRFO_MUTI_UL_RATE_CONTROL_SWITC
H-1;
//Enabling the RNC to send a NACK message and to adjust rates of AMR-NB services
in gradual mode
SET UCORRMPARA:
PerfEnhanceSwitch3=PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH-1&PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_RATESET_EXT_SWITC
H-1;
SET UDPUCFGDATA:OptimizationSwitch=ERRFRAME_DISCARD_SWITCH-1;
//Setting parameters for the AMRC based on LDR function
MOD UCELLALGOSWITCH: CellId=11, NBMLdcAlgoSwitch=UL_UU_LDR-1&DL_UU_LDR-1;
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CsSwitch=CS_WAMR_SF_RECONF_SWITCH-1;
MOD UCELLLDR: CellId=11, DlLdrFirstAction=AMRRateRed,
DlLdrSecondAction=WAMRSfReconfiguration;

WCDMA RAN
//Setting parameters for the AMRC based on link stability function

//Enabling the AMRC based on link stability function and setting the timers for
this function
SET UQOSACT: AMRQosPerform=YES, UlQosAmrAdjSwitch=YES, AmrUlRateAdjTimerLen=3000,
UlQosWAmrAdjSwitch=YES, WAmrUlRateAdjTimerLen=3000, DlQosAmrAdjSwitch=YES,
DlQosWAmrAdjSwitch=YES;
//Setting the minimum rate mode for the AMRC based on link stability function
SET UAMRC: QoSAMRCNBMinMode=NBAMR_BITRATE_4.75K;
SET UAMRCWB: QoSAMRCWBMinMode=WBAMR_BITRATE_6.60K;
//Setting the downlink power measurement thresholds for the AMRC based on link
stability function
MOD UTYPRABQUALITYMEAS: RabIndex=0, UlThd6A1=2, UlThd6A2=8, UlThd6B1=2,
UlThd6B2=8;
MOD UTYPRABQUALITYMEAS: RabIndex=1, UlThd6A1=2, UlThd6A2=8, UlThd6B1=2,
UlThd6B2=8;
SET UAMRC: DlThdE1=20, DlThdE2=20, DlThdF1=90, DlThdF2=90;
SET UAMRCWB: DlThdE1=20, DlThdE2=20, DlThdF1=90, DlThdF2=90;
//(Optional) Setting parameters for the AMRC based on TFO/TrFO function
//Enabling the function of limitation on the downlink rate over the air interface
for AMR services
SET UCORRMPARA:PerfEnhanceSwitch6=PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_MBR_LIMIT_SWITCH-1;
//Setting the maximum rate over the air interface for AMR-NB services
SET UAMRC: GoldMaxMode=NBAMR_BITRATE_5.90K, SilverMaxMode=NBAMR_BITRATE_5.90K,
CopperMaxMode=NBAMR_BITRATE_5.90K;
//Setting the maximum rate over the air interface for AMR-WB services
//(Optional) Prohibiting the RNC from initiating an RB reconfiguration procedure
before the AMR service is set up
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH:CsSwitch=CS_AMR_RB_RECFG_BEFORE_CONNECT_SWITCH-0;
//(Optional) Enabling the DRNC to use the rate set assigned by the CN when the
rate set obtained from the SRNC is inconsistent with the rate set assigned by the
CN
SET UCORRMPARA:PerfEnhanceSwitch6=PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_RATESET_COMP_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Enabling UEs on which the function of limitation on the downlink
rate over the air interface for AMR services has taken effect to perform outgoing
static relocations
SET UCORRMPARA:PerfEnhanceSwitch6=PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_RATESET_SRELOC_SWITCH-1;
//(Optional) Setting the timer for delaying the triggering of the Uu-interface RB
reconfiguration procedure for AMR services
SET UCOIFTIMER:DelayTrigAmrRbrecfgTimer=50;
//(Optional) Enabling the code-resource-saving mode to be used at the RNC level
SET UFRC: DlSaveCodeResourceSwitch=ON;
//(Optional) Enabling the code-resource-saving mode to be used at the cell level
ADD UCELLFRC: CellId=11,AllowedSaveCodeResource=TRUE;
//(Optional) Enabling the code-resource-saving mode to be used for combined
services
SET UFRC:MultiRABDlSaveCodeSwitch=ON;
//(Optional) Enabling the function of symmetric uplink and downlink rate sets
over the air interface for AMR services
SET UCORRMPARA:PerfEnhanceSwitch6=PERFENH_AMR_RATESET_SYMMETRY_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the function of immediate rate adjustment after a suspended call is

resumed
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch7=PERFENH_CS_RATE_CONTROL_WHEN_RETRIEVE-1;
//Handling compatibility issues in scenarios where the function of AMRC based on

TFO/TrFO is enabled
//(In R016C00SPC630 and later) Accelerating the procedure for responding to the
TFC CTRL message
SET UCORRMPARA:PerfEnhanceSwitch5=PERFENH_AMR_TFC_CTRL_QUICK_RESP_SWITCH-1;
SET UCOIFTIMER:TfcCtrlFailTimer=24;
SET UAMRC: UlModeChangeTimerLen=200;
SET UAMRCWB: UlModeChangeTimerLen=200;
//Enabling the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message sent by the RNC to carry the TFI
information of UEs having experienced AMRC rate reduction
SET UCORRMPARA:PerfEnhanceSwitch5=PERFENH_AMR_CUC_TFI_OPT_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the RATE CONTROL ACK message sent by the RNC to carry the local

WCDMA RAN
maximum downlink rate or the local current downlink rate of AMR services
SET UCORRMPARA:PerfEnhanceSwitch5=PERFENH_RATE_CTRL_ACK_MAX_MODE_SWITCH-1;
//Enabling the switch for handling the incorrect RAB Subflow Combination
Indicator (RFCI) included in the IuUP RATE CONTROL ACK message sent by the CN
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch4=PERFENH_IUUP_RC_ACK_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH-1;

NOTE

----End


1. On the RNC LMT, open the Monitor tab page. In the navigation tree, choose Monitor >
UMTS Monitoring and double-click Connection Performance Monitoring. In the
displayed dialog box, set Monitor Item to AMR Mode and specify IMSI.
2. On the RNC LMT, open the Trace tab page. In the navigation tree, choose Trace >
UMTS Services and double-click Uu Interface Trace. In the displayed dialog box,
specify the RNC ID and cell ID.
3. Get ready two UEs that support AMR-WB: UE 1 and UE 2. Have the UEs camp on
CELL_A11. Use UE 1 to call UE 2 to verify that calls are being successfully established.
4. Check whether the traced RRC_MEAS_CTRL message contains the information
elements (IEs) event6a and event6b, as shown in Figure 10-1.

WCDMA RAN
Figure 10-1 IEs contained in RRC_MEAS_CTRL
5. Place UE 2 in the cell center and move UE 1 towards or away from UE 2. Check
whether the AMR mode changes during performance monitoring, as shown in Figure
10-2.
Figure 10-2 AMR mode
The following table describes the parameters for deactivating this feature.

WCDMA RAN
Parameter Parameter ID Setting Notes Remarks

Name
CS Algorithm CsSwitch(BSC690 Deselect NE: RNC

Switch 0,BSC6910) CS_AMRC_S MO:
WITCH UCORRMALGOSWITCH
Batch modification on the
CME is supported.
Feature deactivation can be performed using the CME or MML commands.

Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH with the
CS_AMRC_SWITCH check box under the CsSwitch parameter deselected. This disables
the AMRC function.
To disable AMRC only in TFO/TrFO scenarios, perform the following steps:
1. To disable the function of limitation on downlink rate over air interface for AMR
services, perform the following steps:
a. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA. In this step, clear the
PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_MBR_LIMIT_SWITCH check box under the
Performance Enhancement Switch 6 parameter. This disables the function of
limitation on downlink rate over air interface for AMR services.
b. Run the RNC MML command SET UAMRC. In this step, set the GoldMaxMode
parameter to NBAMR_BITRATE_12.20K, SilverMaxMode to
NBAMR_BITRATE_12.20K, and CopperMaxMode to
NBAMR_BITRATE_12.20K. This enables the maximum rate for AMR-NB
services to the the same as the MBR assigned by the CN.
NOTE
In this step, it is assumed that the MBR assigned by the CN is 12.2 kbit/s.
c. Run the RNC MML command SET UAMRCWB. In this step, set the
GoldMaxMode parameter to WBAMR_BITRATE_23.85K, SilverMaxMode to
WBAMR_BITRATE_23.85K, and CopperMaxMode to
WBAMR_BITRATE_23.85K. This enables the maximum rate for AMR-WB
services to the the same as the MBR assigned by the CN.
NOTE
In this step, it is assumed that the MBR assigned by the CN is 23.85 kbit/s.
d. To disable the function of code resource saving after limitation on downlink rate
over air interface for AMR services, perform the following steps:
Run the RNC MML command SET UFRC. In this step, set the
DlSaveCodeResourceSwitch parameter to OFF. This prohibits the code-resource-
saving mode on the RNC level.
Run the RNC MML command ADD UCELLFRC. In this step, set the
AllowedSaveCodeResource parameter to FALSE. This prohibits the code-resource-
saving mode on the cell level.
kbit/s or PS over HSDPA service, run the RNC MML command SET UFRC and

WCDMA RAN
set the MultiRABDlSaveCodeSwitch parameter to OFF. This disables the code-

resource-saving mode for combined services.
2. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA. In this step, clear the
PERFENH_AMR_RATESET_SYMMETRY_SWITCH check box under the
Performance Enhancement Switch 6 parameter. This disables the function of
symmetric uplink and downlink rate sets over air interface for AMR services.
3. Run the RNC MML command SET UCORRMPARA. In this step, clear the
PERFENH_CS_RATE_CONTROL_WHEN_RETRIEVE check box under the
PerfEnhanceSwitch7 parameter. This disables the function of immediate rate adjustment
after a suspended call is resumed.

//Deactivating AMR/WB-AMR Speech Rates Control
SET UCORRMALGOSWITCH: CsSwitch=CS_AMRC_SWITCH-0;
//Disabling AMRC only in TFO/TrFO scenarios
//Disabling the function of limitation on the downlink rate over the air
interface for AMR services
SET UCORRMPARA:PerfEnhanceSwitch6=PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_MBR_LIMIT_SWITCH-0;
//Resuming the maximum rate over the air interface for AMR-NB services
SET UAMRC: GoldMaxMode=NBAMR_BITRATE_12.20K, SilverMaxMode=NBAMR_BITRATE_12.20K,
CopperMaxMode=NBAMR_BITRATE_12.20K;
//Resuming the maximum rate over the air interface for AMR-WB services
//Prohibiting the code-resource-saving mode on the RNC level
SET UFRC: DlSaveCodeResourceSwitch=OFF;
//Prohibiting the code-resource-saving mode on the cell level
ADD UCELLFRC: CellId=11, AllowedSaveCodeResource=FALSE;
//Prohibiting the code-resource-saving mode for combined services
SET UFRC:MultiRABDlSaveCodeSwitch=OFF;
//Disabling the function of symmetric uplink and downlink rate sets over the air
interface for AMR services
SET UCORRMPARA:PerfEnhanceSwitch6=PERFENH_AMR_RATESET_SYMMETRY_SWITCH-0;
//Disabling the function of immediate rate adjustment after a suspended call is
resumed
SET UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch7=PERFENH_CS_RATE_CONTROL_WHEN_RETRIEVE-0;

The method of feature deactivation using the CME is the same as that of feature activation
using the CME. For detailed operations, see 10.3.4.3.3 Using the CME.

1. Monitor the values of the following counters to determine the number of times the rates of
AMR services are adjusted.
VS.AMR.UL.RateUp(BSC6900,BSC6910 Number of UL Rate Increases for AMR

) Services for Cell
VS.AMR.UL.RateDown(BSC6900,BSC69 Number of UL Rate Decreases for AMR

10) Services for Cell
VS.AMRWB.ULRateUp(BSC6900,BSC6 Number of Increases of UL Rate for AMR

910) WB Speech Service

WCDMA RAN
VS.AMRWB.ULRateDown(BSC6900,BS Number of Decreases of UL Rate for AMR

C6910) WB Speech Service
2. Monitor the values of the following counters to determine the proportion of AMR services
at different rates.
VS.RB.AMR.DL. Number of AMR Users with DL rate of 12.2

12.2(BSC6900,BSC6910) Kbit/s for Cell


VS.RB.AMR.DL.7.4(BSC6900,BSC6910) Number of AMR Users with DL rate of 7.4

Kbit/s for Cell

Kbit/s for Cell

Kbit/s for Cell


VS.RB.AMR.UL. Number of AMR Users with UL rate of 12.2



VS.RB.AMR.UL.7.4(BSC6900,BSC6910) Number of AMR Users with UL rate of 7.4

Kbit/s for Cell

Kbit/s for Cell

Kbit/s for Cell


WCDMA RAN

VS.RB.AMRWB.DL. Number of UEs that use the CS AMR WB

23.85(BSC6900,BSC6910) speech service at the DL bit rate of 23.85
kbit/s in the cell

kbit/s in the cell

kbit/s in the cell

kbit/s in the cell

kbit/s in the cell
VS.RB.AMRWB.UL. Number of UEs that use the CS AMR WB

23.85(BSC6900,BSC6910) speech service at the UL bit rate of 23.85
kbit/s in the cell

kbit/s in the cell

kbit/s in the cell

kbit/s in the cell

kbit/s in the cell

If some UEs do not support AMR adjustment, add these UEs to the AMRC blacklists.
NOTE
Run the following command to add UEs that do not support AMR adjustment to the AMRC blacklist:
ADD UIMEITAC: TAC_FUNC=Special_User_Enhance, TAC=12345678, Description="xxxx",
SpecUserFunctionSwitch2=SPECUSER_AMR_RATE_CHG_SWITCH-1;

WCDMA RAN
None

WCDMA RAN
AMR Feature Parameter Description 11 Parameters
11 Parameters
Table 11-1 Parameters

Parame NE MML Feature Feature Description
ter ID Comma ID Name
nd
QoSAM BSC690 SET WRFD- AMR/W Meaning: Minimum rate mode of the AMR-NB
RCNB 0 UAMR 020701 B-AMR service rate adjustment based on link stability. This
MinMod C Speech parameter takes effect when the AMR-NB service rate
e Rates adjustment algorithm based on link stability takes
Control effect on narrowband UEs.
GUI Value Range: NBAMR_BITRATE_4.75K,
NBAMR_BITRATE_5.15K,
NBAMR_BITRATE_12.20K
Unit: kbit/s
Actual Value Range: NBAMR_BITRATE_4.75K,
Default Value: NBAMR_BITRATE_4.75K

WCDMA RAN

nd
QoSAM BSC691 SET WRFD- AMR/W Meaning: Minimum rate mode of the AMR-NB
RCNB 0 UAMR 020701 B-AMR service rate adjustment based on link stability. This
MinMod C Speech parameter takes effect when the AMR-NB service rate
e Rates adjustment algorithm based on link stability takes
Control effect on narrowband UEs.
GUI Value Range: NBAMR_BITRATE_4.75K,
Unit: kbit/s
Actual Value Range: NBAMR_BITRATE_4.75K,
Default Value: NBAMR_BITRATE_4.75K

WCDMA RAN

nd
QoSAM BSC690 SET WRFD- AMR/W Meaning: Minimum rate mode of the AMR-WB
RCWB 0 UAMR 020701 B-AMR service rate adjustment based on link stability. This
MinMod CWB Speech parameter takes effect when the AMR-WB service
e Rates rate adjustment algorithm based on link stability takes
Control effect on wideband UEs.
GUI Value Range: WBAMR_BITRATE_6.60K,
WBAMR_BITRATE_8.85K,
WBAMR_BITRATE_23.85K
Unit: kbit/s
Actual Value Range: WBAMR_BITRATE_6.60K,
Default Value: WBAMR_BITRATE_6.60K

WCDMA RAN

nd
QoSAM BSC691 SET WRFD- AMR/W Meaning: Minimum rate mode of the AMR-WB
RCWB 0 UAMR 020701 B-AMR service rate adjustment based on link stability. This
MinMod CWB Speech parameter takes effect when the AMR-WB service
e Rates rate adjustment algorithm based on link stability takes
Control effect on wideband UEs.
Unit: kbit/s

WCDMA RAN

nd
CsSwitc BSC690 SET WRFD- AMR- Meaning:

h 0 UCORR 010613 WB 1. CS_AMRC_SWITCH: When the switch is on and
MALG WRFD- (Adaptiv the AMRC license is activated, the AMR control
OSWIT 021104 e Multi function is enabled for AMR services.
CH Rate
WRFD- Wide 2.
011600 Band) CS_HANDOVER_TO_UTRAN_DEFAULT_CFG_S
WRFD- WITCH: When the switch is on, the default
Emerge configurations of signaling and RABs, which are
190208 ncy Call stipulated in 3GPP 25.331, are used for CS service
WRFD- TFO/ relocation of the UE from GSM or LTE to WCDMA.
020701 TrFO When the switch is not on, the default configurations
Crystal are not used. Instead, the complete information of RB,
Voice TrCH, and PhyCH, which are in the HANDOVER TO
Coverag UTRAN COMMAND message is used.
e 3. CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH: When the
Improve switch is on and the "TFO/TRFO(TFO/TrFO)" license
ment by is activated, the RNC supports the TFO/TRFO
Rate function. Ensure that parameter negotiation has been
Adaptio performed between the RNC and the CN and among
n RNCs under the same CN. If the parameter
AMR/W negotiation has not been performed, problems such as
B-AMR CS service setup failures will occur.
Speech 4. CS_VOICE_DYN_CH_CONF_SWITCH: Whether
Rates to support the dynamic CS voice channel allocation
Control function.
5. CS_AMRC_WB_CMP_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, wideband AMRC compatibility
issues exist and therefore the service data rate must
not be adjusted. When this switch is turned off, such
issues do not exist and therefore the service data rate
can be adjusted.
6. CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, narrowband AMRC compatibility
can be adjusted.
7.
CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJUST_GRADUALLY_S
WITCH: Whether wideband AMR can be adjusted
level by level according to the data rate sets
configured by the CN. When this switch is turned off,
wideband AMR cannot be adjusted level by level
(except the downlink AMR when the RNC supports
the TFO/TRFO). When this switch is turned on,
wideband AMR can be adjusted level by level.

WCDMA RAN

nd
8. CS_WAMR_SF_RECONF_SWITCH: Whether the

rate of an AMR-WB service is lowered through RB
reconfiguration upon code resource congestion. When
this switch is turned on, the rate of an AMR-WB
service is lowered through RB reconfiguration, and
the spreading factor (SF) of the AMR-WB service is
reconfigured, when code resource is congested and
code resources can be saved by RB reconfiguration.
When this switch is turned off, the rate of the AMR-
WB service is not lowered through RB
reconfiguration upon code congestion.
9. CS_COMB_WAMRC_SWITCH: Whether the
adaptive multi rate control (AMRC) function is
enabled for an AMR-WB service in combined
services. When this switch and CS_AMRC_SWITCH
are turned on, and CS_AMRC_WB_CMP_SWITCH
is turned off, the AMRC function is enabled for the
AMR-WB service in combined services. When this
switch is turned off, the AMRC function is disabled
for the AMR-WB service in combined services.
10. CS_COMB_NAMRC_SWITCH: Whether the
AMRC function is enabled for an AMR-NB service in
combined services. When this switch and
CS_AMRC_SWITCH are turned on, and
CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWITCH is turned off, the
AMRC function is enabled for the AMR-NB service
in combined services. When this switch is turned off,
the AMRC function is disabled for the AMR-NB
service in combined services.
11. CS_LDR_AMR_RATEUP_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to increase the uplink and downlink rates of
AMR services when radio resources of the cell are
congested. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
can increase the uplink and downlink rates of AMR
services when radio resources (except power
resources) of the cell are congested. If power
resources are congested, the RNC cannot increase the
rates. When this switch is turned off, the RNC cannot
increase the rates when any type of resources is
congested.
12. CS_AMR_TRFO_CMP_SWITCH: Compatibility
switch for uplink AMR service rate increase requests.
This switch applies to the following scenario: 1) The
TrFO or TFO function is enabled. 2) The peer RNC
adjusts the downlink rate of an AMR service, and
therefore the CN sends the local RNC an uplink rate
increase request for the AMR service. 3) The local

WCDMA RAN

nd
RNC cannot increase the uplink rate for the AMR

service. In this scenario: 1) If this switch is turned on,
the local RNC sends the CN a message, which
indicates that the uplink rate increase succeeds. 2) If
this switch is turned off, the local RNC sends the CN a
message, which indicates that the uplink rate increase
fails.
13. CS_COMB_AMRC_POWERLDR_SWITCH:
Whether to adjust the uplink and downlink rates of the
NB-AMR or WB-AMR service in combined services
using the AMRC function when power resources of a
cell are congested. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC can do so. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC cannot do so.
14.
CS_IMMEDIATE_RATE_CONTROL_OPT_SWITC
H: When the RNC starts immediate rate adjustment
for relocation of a UE processing AMR services. If
this switch is turned on. The RNC starts immediate
rate adjustment for AMR services after Relocation
Detect. If this switch is turned off. The RNC starts
immediate rate adjustment for AMR services after the
UE relocation is completed.
15.
CS_TRFO_MUTI_UL_RATE_CONTROL_SWITCH
: Whether the optimization solution to processing
frequent rate control procedures takes effect. If this
switch is turned on, the optimization solution takes
effect, if the RNC receives a new uplink rate control
frame in AMR services before the current Iu UP rate
control procedure is terminated, the RNC terminates
the current procedure immediately and adjusts the
uplink AMR service rate according to the latest frame.
If this switch is turned off, the optimization solution
does not take effect, if the RNC receives a new uplink
rate control frame in AMR services before the current
Iu UP rate control procedure is terminated, the RNC
continues the current Iu UP rate control procedure and
ignores the latest rate control frame.
16. CS_RB_AMR_TFI_CMP_SWITCH: Whether the
RB setup, reconfiguration, and release messages for
PS services carry TFI information about AMR
services in CS+PS combined services when
CS_AMRC_SWITCH is set to on. If this switch is
turned on, the RB setup, reconfiguration, and release
messages for PS services carry TFI information about
AMR services in CS+PS combined services. If this

WCDMA RAN

nd
switch is turned off, the RB setup, reconfiguration,

and release messages for PS services do not carry TFI
information about AMR services in CS+PS combined
services.
17.
CS_AMR_RB_RECFG_BEFORE_CONNECT_SWI
TCH: Whether Uu-interface AMR rate
reconfiguration can be performed before the calling
and called parties enter the connection acknowledged
state.
When this switch is set to on, Uu-interface AMR rate
state.
When this switch is set to off, Uu-interface AMR rate
reconfiguration can be performed only after the
calling and called parties enter the connection
acknowledged state.
18. CS_DLBLER_MEAS_SWITCH:Whether to
measure VS.DL.AMR.BLER.RSCP.0/
VS.DL.AMR.BLER.RSCP.1/
VS.DL.AMR.CrystalAdapt.BLER.RSCP.0/
VS.DL.AMR.CrystalAdapt.BLER.RSCP.6.
1: This switch is turned on. These counters are
measured.
0: This switch is turned off. These counters are not
measured.
GUI Value Range: CS_AMRC_SWITCH,
CS_HANDOVER_TO_UTRAN_DEFAULT_CFG_S
WITCH, CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH,
CS_VOICE_DYN_CH_CONF_SWITCH,
CS_AMRC_WB_CMP_SWITCH,
CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWITCH,
WITCH, CS_WAMR_SF_RECONF_SWITCH,
CS_COMB_WAMRC_SWITCH,
CS_COMB_NAMRC_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CS_LDR_AMR_RATEUP_OPT_SWITCH,
CS_AMR_TRFO_CMP_SWITCH,
CS_COMB_AMRC_POWERLDR_SWITCH,
H,
, CS_RB_AMR_TFI_CMP_SWITCH,
TCH, CS_DLBLER_MEAS_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CS_AMRC_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CS_WAMR_SF_RECONF_SWITCH,
H,
,
CS_RB_AMR_TFI_CMP_SWITCH,
TCH,
CS_DLBLER_MEAS_SWITCH
Default Value: CS_AMRC_SWITCH:0,
WITCH:1, CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH:0,
CS_VOICE_DYN_CH_CONF_SWITCH:0,
CS_AMRC_WB_CMP_SWITCH:0,
CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWITCH:0,
WITCH:0, CS_WAMR_SF_RECONF_SWITCH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CS_COMB_WAMRC_SWITCH:0,
CS_COMB_NAMRC_SWITCH:0,
CS_LDR_AMR_RATEUP_OPT_SWITCH:0,
CS_AMR_TRFO_CMP_SWITCH:0,
CS_COMB_AMRC_POWERLDR_SWITCH:0,
H:0,
:0, CS_RB_AMR_TFI_CMP_SWITCH:1,
TCH:0, CS_DLBLER_MEAS_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
CsSwitc BSC691 SET WRFD- AMR- Meaning:

h 0 UCORR 010613 WB 1. CS_AMRC_SWITCH: When the switch is on and
MALG WRFD- (Adaptiv the AMRC license is activated, the AMR control
OSWIT 021104 e Multi function is enabled for AMR services.
CH Rate
WRFD- Wide 2.
011600 Band) CS_HANDOVER_TO_UTRAN_DEFAULT_CFG_S
WRFD- WITCH: When the switch is on, the default
Emerge configurations of signaling and RABs, which are
190208 ncy Call stipulated in 3GPP 25.331, are used for CS service
WRFD- TFO/ relocation of the UE from GSM or LTE to WCDMA.
020701 TrFO When the switch is not on, the default configurations
Crystal are not used. Instead, the complete information of RB,
Voice TrCH, and PhyCH, which are in the HANDOVER TO
Coverag UTRAN COMMAND message is used.
e 3. CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH: When the
Improve switch is on and the "TFO/TRFO(TFO/TrFO)" license
ment by is activated, the RNC supports the TFO/TRFO
Rate function. Ensure that parameter negotiation has been
Adaptio performed between the RNC and the CN and among
n RNCs under the same CN. If the parameter
AMR/W negotiation has not been performed, problems such as
B-AMR CS service setup failures will occur.
Speech 4. CS_VOICE_DYN_CH_CONF_SWITCH: Whether
Rates to support the dynamic CS voice channel allocation
Control function.
5. CS_AMRC_WB_CMP_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, wideband AMRC compatibility
can be adjusted.
6. CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWITCH: When this
switch is turned on, narrowband AMRC compatibility
can be adjusted.
7.
WITCH: Whether wideband AMR can be adjusted
level by level according to the data rate sets
configured by the CN. When this switch is turned off,
wideband AMR cannot be adjusted level by level
(except the downlink AMR when the RNC supports
the TFO/TRFO). When this switch is turned on,
wideband AMR can be adjusted level by level.

WCDMA RAN

nd
8. CS_WAMR_SF_RECONF_SWITCH: Whether the

rate of an AMR-WB service is lowered through RB
reconfiguration upon code resource congestion. When
this switch is turned on, the rate of an AMR-WB
service is lowered through RB reconfiguration, and
the spreading factor (SF) of the AMR-WB service is
reconfigured, when code resource is congested and
code resources can be saved by RB reconfiguration.
When this switch is turned off, the rate of the AMR-
WB service is not lowered through RB
reconfiguration upon code congestion.
9. CS_COMB_WAMRC_SWITCH: Whether the
adaptive multi rate control (AMRC) function is
enabled for an AMR-WB service in combined
services. When this switch and CS_AMRC_SWITCH
are turned on, and CS_AMRC_WB_CMP_SWITCH
is turned off, the AMRC function is enabled for the
AMR-WB service in combined services. When this
switch is turned off, the AMRC function is disabled
for the AMR-WB service in combined services.
10. CS_COMB_NAMRC_SWITCH: Whether the
AMRC function is enabled for an AMR-NB service in
combined services. When this switch and
CS_AMRC_SWITCH are turned on, and
CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWITCH is turned off, the
AMRC function is enabled for the AMR-NB service
in combined services. When this switch is turned off,
the AMRC function is disabled for the AMR-NB
service in combined services.
11. CS_LDR_AMR_RATEUP_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether to increase the uplink and downlink rates of
AMR services when radio resources of the cell are
congested. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
can increase the uplink and downlink rates of AMR
services when radio resources (except power
resources) of the cell are congested. If power
resources are congested, the RNC cannot increase the
rates. When this switch is turned off, the RNC cannot
increase the rates when any type of resources is
congested.
12. CS_AMR_TRFO_CMP_SWITCH: Compatibility
switch for uplink AMR service rate increase requests.
This switch applies to the following scenario: 1) The
TrFO or TFO function is enabled. 2) The peer RNC
adjusts the downlink rate of an AMR service, and
therefore the CN sends the local RNC an uplink rate
increase request for the AMR service. 3) The local

WCDMA RAN

nd
RNC cannot increase the uplink rate for the AMR

service. In this scenario: 1) If this switch is turned on,
the local RNC sends the CN a message, which
indicates that the uplink rate increase succeeds. 2) If
this switch is turned off, the local RNC sends the CN a
message, which indicates that the uplink rate increase
fails.
13. CS_COMB_AMRC_POWERLDR_SWITCH:
Whether to adjust the uplink and downlink rates of the
NB-AMR or WB-AMR service in combined services
using the AMRC function when power resources of a
cell are congested. When this switch is turned on, the
RNC can do so. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC cannot do so.
14.
H: When the RNC starts immediate rate adjustment
for relocation of a UE processing AMR services. If
this switch is turned on. The RNC starts immediate
rate adjustment for AMR services after Relocation
Detect. If this switch is turned off. The RNC starts
immediate rate adjustment for AMR services after the
UE relocation is completed.
15.
: Whether the optimization solution to processing
frequent rate control procedures takes effect. If this
switch is turned on, the optimization solution takes
effect, if the RNC receives a new uplink rate control
frame in AMR services before the current Iu UP rate
control procedure is terminated, the RNC terminates
the current procedure immediately and adjusts the
uplink AMR service rate according to the latest frame.
If this switch is turned off, the optimization solution
does not take effect, if the RNC receives a new uplink
rate control frame in AMR services before the current
Iu UP rate control procedure is terminated, the RNC
continues the current Iu UP rate control procedure and
ignores the latest rate control frame.
16. CS_RB_AMR_TFI_CMP_SWITCH: Whether the
RB setup, reconfiguration, and release messages for
PS services carry TFI information about AMR
services in CS+PS combined services when
CS_AMRC_SWITCH is set to on. If this switch is
turned on, the RB setup, reconfiguration, and release
messages for PS services carry TFI information about
AMR services in CS+PS combined services. If this

WCDMA RAN

nd
switch is turned off, the RB setup, reconfiguration,

and release messages for PS services do not carry TFI
information about AMR services in CS+PS combined
services.
17.
TCH: Whether Uu-interface AMR rate
state.
When this switch is set to on, Uu-interface AMR rate
state.
When this switch is set to off, Uu-interface AMR rate
reconfiguration can be performed only after the
calling and called parties enter the connection
acknowledged state.
18. CS_DLBLER_MEAS_SWITCH:Whether to
measure VS.DL.AMR.BLER.RSCP.0/
VS.DL.AMR.CrystalAdapt.BLER.RSCP.6.
1: This switch is turned on. These counters are
measured.
0: This switch is turned off. These counters are not
measured.
GUI Value Range: CS_AMRC_SWITCH,
WITCH, CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH,
WITCH, CS_WAMR_SF_RECONF_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
H,
, CS_RB_AMR_TFI_CMP_SWITCH,
TCH, CS_DLBLER_MEAS_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CS_AMRC_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CS_WAMR_SF_RECONF_SWITCH,
H,
,
CS_RB_AMR_TFI_CMP_SWITCH,
TCH,
CS_DLBLER_MEAS_SWITCH
Default Value: CS_AMRC_SWITCH:0,
WITCH:1, CS_IUUP_V2_SUPPORT_SWITCH:0,
CS_VOICE_DYN_CH_CONF_SWITCH:0,
CS_AMRC_WB_CMP_SWITCH:0,
CS_AMRC_NB_CMP_SWITCH:0,
WITCH:0, CS_WAMR_SF_RECONF_SWITCH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CS_COMB_WAMRC_SWITCH:0,
CS_COMB_NAMRC_SWITCH:0,
CS_LDR_AMR_RATEUP_OPT_SWITCH:0,
CS_AMR_TRFO_CMP_SWITCH:0,
CS_COMB_AMRC_POWERLDR_SWITCH:0,
H:0,
:0, CS_RB_AMR_TFI_CMP_SWITCH:1,
TCH:0, CS_DLBLER_MEAS_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 020201 Node B 1.
tch3 MPARA WRFD- Softer PERFENH_COMM_PLMN_HO_ALLOWED_SWIT
010510 Handov CH: Whether a handover to a target cell, whose
er operator list has only common operators, is allowed
WRFD-
020202 3.4/6.8/1 during an inter-PLMN handover. When this switch is
3.6/27.2 turned off and the operator list of the target cell has
WRFD- Kbps only the common operators and the inter-PLMN
020103 RRC handover switch is turned off, the handover to the
WRFD- Connect target cell is not allowed. When this switch is turned
140226 ion and on and the operator list of the target cell has only the
WRFD- Radio common operators and the inter-PLMN handover
020203 Access switch is turned off, the handover to the target cell is
Bearer allowed.
WRFD- Establis
150232 2. PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWITCH:
hment Whether to support missing neighboring cell detection
WRFD- and when no initial inter-frequency or inter-RAT
010202 Release neighboring cells are configured. When this switch is
WRFD- Intra turned on and the inter-frequency and inter-RAT
020900 RNC missing neighboring cell detection switch is turned on
WRFD- Soft by running "ADD UCELLAUTONCELLDETECT",
020402 Handov the missing neighboring cell detection function in case
er of no initial inter-frequency or inter-RAT neighboring
WRFD-
Inter cells can be enabled. When this switch is turned off,
020803
Frequen the missing neighboring cell detection function does
WRFD- cy Load not take effect.
020302 Balance 3. PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH: Whether to
WRFD- Fast enable the Video Telephony Fallback to Speech
020303 Return (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO function. When this switch
WRFD- from is turned on, VP services fall back to speech (AMR)
020701 UMTS before inter-RAT handovers are performed. When this
to LTE switch is turned off, VP services do not fall back to
speech (AMR) and inter-RAT handovers are directly
Inter
performed.
RNC
Soft 4. PERFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH: TFI
Handov configuration method carried in the RRC_TFC_CTRL
er message for the uplink Adaptive Multi-rate Control
Multiba (AMRC) rate adjustment. When this switch is turned
nd on and the uplink rate is adjusted with AMRC, the
Direct RRC_TFC_CTRL message carries the maximum data
Retry rate mode and all available data rate modes under the
Based maximum data rate mode. When this switch is turned
on UE off and the uplink rate is adjusted with AMRC, the
Location RRC_TFC_CTRL message carries only the 0 kbit/s
data rate mode, SID rate mode, and maximum rate
UE mode.
State in
Connect

WCDMA RAN

nd
ed Mode 5. PERFENH_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH: How the

(CELL- MR AGPS measurement control message is released.
DCH, When this switch is turned on, in the MR AGPS
CELL- measurement control message, the RNC defines the IE
PCH, "Measurement validity" as "all states". When this
URA- switch is turned off, in the MR AGPS measurement
PCH, control message, the RNC defines the information
CELL- element (IE) "Measurement validity" as
FACH) "CELL_DCH". However, as specified in 3GPP TS
Logical 25.331, if the IE "Measurement validity" is defined as
Channel "CELL_DCH", some UEs buffer MR AGPS
Manage measurements when they transit from CELL_DCH to
ment CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH. Then, the
UEs resume the measurements after they switch back
Measure to CELL_DCH. If a UE on a network resets
ment unexpectedly after the UE resumes MR AGPS
Based measurements, it is recommended that this switch be
Direct turned on.
Retry
6. PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH: Whether
A-GPS the RNC responds to rate adjustment requests from
Based the core network when AMRC is disabled. When this
LCS switch is turned off and AMRC is disabled, the RNC
Inter does not respond to rate adjustment requests from the
Frequen core network. When this switch is turned on and
cy Hard AMRC is disabled, the RNC sends to the core
Handov network a rate adjustment failure message after
er Based receiving rate adjustment requests from the core
on network.
Coverag 7. PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
e RNC allows UEs to perform blind-handover-based
Inter- DRDs after the current cell resource admission fails
RAT when the measurement-based DRD function is
Handov enabled and DRDs are not allowed in a non-periodic
er Based retry procedure such as RAB setup, RAB
on modification, DCCC channel reconfiguration, or P2D.
Coverag When this switch is turned on, the RNC allows UEs to
e perform blind-handover-based DRDs. When this
AMR/W switch is turned off, the RNC does not allow UEs to
B-AMR perform blind-handover-based DRDs.
Speech 8. PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
Rates Whether to enable the optimized inter-frequency
Control measurement control function in the measurement-
based DRD. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
filters out inter-frequency neighboring cells that do
not meet the requirements for periodic retry according
to the HSPA+ and SPG priorities during the delivery
of measurement control messages. When this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned off, the RNC does not filter out inter-frequency

neighboring cells that do not meet the requirements.
9. PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC filters DRD cells in high frequency
bands if the current cell is in a low frequency band
and the RSCP value cannot be measured or cannot be
obtained through measurements or it expires the
validity of measurement reports when the location-
based multiband DRD algorithm is enabled. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC filters out all DRD
cells in high frequency bands. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC does not filter DRD cells in high
frequency bands.
10. PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection when
a CS fallback UE keeps a PS connection after
terminating the CS service. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC releases the RRC connection by sending
to a UE an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message
that carries the information about LTE frequencies if
the UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the
CS service. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
does not release the RRC connection if a CS fallback
UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the CS
service.
11.
PERFENH_FORCE_AMR_INTER_RAT_OUT_SWI
TCH: Whether to reject access of any CS services to
the UMTS network. When this switch is turned off,
CS services normally access the UMTS network.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC performs
inter-RAT DRDs to transfer the narrowband AMR
services assigned by the CN through the CS domain to
the current best cell's neighboring GSM cells for blind
handovers. If the CN assigns other services through
the CS domain, the RNC directly rejects such
services.
12. PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH: Whether
the UE inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm
takes effect. F2P transition is short for the transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or URA_PCH. If
the RNC detects that all uplink and downlink services
of a UE in the CELL_FACH state have no data to
transmit within the period specified by the
"InactF2PStateTransTimer" parameter ("SET
UUESTATETRANSTIMER"), it triggers the F2P state
transition. When this switch is turned off, the UE

WCDMA RAN

nd
inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm does

not take effect. When this switch is turned on, the UE
inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm takes
effect and replaces the original event 4B-based state
transition algorithm.
13.
PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_RATESET_EXT_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC extends the narrowband uplink
AMRC rate set. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC does not extend the narrowband uplink AMRC
rate set, and the narrowband uplink AMRC rate set is
{initial rate, guaranteed rate, SID rate, 0 bit/s rate}.
When this switch is turned on, if the core network
assigns AMR rate set A and the rate set includes other
rates, except SID rate and 0 bit/s rate, the extended
rate set is determined in the following ways: If rate set
A contains less than or equal to four types of rates,
rate set A is considered as the extended rate set. If rate
set A contains more than four types of rates, the
intersection between the rate set A and the five types
of rates (4.75 kbit/s, 5.9 kbit/s, 7.4 kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s,
and 12.2 kbit/s) is considered as rate set B. In this
situation, if the rate set B contains less than or equal to
four types of rates, rate set B is considered as the
extended rate set. If rate set B contains more than four
types of rates, the extended rate set is generated after
the rate 7.95 kbit/s is deleted from rate set B.
14.
PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether non-flexible DC cells are ranked based on
the user number of a single cell during the load
balancing. When this switch is turned off, non-flexible
DC cells are ranked based on the user number of the
carrier group during the load balancing. When this
switch is turned on, non-flexible DC cells are ranked
based on the user number of a single cell during the
load balancing.
15. PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC changes the contents of the
information elements (IEs) "UL-
AddReconfTransChInformation" and "rb-
MappingInfo" in the RRC RB SETUP and RRC RB
RECFG messages. When the content of the sub-IE
"tfs-SignallingMode" in the IE "DL-
AddReconfTransChInformation" is the same as that of
the sub-IE "transportFormatSet" in the IE "UL-
AddReconfTransChInformation", the sub-IE "tfs-
SignallingMode" can be defined as

WCDMA RAN

nd
"SameAsULTrCH", which reduces the sizes of the

RRC RB SETUP and RRC RB RECFG messages.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC defines the IE
"LogicalChannelList" as "Configured" and the IE "rlc-
Size-List" as "allSizes". When this switch is turned
on, the RNC defines the IE "LogicalChannelList" as
"allSizes" and the sub-IE "rlc-Size-List" in the IE "rb-
MappingInfo" as "Configured". The uplink TFS is the
same as the downlink TFS.
16. PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RRC RB SETUP message contains the
information element (IE) "RB mapping info" if the
transport channel and rate of a signaling radio bearer
(SRB) remain unchanged. If the RRC SETUP REQ
message has contained the IE "RB mapping info", the
RRC RB SETUP message does not need to contain
the IE, which shortens the transmission delay of the
RRC RB SETUP message. When this switch is turned
off, in the preceding scenario, the RRC RB SETUP
message contains the IE. When this switch is turned
on, in the preceding scenario, the RRC RB SETUP
message does not contain the IE.
17.
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_S
WITCH: Whether the blacklisted cell list is carried in
the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message during
a redirection to LTE. When this switch is turned on,
the configured cell blacklist is carried in the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message. When this
switch is turned off, the configured cell blacklist is not
carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE
message.
18.
PERFENH_UL_RL_FAIL_SRV_CELL_CHG_SWIT
CH: Whether to check the quality of the target cell
when the serving cell in the active set changes because
uplink synchronization fails. When this switch is
turned on, the quality of the target cell is checked. If
the target cell is not out of synchronization, the quality
of the target cell is good and the serving cell is
changed. Otherwise, the quality of the target cell is not
good, the serving cell is not changed and the radio link
is not deleted. When this switch is turned off, the
serving cell is changed because uplink
synchronization fails, regardless of the quality of the
target cell.

WCDMA RAN

nd
19. PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCENE_CTRL:
Whether to allow single signaling handovers for RRC
connection setup request messages indicating that no
services are initiated. This switch is turned on based
on other establishment causes rather than the
following causes. The RNC considers that services
need to be set up when the Establishment cause
IE(3GPP TS 25.331) in the
RRC_RRC_CONNECT_REQ message is set to any
of the following values: Originating Conversational
Call, Originating Streaming Call, Originating
Interactive Call, Originating Background Call,
Originating Subscribed traffic Call, Terminating
Conversational Call, Terminating Streaming Call,
Terminating Interactive Call, Terminating Background
Call, Originating High Priority Signalling, and
Terminating High Priority Signalling. When this
switch is turned on, single signaling handovers are not
allowed for RRC connection setup request messages
indicating that no services are initiated. When this
switch is turned off, single signaling handovers are
allowed for all UEs.
20.
PERFENH_PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWITC
H: Whether UEs under weak coverage in the
downlink can initiate DCCC-based rate increasing and
HSPA retries. If the RNC receives event 2D
measurement reports but does not receive similar
event 2F measurement reports, UEs are considered to
be under weak coverage in the downlink. When this
switch is turned on, UEs under weak coverage in the
downlink cannot initiate rate increasing after the timer
for starting compressed mode expires. When this
switch is turned off, UEs can directly initiate rate
increasing after the timer for starting compressed
mode expires. This parameter is currently not for use.
21.
PERFENH_SPEC_PRD_HHO_DELAY_TIME_SWI
TCH: Whether the RNC immediately triggers
handovers upon receiving a periodic inter-frequency
or inter-RAT measurement report indicating that the
signal meets handover triggering requirements, when
the time delay for triggering handovers based on
periodical inter-frequency measurement reports/
periodical inter-RAT measurement reports is set to 0.
When this switch is turned on, inter-frequency or
inter-RAT handovers are triggered immediately. When
this switch is turned off, inter-frequency or inter-RAT

WCDMA RAN

nd
handovers are triggered only after the timer (200 ms)

for delaying in triggering handovers expires.
22.
PERFENH_BASE_COV_BE_E2D_10MS_OFF_SWI
TCH: Whether the coverage-based BE service E2D
algorithm is invalid for HSUPA 10 ms TTI users in
weak coverage. Under weak coverage, HSUPA 10 ms
TTI users do not switch from E-DCH to DCH in the
uplink when this switch is turned on, and HSUPA 10
ms TTI users can switch from E-DCH to DCH in the
uplink when this switch is turned off.
23.
PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHG_SWIT
CH: Whether SRBs can be carried on the E-DCH
during the RRC connection setup when the NodeB
sends to the RNC through the private Iub interface a
messages indicating that a cell does not support
HSUPA due to the high DSP CPU load. When this
switch is turned on, the SRBs cannot be carried on the
E-DCH during the RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned off, the SRBs can be carried on the E-
DCH during the RRC connection setup.
24.
PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSDPA_CAP_CHG_SWIT
CH: Whether SRBs can be carried on the HS-DSCH
message indicating that a cell does not support
HSDPA due to high DSP CPU load. When this switch
is turned on, the SRBs cannot be carried on the HS-
DSCH during the RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned off, the SRBs can be carried on the
HS-DSCH during the RRC connection setup.
25.
PERFENH_CELL_TTI2MS_CAP_CHG_OPT_SWIT
CH: Whether the services with a maximum uplink
data rate greater than 2048 kbit/s can be carried on the
E-DCH during the RAB setup when the NodeB sends
to the RNC through the private Iub interface a
HSUPA TTI 2 ms due to high DSP CPU load. When
this switch is turned on, the services can be carried on
the E-DCH in the uplink. When this switch is turned
off, the services cannot be carried on the E-DCH in
the uplink.
26. PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the target SIR adjustment in OLPC

WCDMA RAN

nd
during the physical channel reconfiguration

procedure. When this switch is turned on, the target
SIR adjustment in OLPC is not enabled for frames if
the UE uses the following transport format (TF): TB
size is 0, TB number is not 0, and BetaD/BetaC is 0.
When this switch is turned off, the target SIR
adjustment in OLPC is enabled for frames if the UE
use the following TF: TB size is 0, TB number is not
0, and BetaD/BetaC is 0.
27.
PERFENH_UU_P2D_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the message size
reduction function is enabled during CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_DCH or CELL_PCH-to-CELL_DCH state
transitions.When this switch is turned off, the message
size reduction function is disabled during
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH or CELL_PCH-to-
CELL_DCH state transitions.
28.
PERFENH_DYC_INIBITRATE_MULTI_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the function of dynamically
allocating an initial bit rate when a UE has set up a PS
BE service and wants to set up a CS service. When
this switch is turned on, this function takes effect and
cooperates with the "BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs"
parameter in the "SET UFRC" command. The RNC
checks whether the throughput rate of a UE's PS BE
service is lower than the bit rate specified by the
"BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs" parameter when the UE
has set up the PS BE service and wants to set up a CS
service. If yes, the RNC allocates the specified bit rate
to the PS BE service. If not, the RNC does not switch
the PS BE service from a high-speed channel to a low-
speed channel or reduce the bit rate of the PS BE
service. When this switch is turned off, this function
does not take effect and the RNC directly allocates the
specified bit rate to the PS BE service. Note that this
function cannot change the downlink initial bit rate of
a PS BE service if the service is carried over the DCH
in the downlink.
29.
PERFENH_RLRESETUP_GUARANTEE_SWITCH:
Whether to allow for channel fallback during RL
reestablishment. When this switch is turned on, this
function takes effect and switches a single PS BE
service, the PS BE service in the AMR+PS BE
combined services, or PS BE combined services from
a higher-rate channel to a lower-rate channel when the

WCDMA RAN

nd
UE fails to be admitted to a cell due to resource

insufficiency. In the worst cases, the target channel
can be a 0 kbit/s DCH.
30. PERFENH_RLRESETUP_PREEMPT_SWITCH:
Preemption switch for link reestablishment. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC allows preemption-
capable UEs to preempt cell resources from low-
priority UEs and from UEs that can be preempted if
cell resources are insufficient. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC terminals the current procedure
for problem UEs if cell resources are insufficient. This
function applies only to adaptive multirate (AMR)
services, PS BE services, and AMR+PS BE combined
services.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_COMM_PLMN_HO_ALLOWED_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH,
PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH,
TCH, PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH,
CH,
PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
CH, PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCENE_CTRL,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH, PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH,
PERFENH_UU_P2D_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_DYC_INIBITRATE_MULTI_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RLRESETUP_GUARANTEE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_RLRESETUP_PREEMPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
CH,
WITCH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,
Default Value:

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH:
0,PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FORCE_AMR_INTER_RAT_OUT_S
WITCH:0,PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_RATESET_EXT_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT_SWITCH
:0,PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_
SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_UL_RL_FAIL_SRV_CELL_CHG_SWI
TCH:0,PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCENE_CTRL:
0,PERFENH_PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_SPEC_PRD_HHO_DELAY_TIME_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_BASE_COV_BE_E2D_10MS_OFF_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHG_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSDPA_CAP_CHG_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_CELL_TTI2MS_CAP_CHG_OPT_SW
ITCH:
1,PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_UU_P2D_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DYC_INIBITRATE_MULTI_SWITCH
:
0,PERFENH_RLRESETUP_GUARANTEE_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_RLRESETUP_PREEMPT_SWITCH:
0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC691 SET WRFD- Intra Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 020201 Node B 1.
tch3 MPARA WRFD- Softer PERFENH_COMM_PLMN_HO_ALLOWED_SWIT
010510 Handov CH: Whether a handover to a target cell, whose
er operator list has only common operators, is allowed
WRFD-
020202 3.4/6.8/1 during an inter-PLMN handover. When this switch is
3.6/27.2 turned off and the operator list of the target cell has
WRFD- Kbps only the common operators and the inter-PLMN
020103 RRC handover switch is turned off, the handover to the
WRFD- Connect target cell is not allowed. When this switch is turned
140226 ion and on and the operator list of the target cell has only the
WRFD- Radio common operators and the inter-PLMN handover
020203 Access switch is turned off, the handover to the target cell is
Bearer allowed.
WRFD- Establis
150232 2. PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWITCH:
hment Whether to support missing neighboring cell detection
WRFD- and when no initial inter-frequency or inter-RAT
010202 Release neighboring cells are configured. When this switch is
WRFD- Intra turned on and the inter-frequency and inter-RAT
020900 RNC missing neighboring cell detection switch is turned on
WRFD- Soft by running "ADD UCELLAUTONCELLDETECT",
020402 Handov the missing neighboring cell detection function in case
er of no initial inter-frequency or inter-RAT neighboring
WRFD-
Inter cells can be enabled. When this switch is turned off,
020803
Frequen the missing neighboring cell detection function does
WRFD- cy Load not take effect.
020302 Balance 3. PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH: Whether to
WRFD- Fast enable the Video Telephony Fallback to Speech
020303 Return (AMR) for Inter-RAT HO function. When this switch
WRFD- from is turned on, VP services fall back to speech (AMR)
020701 UMTS before inter-RAT handovers are performed. When this
to LTE switch is turned off, VP services do not fall back to
speech (AMR) and inter-RAT handovers are directly
Inter
performed.
RNC
Soft 4. PERFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH: TFI
Handov configuration method carried in the RRC_TFC_CTRL
er message for the uplink Adaptive Multi-rate Control
Multiba (AMRC) rate adjustment. When this switch is turned
nd on and the uplink rate is adjusted with AMRC, the
Direct RRC_TFC_CTRL message carries the maximum data
Retry rate mode and all available data rate modes under the
Based maximum data rate mode. When this switch is turned
on UE off and the uplink rate is adjusted with AMRC, the
Location RRC_TFC_CTRL message carries only the 0 kbit/s
data rate mode, SID rate mode, and maximum rate
UE mode.
State in
Connect

WCDMA RAN

nd
ed Mode 5. PERFENH_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH: How the

(CELL- MR AGPS measurement control message is released.
DCH, When this switch is turned on, in the MR AGPS
CELL- measurement control message, the RNC defines the IE
PCH, "Measurement validity" as "all states". When this
URA- switch is turned off, in the MR AGPS measurement
PCH, control message, the RNC defines the information
CELL- element (IE) "Measurement validity" as
FACH) "CELL_DCH". However, as specified in 3GPP TS
Logical 25.331, if the IE "Measurement validity" is defined as
Channel "CELL_DCH", some UEs buffer MR AGPS
Manage measurements when they transit from CELL_DCH to
ment CELL_FACH, CELL_PCH, or URA_PCH. Then, the
UEs resume the measurements after they switch back
Measure to CELL_DCH. If a UE on a network resets
ment unexpectedly after the UE resumes MR AGPS
Based measurements, it is recommended that this switch be
Direct turned on.
Retry
6. PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH: Whether
A-GPS the RNC responds to rate adjustment requests from
Based the core network when AMRC is disabled. When this
LCS switch is turned off and AMRC is disabled, the RNC
Inter does not respond to rate adjustment requests from the
Frequen core network. When this switch is turned on and
cy Hard AMRC is disabled, the RNC sends to the core
Handov network a rate adjustment failure message after
er Based receiving rate adjustment requests from the core
on network.
Coverag 7. PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_SWITCH: Whether the
e RNC allows UEs to perform blind-handover-based
Inter- DRDs after the current cell resource admission fails
RAT when the measurement-based DRD function is
Handov enabled and DRDs are not allowed in a non-periodic
er Based retry procedure such as RAB setup, RAB
on modification, DCCC channel reconfiguration, or P2D.
Coverag When this switch is turned on, the RNC allows UEs to
e perform blind-handover-based DRDs. When this
AMR/W switch is turned off, the RNC does not allow UEs to
B-AMR perform blind-handover-based DRDs.
Speech 8. PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
Rates Whether to enable the optimized inter-frequency
Control measurement control function in the measurement-
based DRD. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
filters out inter-frequency neighboring cells that do
not meet the requirements for periodic retry according
to the HSPA+ and SPG priorities during the delivery
of measurement control messages. When this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned off, the RNC does not filter out inter-frequency

neighboring cells that do not meet the requirements.
9. PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC filters DRD cells in high frequency
bands if the current cell is in a low frequency band
and the RSCP value cannot be measured or cannot be
obtained through measurements or it expires the
validity of measurement reports when the location-
based multiband DRD algorithm is enabled. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC filters out all DRD
cells in high frequency bands. When this switch is
turned on, the RNC does not filter DRD cells in high
frequency bands.
10. PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC releases the RRC connection when
a CS fallback UE keeps a PS connection after
terminating the CS service. When this switch is turned
on, the RNC releases the RRC connection by sending
to a UE an RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message
that carries the information about LTE frequencies if
the UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the
CS service. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
does not release the RRC connection if a CS fallback
UE keeps the PS connection after terminating the CS
service.
11.
TCH: Whether to reject access of any CS services to
the UMTS network. When this switch is turned off,
CS services normally access the UMTS network.
When this switch is turned on, the RNC performs
inter-RAT DRDs to transfer the narrowband AMR
services assigned by the CN through the CS domain to
the current best cell's neighboring GSM cells for blind
handovers. If the CN assigns other services through
the CS domain, the RNC directly rejects such
services.
12. PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH: Whether
the UE inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm
takes effect. F2P transition is short for the transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_PCH or URA_PCH. If
the RNC detects that all uplink and downlink services
of a UE in the CELL_FACH state have no data to
transmit within the period specified by the
"InactF2PStateTransTimer" parameter ("SET
UUESTATETRANSTIMER"), it triggers the F2P state
transition. When this switch is turned off, the UE

WCDMA RAN

nd
inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm does

not take effect. When this switch is turned on, the UE
inactivity-based F2P state transition algorithm takes
effect and replaces the original event 4B-based state
transition algorithm.
13.
CH: Whether the RNC extends the narrowband uplink
AMRC rate set. When this switch is turned off, the
RNC does not extend the narrowband uplink AMRC
rate set, and the narrowband uplink AMRC rate set is
{initial rate, guaranteed rate, SID rate, 0 bit/s rate}.
When this switch is turned on, if the core network
assigns AMR rate set A and the rate set includes other
rates, except SID rate and 0 bit/s rate, the extended
rate set is determined in the following ways: If rate set
A contains less than or equal to four types of rates,
rate set A is considered as the extended rate set. If rate
set A contains more than four types of rates, the
intersection between the rate set A and the five types
of rates (4.75 kbit/s, 5.9 kbit/s, 7.4 kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s,
and 12.2 kbit/s) is considered as rate set B. In this
situation, if the rate set B contains less than or equal to
four types of rates, rate set B is considered as the
extended rate set. If rate set B contains more than four
types of rates, the extended rate set is generated after
the rate 7.95 kbit/s is deleted from rate set B.
14.
PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether non-flexible DC cells are ranked based on
the user number of a single cell during the load
balancing. When this switch is turned off, non-flexible
DC cells are ranked based on the user number of the
carrier group during the load balancing. When this
switch is turned on, non-flexible DC cells are ranked
based on the user number of a single cell during the
load balancing.
15. PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC changes the contents of the
information elements (IEs) "UL-
AddReconfTransChInformation" and "rb-
MappingInfo" in the RRC RB SETUP and RRC RB
RECFG messages. When the content of the sub-IE
"tfs-SignallingMode" in the IE "DL-
AddReconfTransChInformation" is the same as that of
the sub-IE "transportFormatSet" in the IE "UL-
AddReconfTransChInformation", the sub-IE "tfs-
SignallingMode" can be defined as

WCDMA RAN

nd
"SameAsULTrCH", which reduces the sizes of the

RRC RB SETUP and RRC RB RECFG messages.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC defines the IE
"LogicalChannelList" as "Configured" and the IE "rlc-
Size-List" as "allSizes". When this switch is turned
on, the RNC defines the IE "LogicalChannelList" as
"allSizes" and the sub-IE "rlc-Size-List" in the IE "rb-
MappingInfo" as "Configured". The uplink TFS is the
same as the downlink TFS.
16. PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RRC RB SETUP message contains the
information element (IE) "RB mapping info" if the
transport channel and rate of a signaling radio bearer
(SRB) remain unchanged. If the RRC SETUP REQ
message has contained the IE "RB mapping info", the
RRC RB SETUP message does not need to contain
the IE, which shortens the transmission delay of the
RRC RB SETUP message. When this switch is turned
off, in the preceding scenario, the RRC RB SETUP
message contains the IE. When this switch is turned
on, in the preceding scenario, the RRC RB SETUP
message does not contain the IE.
17.
WITCH: Whether the blacklisted cell list is carried in
the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message during
a redirection to LTE. When this switch is turned on,
the configured cell blacklist is carried in the RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message. When this
switch is turned off, the configured cell blacklist is not
carried in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE
message.
18.
CH: Whether to check the quality of the target cell
when the serving cell in the active set changes because
uplink synchronization fails. When this switch is
turned on, the quality of the target cell is checked. If
the target cell is not out of synchronization, the quality
of the target cell is good and the serving cell is
changed. Otherwise, the quality of the target cell is not
good, the serving cell is not changed and the radio link
is not deleted. When this switch is turned off, the
serving cell is changed because uplink
synchronization fails, regardless of the quality of the
target cell.

WCDMA RAN

nd
19. PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCENE_CTRL:
Whether to allow single signaling handovers for RRC
connection setup request messages indicating that no
services are initiated. This switch is turned on based
on other establishment causes rather than the
following causes. The RNC considers that services
need to be set up when the Establishment cause
IE(3GPP TS 25.331) in the
RRC_RRC_CONNECT_REQ message is set to any
of the following values: Originating Conversational
Call, Originating Streaming Call, Originating
Interactive Call, Originating Background Call,
Originating Subscribed traffic Call, Terminating
Conversational Call, Terminating Streaming Call,
Terminating Interactive Call, Terminating Background
Call, Originating High Priority Signalling, and
Terminating High Priority Signalling. When this
switch is turned on, single signaling handovers are not
allowed for RRC connection setup request messages
indicating that no services are initiated. When this
switch is turned off, single signaling handovers are
allowed for all UEs.
20.
H: Whether UEs under weak coverage in the
downlink can initiate DCCC-based rate increasing and
HSPA retries. If the RNC receives event 2D
measurement reports but does not receive similar
event 2F measurement reports, UEs are considered to
be under weak coverage in the downlink. When this
switch is turned on, UEs under weak coverage in the
downlink cannot initiate rate increasing after the timer
for starting compressed mode expires. When this
switch is turned off, UEs can directly initiate rate
increasing after the timer for starting compressed
mode expires. This parameter is currently not for use.
21.
TCH: Whether the RNC immediately triggers
handovers upon receiving a periodic inter-frequency
or inter-RAT measurement report indicating that the
signal meets handover triggering requirements, when
the time delay for triggering handovers based on
periodical inter-frequency measurement reports/
periodical inter-RAT measurement reports is set to 0.
When this switch is turned on, inter-frequency or
inter-RAT handovers are triggered immediately. When
this switch is turned off, inter-frequency or inter-RAT

WCDMA RAN

nd
handovers are triggered only after the timer (200 ms)

for delaying in triggering handovers expires.
22.
TCH: Whether the coverage-based BE service E2D
algorithm is invalid for HSUPA 10 ms TTI users in
weak coverage. Under weak coverage, HSUPA 10 ms
TTI users do not switch from E-DCH to DCH in the
uplink when this switch is turned on, and HSUPA 10
ms TTI users can switch from E-DCH to DCH in the
uplink when this switch is turned off.
23.
CH: Whether SRBs can be carried on the E-DCH
messages indicating that a cell does not support
HSUPA due to the high DSP CPU load. When this
switch is turned on, the SRBs cannot be carried on the
E-DCH during the RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned off, the SRBs can be carried on the E-
DCH during the RRC connection setup.
24.
CH: Whether SRBs can be carried on the HS-DSCH
HSDPA due to high DSP CPU load. When this switch
is turned on, the SRBs cannot be carried on the HS-
DSCH during the RRC connection setup. When this
switch is turned off, the SRBs can be carried on the
HS-DSCH during the RRC connection setup.
25.
CH: Whether the services with a maximum uplink
data rate greater than 2048 kbit/s can be carried on the
E-DCH during the RAB setup when the NodeB sends
to the RNC through the private Iub interface a
HSUPA TTI 2 ms due to high DSP CPU load. When
this switch is turned on, the services can be carried on
the E-DCH in the uplink. When this switch is turned
off, the services cannot be carried on the E-DCH in
the uplink.
26. PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the target SIR adjustment in OLPC

WCDMA RAN

nd
during the physical channel reconfiguration

procedure. When this switch is turned on, the target
SIR adjustment in OLPC is not enabled for frames if
the UE uses the following transport format (TF): TB
size is 0, TB number is not 0, and BetaD/BetaC is 0.
When this switch is turned off, the target SIR
adjustment in OLPC is enabled for frames if the UE
use the following TF: TB size is 0, TB number is not
0, and BetaD/BetaC is 0.
27.
PERFENH_UU_P2D_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
When this switch is turned on, the message size
reduction function is enabled during CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_DCH or CELL_PCH-to-CELL_DCH state
transitions.When this switch is turned off, the message
size reduction function is disabled during
CELL_FACH-to-CELL_DCH or CELL_PCH-to-
28.
PERFENH_DYC_INIBITRATE_MULTI_SWITCH:
Whether to enable the function of dynamically
allocating an initial bit rate when a UE has set up a PS
BE service and wants to set up a CS service. When
this switch is turned on, this function takes effect and
cooperates with the "BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs"
parameter in the "SET UFRC" command. The RNC
checks whether the throughput rate of a UE's PS BE
service is lower than the bit rate specified by the
"BeInitBitrateTypeforCsPs" parameter when the UE
has set up the PS BE service and wants to set up a CS
service. If yes, the RNC allocates the specified bit rate
to the PS BE service. If not, the RNC does not switch
the PS BE service from a high-speed channel to a low-
speed channel or reduce the bit rate of the PS BE
service. When this switch is turned off, this function
does not take effect and the RNC directly allocates the
specified bit rate to the PS BE service. Note that this
function cannot change the downlink initial bit rate of
a PS BE service if the service is carried over the DCH
in the downlink.
29.
PERFENH_RLRESETUP_GUARANTEE_SWITCH:
Whether to allow for channel fallback during RL
reestablishment. When this switch is turned on, this
function takes effect and switches a single PS BE
service, the PS BE service in the AMR+PS BE
combined services, or PS BE combined services from
a higher-rate channel to a lower-rate channel when the

WCDMA RAN

nd
UE fails to be admitted to a cell due to resource

insufficiency. In the worst cases, the target channel
can be a 0 kbit/s DCH.
30. PERFENH_RLRESETUP_PREEMPT_SWITCH:
Preemption switch for link reestablishment. When this
switch is turned on, the RNC allows preemption-
capable UEs to preempt cell resources from low-
priority UEs and from UEs that can be preempted if
cell resources are insufficient. When this switch is
turned off, the RNC terminals the current procedure
for problem UEs if cell resources are insufficient. This
function applies only to adaptive multirate (AMR)
services, PS BE services, and AMR+PS BE combined
services.
GUI Value Range:
CH,
CH,
WITCH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
CH,
WITCH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,
Default Value:

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH:
0,PERFENH_INITIAL_NCELLDETECT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_VP_TO_AMR_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_AMRC_TFI_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MR_AGPS_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_AMRC_NACK_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MCDRD_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_MCDRD_MEAS_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_UE_LOC_DRD_OPT_SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_PS_FAST_RETURN_LTE_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_FORCE_AMR_INTER_RAT_OUT_S
WITCH:0,PERFENH_INACTIVE_F2P_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_RATESET_EXT_SWI
TCH:
0,PERFENH_DC_USERNUM_LDB_OPT_SWITCH
:0,PERFENH_DCH_TRCH_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_RB_MAPPING_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_WITH_BLACK_CELL_
SWITCH:
1,PERFENH_UL_RL_FAIL_SRV_CELL_CHG_SWI
TCH:0,PERFENH_HO_SIGNAL_SCENE_CTRL:
0,PERFENH_PS_CMTIMEOUT_UP_LIMIT_SWIT
CH:
0,PERFENH_SPEC_PRD_HHO_DELAY_TIME_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_BASE_COV_BE_E2D_10MS_OFF_S
WITCH:
0,PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSUPA_CAP_CHG_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_RRC_CELL_HSDPA_CAP_CHG_SWI
TCH:
1,PERFENH_CELL_TTI2MS_CAP_CHG_OPT_SW
ITCH:
1,PERFENH_OLPC_TBSIZE0_CMP_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_UU_P2D_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PERFENH_DYC_INIBITRATE_MULTI_SWITCH
:
0,PERFENH_RLRESETUP_GUARANTEE_SWITC
H:0,PERFENH_RLRESETUP_PREEMPT_SWITCH:
0

WCDMA RAN

nd
AmrUlR BSC690 SET WRFD- AMR/W Meaning:

ateAdjTi 0 UQOSA 020701 B-AMR Timer for triggering a second adjustment of the UL
merLen CT Speech AMR mode. This parameter specifies the duration of
Rates waiting for the voice quality enhanced
Control acknowledgement after the UL AMR mode
adjustment when the associated command is
delivered.
The UL AMRC rate adjust timer starts when AMRC
mode adjustment procedure is triggered, and stops
when the next measurement report is received. If no
measurement report is received when the UL AMRC
timer expires, you can infer that the measured value
remains in the same state as that before the previous
UL AMRC mode adjustment. The previous AMRC
mode adjustment is not effective, and another
adjustment is required.
GUI Value Range: 20~64000
Unit: ms
Actual Value Range: 20~64000
Default Value: 3000
AmrUlR BSC691 SET WRFD- AMR/W Meaning:

ateAdjTi 0 UQOSA 020701 B-AMR Timer for triggering a second adjustment of the UL
merLen CT Speech AMR mode. This parameter specifies the duration of
Rates waiting for the voice quality enhanced
Control acknowledgement after the UL AMR mode
adjustment when the associated command is
delivered.
The UL AMRC rate adjust timer starts when AMRC
mode adjustment procedure is triggered, and stops
when the next measurement report is received. If no
measurement report is received when the UL AMRC
timer expires, you can infer that the measured value
remains in the same state as that before the previous
UL AMRC mode adjustment. The previous AMRC
mode adjustment is not effective, and another
adjustment is required.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 3000

WCDMA RAN

nd
WAmrU BSC690 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Timer for triggering a second adjustment of
lRateAd 0 UQOSA 020309 RAT the UL WAMR mode. This parameter specifies the
jTimerL CT WRFD- Handov duration of waiting for the voice quality enhanced
en 020701 er Based acknowledgement after the UL WAMR mode
on DL adjustment when the associated command is
QoS delivered. The UL WAMR rate adjust timer starts
AMR/W when AMRC mode adjustment procedure is triggered,
B-AMR and stops when the next measurement report is
Speech received. If no measurement report is received when
Rates the UL AMRC timer expires, you can infer that the
Control measured value remains in the same state as that
before the previous UL AMRC mode adjustment. The
previous AMRC mode adjustment is not effective, and
another adjustment is required.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 3000
WAmrU BSC691 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Timer for triggering a second adjustment of
lRateAd 0 UQOSA 020309 RAT the UL WAMR mode. This parameter specifies the
jTimerL CT WRFD- Handov duration of waiting for the voice quality enhanced
en 020701 er Based acknowledgement after the UL WAMR mode
on DL adjustment when the associated command is
QoS delivered. The UL WAMR rate adjust timer starts
AMR/W when AMRC mode adjustment procedure is triggered,
B-AMR and stops when the next measurement report is
Speech received. If no measurement report is received when
Rates the UL AMRC timer expires, you can infer that the
Control measured value remains in the same state as that
before the previous UL AMRC mode adjustment. The
previous AMRC mode adjustment is not effective, and
another adjustment is required.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 3000

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlMode BSC690 SET WRFD- AMR/W Meaning: The AMRC needs to check whether the
Change 0 UAMR 020701 B-AMR TFO/TrFO exists before adjusting DL AMR speech
TimerLe C Speech rate. If the TFO/TrFO does not exist, the CN has the
n Rates associated encoder and the RNC delivers the RATE
Control CONTROL command to the CN and starts the timer.
If the TFO/TrFO exists, the CN has no associated
encoder and the local RNC delivers to the peer RNC a
command requesting the AMR mode at a lower level.
In addition, the local RNC starts the timer. After the
peer RNC receives the command, it directly uses the
AMR mode at a lower level for the UL and returns the
adjustment information to the local RNC. If the
acknowledgement message is received before the
timer expires, the adjustment of the DL AMR speech
rate is successful. Otherwise, the adjustment fails.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 5000
Change 0 UAMR 020701 B-AMR TFO/TrFO exists before adjusting DL AMR speech
TimerLe C Speech rate. If the TFO/TrFO does not exist, the CN has the
n Rates associated encoder and the RNC delivers the RATE
Control CONTROL command to the CN and starts the timer.
If the TFO/TrFO exists, the CN has no associated
encoder and the local RNC delivers to the peer RNC a
command requesting the AMR mode at a lower level.
In addition, the local RNC starts the timer. After the
peer RNC receives the command, it directly uses the
AMR mode at a lower level for the UL and returns the
adjustment information to the local RNC. If the
acknowledgement message is received before the
timer expires, the adjustment of the DL AMR speech
rate is successful. Otherwise, the adjustment fails.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 5000

WCDMA RAN

nd
Change 0 UAMR 020701 B-AMR TFO/TrFO exists before adjusting DL wideband AMR
TimerLe CWB Speech speech rate. If the TFO/TrFO does not exist, the CN
n Rates has the associated encoder and the RNC delivers the
Control RATE CONTROL command to the CN and starts the
timer. If the TFO/TrFO exists, the CN has no
associated encoder and the local RNC delivers to the
peer RNC a command requesting the wideband AMR
mode at a lower level. In addition, the local RNC
starts the timer. After the peer RNC receives the
command, it directly uses the wideband AMR mode at
a lower level for the UL and returns the adjustment
information to the local RNC. If the acknowledgement
message is received before the timer expires, the
adjustment of the DL wideband AMR speech rate is
successful. Otherwise, the adjustment fails. If TFO/
TrFO is unavailable, it is recommended that the timer
to be set to 3000ms or else it is 7000ms instead
because of more procedures involved in rate
adjustment.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 5000

WCDMA RAN

nd
Change 0 UAMR 020701 B-AMR TFO/TrFO exists before adjusting DL wideband AMR
TimerLe CWB Speech speech rate. If the TFO/TrFO does not exist, the CN
n Rates has the associated encoder and the RNC delivers the
Control RATE CONTROL command to the CN and starts the
timer. If the TFO/TrFO exists, the CN has no
associated encoder and the local RNC delivers to the
peer RNC a command requesting the wideband AMR
mode at a lower level. In addition, the local RNC
starts the timer. After the peer RNC receives the
command, it directly uses the wideband AMR mode at
a lower level for the UL and returns the adjustment
information to the local RNC. If the acknowledgement
message is received before the timer expires, the
adjustment of the DL wideband AMR speech rate is
successful. Otherwise, the adjustment fails. If TFO/
TrFO is unavailable, it is recommended that the timer
to be set to 3000ms or else it is 7000ms instead
because of more procedures involved in rate
adjustment.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 5000

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC690 SET WRFD- IP Meaning:

ationSwi 0 UDPUC 050409 Transmi 1)PSREL_DUETO_CSFAIL_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
tch FGDAT WRFD- ssion
A Introduc Whether to optimize the CS service release procedure
140207 in the scenario where a UE processing PS services
tion on
WRFD- Iu fails to establish a CS service due to a large
010652 Interface transmission delay over the Iub interface.
Iu/Iur 1:When this switch is set to on, the CS service release

Transmi procedure is optimized in the preceding scenario,
ssion thereby not affecting the PS service the UE is
Resourc processing.
e Pool in 0:When this switch is set to off, the CS service release
RNC procedure is not optimized in the preceding scenario.
SRB 2)IPC_TIME_OUT_RETRANS_SWITCH
over Whether the local end automatically retransmits a
HSDPA message on an interprocess communication(IPC) link
when the local end does not receive an ACK message
within 2 seconds.
1:This switch is set to on. If the local end does not
receive an ACK message within 2 seconds after
transmitting a message on an IPC link, the local end
automatically retransmits the message.
0:This switch is set to off. The local end retransmits a
message on the IPC link only when required by the
peer end.
3)HSDSCH_DATA_FRAME_TYPE_2_SWITCH
Whether an HS-DSCH DATA FRAME TYPE 2 can
contain multiple blocks.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. An HS-
DSCH DATA FRAME TYPE 2 can contain a
maximum of 31 blocks.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. An HS-
DSCH DATA FRAME TYPE 2 can contain only one
block.
4)HSDSCH_CAPACITY_REQ_TIMES_SWITCH
Whether the RNC keeps delivering the HS-DSCH
Capacity Request message to the NodeB with the
value of the User Buffer Size IE being "0" when the
RNC receives the HS-DSCH CAPACITY
ALLOCATION message from the NodeB but not data
can be transmitted.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
delivers a maximum of five HS-DSCH Capacity
Request messages with the value of the User Buffer
Size IE being "0" to the NodeB in succession.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RNC

keeps delivering the HS-DSCH Capacity Request
messages with the value of the User Buffer Size IE
being "0" to the NodeB.
5)AM_RLC_SPECIAL_HE_COMPATIBLE_SWITC
H
Whether the AM RLC performs compatibility
processing for packets with special HE value 2 when
not configured with the special HE value 2 capability.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The AM
RLC performs compatibility processing when not
capable of the special HE value 2 capability. In this
case, the AM RLC does not discard special HE value
2 packets sent by UEs and processes these packets as
if it supports the special HE value 2 capability.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The AM
RLC does not performs compatibility processing
when not capable of the special HE value 2 capability
and discards special HE value 2 packets sent by UEs.
6)REMOVE_BAND_NOISE_SILENCE_AND_VQI_
SWITCH
Whether the RNC sets the VQI or EVQI to BAD
when detecting garbled voice or silence.
does not set the VQI or EVQI to BAD.
sets the VQI or EVQI to BAD.
7)UL_COMBINE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
Whether the RNC preferentially selects non-null
packets when performing signal combining in the
uplink in the following scenario: The value of the QE
IE in the data packets is 255 for multiple RLs in soft
handover scenarios.
preferentially selects non-null packets in the preceding
scenario.
preferentially selects the data packets on the first
established RL in the preceding scenario.
8)HSUPA_FASTDELIVER_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
Whether the HSUPA reordering algorithm performs
compatibility processing on the data trunk in the next
round whose transmission sequence number (TSN) is
the same as the expected one.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The HSUPA

reordering algorithm performs compatibility
processing on the data trunk in the next round whose
TSN is the same as the expected one.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The HSUPA
reordering algorithm does not perform compatibility
9)SRB_OVER_HSDPA_CFN_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
Whether the connection frame number (CFN)
optimization function takes effect in SRB over
HSDPA scenarios.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The CFN
optimization function is enabled in SRB over HSDPA
scenarios.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The CFN
optimization function is disabled in SRB over HSDPA
scenarios.
10)MACD_4B_MEAS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
Whether the MAC-d reports an event 4B when
E2FTHROUTHD is set to 0 and the UE's throughput
is also 0 during the measurement period.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The MAC-d
reports an event 4B.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The MAC-d
does not report an event 4B.
11)RACH_PACKET_DISCARD_SWITCH
Whether the RNC prohibits the discarding of RACH
packets when the number of RACH packets received
in a cell in a second reaches "RachDiscardThld".
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The
processing remains unchanged. That is, the RNC
prohibits the discarding of RACH packets in this
scenario.
discards RACH packets in this scenario.
12)MACC_PAGING_STAT_OPTI_SWITCH
Whether the values of the counters related to the
paging preemption procedure are corrected.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. In the paging
preemption procedure, the values of the counter
VS.RRC.Paging1.Loss.PCHCong.Cell are corrected.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The values

of paging counters are not corrected in this scenario.
13)ERRFRAME_DISCARD_SWITCH
Whether the RNC discards the erroneous frames
received from the CN. This switch applies to IuUP
V1.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When
determining that the frame quality classification
(FQC) of a frame received from the CN is bad, the
RNC discards the frame.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. When
determining that the FQC of a frame received from the
CN is bad, the RNC forwards the frame to the UE.
14)MT_IMPROVE_SWITCH
Whether to disable some MT functions for the
purpose of user-plane performance improvement.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. Counters for
the Inter-NodeB Uplink CoMP (Joint Reception) and
Uplink Coverage Improvement During Access
features are not measured.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. Counters for
features are measured.
15)UP_MAINT_STAT_COUNT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC measures related performance
counters.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not
measure the following performance counters:
VS.PS.ULFirstPacket.RttDelay.Good.Num
VS.PS.ULFirstPacket.RttDelay.Medium.Num
VS.PS.ULFirstPacket.RttDelay.Bad.Num
VS.PS.ULfirstPacket.RttDelay.Mean
VS.PS.DLFirstPacket.RttDelay.Good.Num
VS.PS.DLFirstPacket.RttDelay.Medium.Num
VS.PS.DLFirstPacket.RttDelay.Bad.Num
VS.PS.DLfirstPacket.RttDelay.Mean
VS.HSUPA.HARQ.ACK.TTI2ms
VS.HSUPA.HARQ.NACK.TTI2ms
VS.HSUPA.HARQ.LOST.TTI2ms

WCDMA RAN

nd
VS.PS.DLMeanThroughput.TCPTransfer.TotalBytes
VS.PS.DLMeanThroughput.TCPTransfer
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC measures the
preceding counters.
16)IUUP_RTP_STAT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
Whether the RNC optimizes the measurement of
counters related to RTP jitter variation and packet loss
after TrFo is enabled in the CN.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC optimizes the
measurement of these counters. When the RNC
receives a packet in which the SSRC is changed, the
RTP delay variation and packet loss are not calculated.
After RNC receives the packet, the packet loss rate is
measured. When the RTCP switch is turned on, the
RNC continues to report the RTP delay variation and
packet loss rate to the CN after the RNC receives the
packet in which the SSRC is changed.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
optimize the measurement of these counters. When
the RNC receives a packet in which the SSRC is
changed, the RTP delay variation and packet loss are
calculated. After the RNC receives the packet, the
packet loss rate is no longer measured. When the
RTCP switch is turned on, the RNC continues to
report the RTP delay variation and packet loss rate to
the CN only for one time after the RNC receives the
GUI Value Range:
PSREL_DUETO_CSFAIL_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
IPC_TIME_OUT_RETRANS_SWITCH,
HSDSCH_DATA_FRAME_TYPE_2_SWITCH,
HSDSCH_CAPACITY_REQ_TIMES_SWITCH,
AM_RLC_SPECIAL_HE_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH,
REMOVE_BAND_NOISE_SILENCE_AND_VQI_S
WITCH, UL_COMBINE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
HSUPA_FASTDELIVER_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
SRB_OVER_HSDPA_CFN_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
MACD_4B_MEAS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
RACH_PACKET_DISCARD_SWITCH,
MACC_PAGING_STAT_OPTI_SWITCH,
ERRFRAME_DISCARD_SWITCH,
MT_IMPROVE_SWITCH,
UP_MAINT_STAT_COUNT_SWITCH,
IUUP_RTP_STAT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
IPC_TIME_OUT_RETRANS_SWITCH,
HSDSCH_DATA_FRAME_TYPE_2_SWITCH,
MT_IMPROVE_SWITCH,
Default Value:
PSREL_DUETO_CSFAIL_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,IPC_TIME_OUT_RETRANS_SWITCH:
1,HSDSCH_DATA_FRAME_TYPE_2_SWITCH:
0,HSDSCH_CAPACITY_REQ_TIMES_SWITCH:
0,AM_RLC_SPECIAL_HE_COMPATIBLE_SWITC
H:
0,REMOVE_BAND_NOISE_SILENCE_AND_VQI_
SWITCH:0,UL_COMBINE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,HSUPA_FASTDELIVER_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,SRB_OVER_HSDPA_CFN_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,MACD_4B_MEAS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,RACH_PACKET_DISCARD_SWITCH:
0,MACC_PAGING_STAT_OPTI_SWITCH:
0,ERRFRAME_DISCARD_SWITCH:
0,MT_IMPROVE_SWITCH:
0,UP_MAINT_STAT_COUNT_SWITCH:
0,IUUP_RTP_STAT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC691 SET WRFD- IP Meaning:

ationSwi 0 UDPUC 050409 Transmi 1)PSREL_DUETO_CSFAIL_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
tch FGDAT WRFD- ssion
A Introduc Whether to optimize the CS service release procedure
140207 in the scenario where a UE processing PS services
tion on
WRFD- Iu fails to establish a CS service due to a large
010652 Interface transmission delay over the Iub interface.
Iu/Iur 1:When this switch is set to on, the CS service release

Transmi procedure is optimized in the preceding scenario,
ssion thereby not affecting the PS service the UE is
Resourc processing.
e Pool in 0:When this switch is set to off, the CS service release
RNC procedure is not optimized in the preceding scenario.
SRB 2)HSDSCH_CAPACITY_REQ_TIMES_SWITCH
over Whether the RNC keeps delivering the HS-DSCH
HSDPA Capacity Request message to the NodeB with the
value of the User Buffer Size IE being "0" when the
RNC receives the HS-DSCH CAPACITY
ALLOCATION message from the NodeB but not data
can be transmitted.
delivers a maximum of five HS-DSCH Capacity
Request messages with the value of the User Buffer
Size IE being "0" to the NodeB in succession.
keeps delivering the HS-DSCH Capacity Request
messages with the value of the User Buffer Size IE
being "0" to the NodeB.
3)AM_RLC_SPECIAL_HE_COMPATIBLE_SWITC
H
Whether the AM RLC performs compatibility
processing for packets with special HE value 2 when
not configured with the special HE value 2 capability.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The AM
RLC performs compatibility processing when not
capable of the special HE value 2 capability. In this
case, the AM RLC does not discard special HE value
2 packets sent by UEs and processes these packets as
if it supports the special HE value 2 capability.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The AM
RLC does not performs compatibility processing
when not capable of the special HE value 2 capability
and discards special HE value 2 packets sent by UEs.
4)REMOVE_BAND_NOISE_SILENCE_AND_VQI_
SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC sets the VQI or EVQI to BAD

when detecting garbled voice or silence.
does not set the VQI or EVQI to BAD.
sets the VQI or EVQI to BAD.
5)UL_COMBINE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
Whether the RNC preferentially selects non-null
packets when performing signal combining in the
uplink in the following scenario: The value of the QE
IE in the data packets is 255 for multiple RLs in soft
handover scenarios.
preferentially selects non-null packets in the preceding
scenario.
preferentially selects the data packets on the first
established RL in the preceding scenario.
6)HSUPA_FASTDELIVER_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
Whether the HSUPA reordering algorithm performs
compatibility processing on the data trunk in the next
round whose transmission sequence number (TSN) is
the same as the expected one.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The HSUPA
reordering algorithm performs compatibility
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The HSUPA
reordering algorithm does not perform compatibility
7)SRB_OVER_HSDPA_CFN_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
Whether the connection frame number (CFN)
optimization function takes effect in SRB over
HSDPA scenarios.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The CFN
optimization function is enabled in SRB over HSDPA
scenarios.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The CFN
optimization function is disabled in SRB over HSDPA
scenarios.
8)MACD_4B_MEAS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the MAC-d reports an event 4B when

E2FTHROUTHD is set to 0 and the UE's throughput
is also 0 during the measurement period.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The MAC-d
reports an event 4B.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The MAC-d
does not report an event 4B.
9)RACH_PACKET_DISCARD_SWITCH
Whether the RNC prohibits the discarding of RACH
packets when the number of RACH packets received
in a cell in a second reaches "RachDiscardThld".
processing remains unchanged. That is, the RNC
prohibits the discarding of RACH packets in this
scenario.
discards RACH packets in this scenario.
10)MACC_PAGING_STAT_OPTI_SWITCH
Whether the values of the counters related to the
paging preemption procedure are corrected.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. In the paging
preemption procedure, the values of the counter
VS.RRC.Paging1.Loss.PCHCong.Cell are corrected.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The values
of paging counters are not corrected in this scenario.
11)ERRFRAME_DISCARD_SWITCH
Whether the RNC discards the erroneous frames
received from the CN. This switch applies to IuUP
V1.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When
determining that the frame quality classification
(FQC) of a frame received from the CN is bad, the
RNC discards the frame.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. When
determining that the FQC of a frame received from the
CN is bad, the RNC forwards the frame to the UE.
12)MT_IMPROVE_SWITCH
Whether to disable some MT functions for the
purpose of user-plane performance improvement.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. Counters for
features are not measured.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. Counters for

features are measured.
13)UP_MAINT_STAT_COUNT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC measures related performance
counters.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not
measure the following performance counters:
VS.PS.ULFirstPacket.RttDelay.Good.Num
VS.PS.ULFirstPacket.RttDelay.Medium.Num
VS.PS.ULFirstPacket.RttDelay.Bad.Num
VS.PS.ULfirstPacket.RttDelay.Mean
VS.PS.DLFirstPacket.RttDelay.Good.Num
VS.PS.DLFirstPacket.RttDelay.Medium.Num
VS.PS.DLFirstPacket.RttDelay.Bad.Num
VS.PS.DLfirstPacket.RttDelay.Mean
VS.PS.DLMeanThroughput.TCPTransfer.TotalBytes
VS.PS.DLMeanThroughput.TCPTransfer
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC measures the
preceding counters.
14)IUUP_RTP_STAT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH
Whether the RNC optimizes the measurement of
counters related to RTP jitter variation and packet loss
after TrFo is enabled in the CN.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC optimizes the
measurement of these counters. When the RNC
receives a packet in which the SSRC is changed, the
RTP delay variation and packet loss are not calculated.
After RNC receives the packet, the packet loss rate is
measured. When the RTCP switch is turned on, the
RNC continues to report the RTP delay variation and
packet loss rate to the CN after the RNC receives the
optimize the measurement of these counters. When

WCDMA RAN

nd
the RNC receives a packet in which the SSRC is

changed, the RTP delay variation and packet loss are
calculated. After the RNC receives the packet, the
packet loss rate is no longer measured. When the
RTCP switch is turned on, the RNC continues to
report the RTP delay variation and packet loss rate to
the CN only for one time after the RNC receives the
GUI Value Range:
MT_IMPROVE_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
MT_IMPROVE_SWITCH,
Default Value:
PSREL_DUETO_CSFAIL_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,HSDSCH_CAPACITY_REQ_TIMES_SWITCH:
0,AM_RLC_SPECIAL_HE_COMPATIBLE_SWITC
H:
0,REMOVE_BAND_NOISE_SILENCE_AND_VQI_
SWITCH:0,UL_COMBINE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,HSUPA_FASTDELIVER_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,SRB_OVER_HSDPA_CFN_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,MACD_4B_MEAS_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,RACH_PACKET_DISCARD_SWITCH:
0,MACC_PAGING_STAT_OPTI_SWITCH:
0,ERRFRAME_DISCARD_SWITCH:
0,MT_IMPROVE_SWITCH:
0,UP_MAINT_STAT_COUNT_SWITCH:
0,IUUP_RTP_STAT_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:1
UPCEI BTS390 SET WRFD- AMR- Meaning: Indicates whether to enable uplink CE
MPROV 0, NODEB 010613 WB efficiency improvement for AMR-WB.
EFORA BTS390 ALGPA (Adaptiv GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
MRWB 0 RA e Multi
SW WCDM Rate Unit: None
LST
A NODEB Wide Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
ALGPA Band) Default Value: OFF(OFF)
RA

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC690 SET WRFD- SRNS Meaning:

ationSwi 0 UUPCT 020605 Relocati 1)UL_NBAMR_TRANSCODER_BASE_SILENCE_
tch RLSWI WRFD- on SWITCH (UL AMR-NB Transcoder Switch for
TCH 011600 Introduc Silence Detection)
tion
WRFD- Package Whether to enable the UL AMR-NB transcoding
160106 function for silence detection in TrFO scenarios.
TFO/
TrFO With the UL AMR-NB transcoding function for
silence detection in TrFO scenarios, the RNC changes
Fast the rate of UL AMR-NB voice to the requested rate
Radio through codec conversion when rate adjustment
Bearer cannot be performed in time. The occurrences of
Setup silence are prevented as a result.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The UL
AMR-NB transcoding function is enabled for silence
detection in TrFO scenarios.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The UL
AMR-NB transcoding function is disabled for silence
2)RELOC_IN_RLC_OPTI_SWITCH(Optimize RLC
During Relocation)
Whether the RNC RLC layer performs optimized
processing during an incoming UE-not-involved
relocation.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. During an
incoming UE-not-involved relocation, the RLC layer
on the target RNC checks the uplink STATUS PDUs
received prior to the data PDUs from the new RLC
entity on the UE. If status information contained in the
uplink STATUS PDUs is legitimate, the RLC layer
processes these uplink STATUS PDUs. Under other
circumstances, the RLC layer discards these uplink
STATUS PDUs.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. During an
on the target RNC discards the uplink STATUS PDU
that are received prior to the data PDUs from the new
RLC entity on the UE.
3)ASYNC_RECFG_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Optimize
Asynchronous Reconfiguration)
Whether to optimize the asynchronous reconfiguration
procedure.
asynchronous reconfiguration procedure is optimized
so that an asynchronous reconfiguration procedure is
not triggered for an existing RL when the RL is not in

WCDMA RAN

nd
the asynchronous reconfiguration state or for a newly

established RL when the HARQ Fail message is
received on the RL.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The
asynchronous reconfiguration procedure is not
optimized. Specifically, an asynchronous
reconfiguration procedure is triggered for an existing
RL when the RL is not in the asynchronous
reconfiguration state or for a newly established RL
when the HARQ Fail message is received on the RL.
4)AMR_RECFG_VQI_EVQI_STAT_SWITCH(AMR
_RECFG_VQI_EVQI_STAT_SWITCH)
Whether to optimize the statistics of VQI or EVQI
when AMR-WB services are reconfigured as AMR-
NB services.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. AMR-NB
services that are reconfigured from AMR-WB
services are considered as AMR-NB services during
VQI or EVQI statistics collection.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. AMR-NB
services are considered as AMR-WB services during
5)ABNORMAL_REL_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
Abnormal Release)
Whether the RNC releases a UE's connection when
the UE experiences an error on the UP.
does not release the UE's connection when the UE
experiences an error on the UP.
releases the UE's connection when the UE experiences
an error on the UP.
6) IUUP_SEND_CONTROLBIT_SWITCH (Enable
the IuUP to Send Control Bits)
Whether the IuUP includes control bits in speech
frames to request the peer end to record the uplink
speech statistics and to return information including
the RNC ID when one-way audio is detected in the
downlink.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The IuUP
(V2) includes control bits in speech frames and sends
them to the peer end when one-way audio is detected
in the downlink for the first time. On receiving the
control bits from the peer end, the IuUP (V2) records

WCDMA RAN

nd
the uplink speech statistics and returns information

including the RNC ID to the peer end.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The IuUP
(V2) neither includes control bits in speech frames
when one-way audio is detected in the downlink for
the first time, nor responds to the control bits received
from the peer end.
GUI Value Range:
UL_NBAMR_TRANSCODER_BASE_SILENCE_S
WITCH, RELOC_IN_RLC_OPTI_SWITCH,
ASYNC_RECFG_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
AMR_RECFG_VQI_EVQI_STAT_SWITCH,
ABNORMAL_REL_OPT_SWITCH,
IUUP_SEND_CONTROLBIT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
RELOC_IN_RLC_OPTI_SWITCH,
Default Value:
WITCH:0,RELOC_IN_RLC_OPTI_SWITCH:
0,ASYNC_RECFG_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,AMR_RECFG_VQI_EVQI_STAT_SWITCH:
0,ABNORMAL_REL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IUUP_SEND_CONTROLBIT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd

ationSwi 0 UUPCT 020605 Relocati 1)UL_NBAMR_TRANSCODER_BASE_SILENCE_
tch RLSWI WRFD- on SWITCH (UL AMR-NB Transcoder Switch for
TCH 011600 Introduc Silence Detection)
tion
WRFD- Package Whether to enable the UL AMR-NB transcoding
160106 function for silence detection in TrFO scenarios.
TFO/
TrFO With the UL AMR-NB transcoding function for
silence detection in TrFO scenarios, the RNC changes
Fast the rate of UL AMR-NB voice to the requested rate
Radio through codec conversion when rate adjustment
Bearer cannot be performed in time. The occurrences of
Setup silence are prevented as a result.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The UL
AMR-NB transcoding function is enabled for silence
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The UL
AMR-NB transcoding function is disabled for silence
2)RELOC_IN_RLC_OPTI_SWITCH(Optimize RLC
During Relocation)
Whether the RNC RLC layer performs optimized
processing during an incoming UE-not-involved
relocation.
on the target RNC checks the uplink STATUS PDUs
received prior to the data PDUs from the new RLC
entity on the UE. If status information contained in the
uplink STATUS PDUs is legitimate, the RLC layer
processes these uplink STATUS PDUs. Under other
circumstances, the RLC layer discards these uplink
STATUS PDUs.
on the target RNC discards the uplink STATUS PDU
that are received prior to the data PDUs from the new
RLC entity on the UE.
3)ASYNC_RECFG_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Optimize
Asynchronous Reconfiguration)
Whether to optimize the asynchronous reconfiguration
procedure.
asynchronous reconfiguration procedure is optimized
so that an asynchronous reconfiguration procedure is
not triggered for an existing RL when the RL is not in

WCDMA RAN

nd
the asynchronous reconfiguration state or for a newly

established RL when the HARQ Fail message is
received on the RL.
asynchronous reconfiguration procedure is not
optimized. Specifically, an asynchronous
reconfiguration procedure is triggered for an existing
RL when the RL is not in the asynchronous
reconfiguration state or for a newly established RL
when the HARQ Fail message is received on the RL.
4)AMR_RECFG_VQI_EVQI_STAT_SWITCH(AMR
_RECFG_VQI_EVQI_STAT_SWITCH)
Whether to optimize the statistics of VQI or EVQI
when AMR-WB services are reconfigured as AMR-
NB services.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. AMR-NB
services are considered as AMR-NB services during
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. AMR-NB
services are considered as AMR-WB services during
5)ABNORMAL_REL_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
Abnormal Release)
Whether the RNC releases a UE's connection when
the UE experiences an error on the UP.
does not release the UE's connection when the UE
experiences an error on the UP.
releases the UE's connection when the UE experiences
an error on the UP.
6) IUUP_SEND_CONTROLBIT_SWITCH (Enable
the IuUP to Send Control Bits)
Whether the IuUP includes control bits in speech
frames to request the peer end to record the uplink
speech statistics and to return information including
the RNC ID when one-way audio is detected in the
downlink.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The IuUP
(V2) includes control bits in speech frames and sends
them to the peer end when one-way audio is detected
in the downlink for the first time. On receiving the
control bits from the peer end, the IuUP (V2) records

WCDMA RAN

nd
the uplink speech statistics and returns information

including the RNC ID to the peer end.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The IuUP
(V2) neither includes control bits in speech frames
when one-way audio is detected in the downlink for
the first time, nor responds to the control bits received
from the peer end.
GUI Value Range:
WITCH, RELOC_IN_RLC_OPTI_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
RELOC_IN_RLC_OPTI_SWITCH,
Default Value:
WITCH:0,RELOC_IN_RLC_OPTI_SWITCH:
0,ASYNC_RECFG_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,AMR_RECFG_VQI_EVQI_STAT_SWITCH:
0,ABNORMAL_REL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,IUUP_SEND_CONTROLBIT_SWITCH:0
AMRQo BSC690 SET WRFD- AMR/W Meaning: When the parameter is set to YES, the QoS
sPerfor 0 UQOSA 020701 B-AMR control algorithm is used for AMR services. When the
m CT Speech parameter is set to NO, the QoS control algorithm is
Rates not used for AMR services.The QoS actions of AMR
Control services include rate downsizing, inter frequency
handover and inter rat handover.
GUI Value Range: NO, YES
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NO, YES
Default Value: NO

WCDMA RAN

nd
AMRQo BSC691 SET WRFD- AMR/W Meaning: When the parameter is set to YES, the QoS
sPerfor 0 UQOSA 020701 B-AMR control algorithm is used for AMR services. When the
m CT Speech parameter is set to NO, the QoS control algorithm is
Rates not used for AMR services.The QoS actions of AMR
Control services include rate downsizing, inter frequency
handover and inter rat handover.
Unit: None
Default Value: NO
UlQosA BSC690 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Inter-frequency handover switch of link
mrInterF 0 UQOSA 020309 RAT stability control for UL QoS of AMR services. When
reqHoS CT WRFD- Handov the parameter is set to YES, inter-frequency handover
witch 020701 er Based can be performed for AMR services to ensure the
on DL QoS.
QoS GUI Value Range: NO, YES
AMR/W Unit: None
B-AMR
Speech Actual Value Range: NO, YES
Rates Default Value: NO
Control
UlQosA BSC691 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Inter-frequency handover switch of link
mrInterF 0 UQOSA 020309 RAT stability control for UL QoS of AMR services. When
on DL QoS.
AMR/W Unit: None
B-AMR
Control
UlQosW BSC690 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Inter-frequency handover switch of link
AmrInte 0 UQOSA 020309 RAT stability control for UL QoS of WAMR services.
rFreqHo CT WRFD- Handov When the parameter is set to YES, inter-frequency
Switch 020701 er Based handover can be performed for WAMR services to
on DL ensure the QoS.
AMR/W Unit: None
B-AMR
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlQosW BSC691 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Inter-frequency handover switch of link
AmrInte 0 UQOSA 020309 RAT stability control for UL QoS of WAMR services.
rFreqHo CT WRFD- Handov When the parameter is set to YES, inter-frequency
Switch 020701 er Based handover can be performed for WAMR services to
on DL ensure the QoS.
AMR/W Unit: None
B-AMR
Control
UlQosA BSC690 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Inter-RAT handover switch of link stability
mrInter 0 UQOSA 020309 RAT control for UL QoS of AMR services. When the
RatHoS CT WRFD- Handov parameter is set to YES, inter-RAT handover can be
witch 020701 er Based performed for AMR services to ensure the QoS.
on DL GUI Value Range: NO, YES
QoS
Unit: None
AMR/W
B-AMR Actual Value Range: NO, YES
Speech Default Value: NO
Rates
Control
UlQosA BSC691 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Inter-RAT handover switch of link stability
mrInter 0 UQOSA 020309 RAT control for UL QoS of AMR services. When the
QoS
Unit: None
AMR/W
Rates
Control
UlQosW BSC690 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Inter-RAT handover switch of link stability
AmrInte 0 UQOSA 020309 RAT control for UL QoS of WAMR services. When the
rRatHoS CT WRFD- Handov parameter is set to YES, inter-RAT handover can be
witch 020701 er Based performed for WAMR services to ensure the QoS.
QoS
Unit: None
AMR/W
Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlQosW BSC691 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Inter-RAT handover switch of link stability
AmrInte 0 UQOSA 020309 RAT control for UL QoS of WAMR services. When the
QoS
Unit: None
AMR/W
Rates
Control
DlQosA BSC690 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Inter-frequency handover switch of link
mrInterF 0 UQOSA 020309 RAT stability control for DL QoS of AMR services. When
on DL QoS.
AMR/W Unit: None
B-AMR
Control
DlQosA BSC691 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Inter-frequency handover switch of link
mrInterF 0 UQOSA 020309 RAT stability control for DL QoS of AMR services. When
on DL QoS.
AMR/W Unit: None
B-AMR
Control
DlQosW BSC690 SET WRFD- Inter Meaning: Inter-frequency handover switch of link
AmrInte 0 UQOSA 020304 Frequen stability control for DL QoS of WAMR services.
rFreqHo CT WRFD- cy Hard When the parameter is set to YES, inter-frequency
Switch 020701 Handov handover can be performed for WAMR services to
er Based ensure the QoS.
QoS
Unit: None
AMR/W
Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlQosW BSC691 SET WRFD- Inter Meaning: Inter-frequency handover switch of link
AmrInte 0 UQOSA 020304 Frequen stability control for DL QoS of WAMR services.
rFreqHo CT WRFD- cy Hard When the parameter is set to YES, inter-frequency
Switch 020701 Handov handover can be performed for WAMR services to
er Based ensure the QoS.
QoS
Unit: None
AMR/W
Rates
Control
DlQosA BSC690 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Inter-RAT handover switch of link stability
mrInter 0 UQOSA 020309 RAT control for DL QoS of AMR services. When the
WRFD- QoS
020701 Unit: None
AMR-
WB Actual Value Range: NO, YES
(Adaptiv Default Value: NO
e Multi
Rate
Wide
Band)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlQosA BSC691 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Inter-RAT handover switch of link stability
mrInter 0 UQOSA 020309 RAT control for DL QoS of AMR services. When the
WRFD- QoS
020701 Unit: None
AMR-
e Multi
Rate
Wide
Band)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
DlQosW BSC690 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Inter-RAT handover switch of link stability
AmrInte 0 UQOSA 020309 RAT control for DL QoS of WAMR services. When the
WRFD- QoS
020701 Unit: None
AMR-
e Multi
Rate
Wide
Band)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlQosW BSC691 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Inter-RAT handover switch of link stability
AmrInte 0 UQOSA 020309 RAT control for DL QoS of WAMR services. When the
WRFD- QoS
020701 Unit: None
AMR-
e Multi
Rate
Wide
Band)
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
UlAmrT BSC690 ADD WRFD- AMR/W Meaning: Duration when the measured value of AMR
rigTime 0 UCELL 020701 B-AMR keeps fulfilling the 6A1 measurement condition
6A1 QUALI Speech before the event 6A1 is triggered. Event triggering is
TYMEA Rates used for UL measurement. The event 6A1 is triggered
S Control when the measured value is greater than the absolute
MOD upper threshold 6A1. When the event 6A1 is
UCELL triggered, the AMR speech rate should be lowered.
QUALI The measured value is reported after it fulfills the
TYMEA conditions for reporting and for the trigger time
S specified by this parameter. The trigger time is used to
prevent the sudden change of the measured value for
being reported.
GUI Value Range: D0, D10, D20, D40, D60, D80,
D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640,
D1280, D2560, D5000
Unit: ms
Actual Value Range: 0, 10, 20, 40, 60, 80, 100, 120,
160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Default Value: D320

WCDMA RAN

nd
UCELL triggered, the AMR speech rate should be lowered.
QUALI The measured value is reported after it fulfills the
being reported.
D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640,
D1280, D2560, D5000
Unit: ms
160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Default Value: D320
rigTime 0 UCELL 020701 B-AMR keeps fulfilling the 6B1 measurement condition before
6B1 QUALI Speech the event 6B1 is triggered. Event triggering is used for
TYMEA Rates UL measurement. The event 6B1 is triggered when
S Control the measured value is lower than the absolute lower
MOD threshold 6B1. When the event 6B1 is triggered, the
UCELL AMR speech rate is not lowered. The measured value
QUALI is reported after it fulfills the conditions for reporting
TYMEA and for the trigger time specified by this parameter.
S The trigger time is used to prevent the sudden change
of the measured value for being reported.
D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640,
D1280, D2560, D5000
Unit: ms
160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Default Value: D320

WCDMA RAN

nd
UCELL AMR speech rate is not lowered. The measured value
QUALI is reported after it fulfills the conditions for reporting
TYMEA and for the trigger time specified by this parameter.
S The trigger time is used to prevent the sudden change
of the measured value for being reported.
D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640,
D1280, D2560, D5000
Unit: ms
160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Default Value: D320
UCELL AMR speech rate should be raised. The measured
QUALI value is reported after it fulfills the conditions for
TYMEA reporting and for the trigger time specified by this
S parameter. The trigger time is used to prevent the
sudden change of the measured value for being
reported.
D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640,
D1280, D2560, D5000
Unit: ms
160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Default Value: D320

WCDMA RAN

nd
UCELL AMR speech rate should be raised. The measured
reported.
D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640,
D1280, D2560, D5000
Unit: ms
160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Default Value: D320
UCELL triggered, the AMR speech rate is not raised. The
QUALI measured value is reported after it fulfills the
being reported.
D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640,
D1280, D2560, D5000
Unit: ms
160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Default Value: D320

WCDMA RAN

nd
UCELL triggered, the AMR speech rate is not raised. The
QUALI measured value is reported after it fulfills the
being reported.
D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640,
D1280, D2560, D5000
Unit: ms
160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Default Value: D320
rigTime 0 UCELL 020701 B-AMR keeps fulfilling the 6D measurement condition before
6D QUALI Speech the event 6D is triggered. Event triggering is used for
TYMEA Rates UL measurement. The event 6D is triggered when the
S Control measured value is greater than the absolute upper
MOD threshold 6D. When the event 6D is triggered, the
UCELL AMR speech rate should be lowered. The measured
reported.
D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640,
D1280, D2560, D5000
Unit: ms
160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Default Value: D240

WCDMA RAN

nd
rigTime 0 UCELL 020701 B-AMR keeps fulfilling the 6D measurement condition before
6D QUALI Speech the event 6D is triggered. Event triggering is used for
TYMEA Rates UL measurement. The event 6D is triggered when the
S Control measured value is greater than the absolute upper
MOD threshold 6D. When the event 6D is triggered, the
UCELL AMR speech rate should be lowered. The measured
reported.
D100, D120, D160, D200, D240, D320, D640,
D1280, D2560, D5000
Unit: ms
160, 200, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5000
Default Value: D240
MaxUlT BSC690 ADD WRFD- Admissi Meaning: Maximum uplink transmit power for
xPowerf 0 UCELL 020101 on conversational services. For the detailed information
orConv CAC WRFD- Control about the related Maximum allowed UL TX power IE,
MOD 020501 Open see 3GPP TS 25.331.
UCELL Loop GUI Value Range: -50~33
CAC Power Unit: dBm
Control
Actual Value Range: -50~33
Default Value: 24
MaxUlT BSC691 ADD WRFD- Admissi Meaning: Maximum uplink transmit power for
xPowerf 0 UCELL 020101 on conversational services. For the detailed information
orConv CAC WRFD- Control about the related Maximum allowed UL TX power IE,
MOD 020501 Open see 3GPP TS 25.331.
UCELL Loop GUI Value Range: -50~33
CAC Power Unit: dBm
Control
Actual Value Range: -50~33
Default Value: 24

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlThd6 BSC690 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

A1 0 UTYPR 021101 c Relative threshold for event 6A1. Event 6A1 is
ABQUA WRFD- Channel reported when the absolute threshold for event 6A1 is
LITYM 020309 Configu exceeded. Once the event is reported, operations
EAS ration related to the QoS control algorithm will be triggered
WRFD- Control
MOD 020701 in the uplink.The following formula is used to
UTYPR (DCCC) calculate the absolute threshold for event 6A1:
ABQUA Inter- Absolute threshold for event 6A1 = Maximum uplink
LITYM RAT transmit power - Relative threshold for event 6A1.
EAS Handov
er Based GUI Value Range: 0~82
on DL Unit: dB
QoS Actual Value Range: 0~82
AMR/W Default Value: None
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control

LITYM 020309 Configu exceeded. Once the event is reported, operations
EAS ration related to the QoS control algorithm will be triggered
WRFD- Control
MOD 020701 in the uplink.The following formula is used to
UTYPR (DCCC) calculate the absolute threshold for event 6A1:
EAS Handov
on DL Unit: dB
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd

B1 0 UTYPR 021101 c Relative threshold for event 6B1. Event 6B1 is
ABQUA WRFD- Channel reported when the UEs' transmit power is lower than
LITYM 020309 Configu the absolute threshold for event 6B1. Once the event
EAS ration is reported, operations related to the QoS control
WRFD- Control
MOD 020701 algorithm will be stopped in the uplink. The following
UTYPR (DCCC) formula is used to calculate the absolute threshold for
ABQUA Inter- event 6B1:
LITYM RAT Absolute threshold for event 6B1 = Maximum uplink
EAS Handov transmit power - Relative threshold for event 6B1.
er Based
on DL GUI Value Range: 0~82
QoS Unit: dB
AMR/W Actual Value Range: 0~82
B-AMR Default Value: None
Speech
Rates
Control

EAS ration is reported, operations related to the QoS control
WRFD- Control
MOD 020701 algorithm will be stopped in the uplink. The following
UTYPR (DCCC) formula is used to calculate the absolute threshold for
ABQUA Inter- event 6B1:
er Based
QoS Unit: dB
Speech
Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd

LITYM 020309 Configu exceeded. Once the event is reported, the RNC is not
EAS ration allowed to increase the data rates of UEs processing
WRFD- Control
MOD 020701 AMR or BE services. The following formula is used
UTYPR (DCCC) to calculate the absolute threshold for event 6A2:
EAS Handov
on DL Unit: dB
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control

LITYM 020309 Configu exceeded. Once the event is reported, the RNC is not
EAS ration allowed to increase the data rates of UEs processing
WRFD- Control
MOD 020701 AMR or BE services. The following formula is used
UTYPR (DCCC) to calculate the absolute threshold for event 6A2:
EAS Handov
on DL Unit: dB
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd

EAS ration is reported, the RNC is allowed to increase the data
WRFD- Control
MOD 020701 rates of UEs processing AMR or BE services. The
UTYPR (DCCC) following formula is used to calculate the absolute
ABQUA Inter- threshold for event 6B2:
er Based
QoS Unit: dB
Speech
Rates
Control

EAS ration is reported, the RNC is allowed to increase the data
WRFD- Control
MOD 020701 rates of UEs processing AMR or BE services. The
ABQUA Inter- threshold for event 6B2:
er Based
QoS Unit: dB
Speech
Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
RlMaxD BSC690 ADD WRFD- Voice Meaning: Maximum transmit power of a downlink
lPwr 0 UCELL 140205 Service radio link. For details about this parameter, see 3GPP
RLPWR WRFD- Experie TS 25.433.
MOD 020501 nce GUI Value Range: -350~150
UCELL Improve
ment for Unit: 0.1dB
RLPWR
Weak Actual Value Range: -35~15
Receptio Default Value: None
n Ues
Open
Loop
Power
Control
RlMaxD BSC691 ADD WRFD- Voice Meaning: Maximum transmit power of a downlink
lPwr 0 UCELL 140205 Service radio link. For details about this parameter, see 3GPP
RLPWR WRFD- Experie TS 25.433.
MOD 020501 nce GUI Value Range: -350~150
UCELL Improve
ment for Unit: 0.1dB
RLPWR
Weak Actual Value Range: -35~15
Receptio Default Value: None
n Ues
Open
Loop
Power
Control
DlThdE BSC690 SET WRFD- AMR/W Meaning: Threshold E1 of DL AMR speech rate
1 0 UAMR 020701 B-AMR adjustment. Periodical reporting is used for DL
C Speech measurement. When the value calculated on the basis
Rates of the measurement report is higher than the upper
Control threshold E1, AMRC lowers the DL AMR speech rate
by one level. This parameter specifies the relative
threshold. The absolute threshold is equal to the
maximum DL TX power minus the relative threshold.
Unit: 0.1dB
Actual Value Range: 0~55.9
Default Value: 20

WCDMA RAN

nd
Rates of the measurement report is higher than the upper
Control threshold E1, AMRC lowers the DL AMR speech rate
Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 20
Rates of the measurement report is lower than the upper
Control threshold E2, AMRC stops adjusting the DL AMR
speech rate. This parameter specifies the relative
Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 20
Rates of the measurement report is lower than the upper
Control threshold E2, AMRC stops adjusting the DL AMR
Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 20

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlThdF BSC690 SET WRFD- AMR/W Meaning: Threshold F1 of DL AMR speech rate
Rates of the measurement report is lower than the lower
Control threshold F1, AMRC raises the DL AMR speech rate
Unit: 0.1dB
Actual Value Range: 0.1~56
Default Value: 90
Rates of the measurement report is lower than the lower
Control threshold F1, AMRC raises the DL AMR speech rate
Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 90
Rates of the measurement report is higher than the lower
Control threshold F2, AMRC stops adjusting the DL AMR
Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 90

WCDMA RAN

nd
Rates of the measurement report is higher than the lower
Control threshold F2, AMRC stops adjusting the DL AMR
Unit: 0.1dB
Default Value: 90
DlAmrT BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Duration from when the AMR TX power is
rigTime 0 UCELL 020309 RAT beyond the threshold Ea or below the threshold Eb to
E QUALI WRFD- Handov when the event Ea or Eb is triggered. This parameter
TYMEA 020701 er Based is used to avoid faulty reporting due to instability of
S on DL power.
MOD QoS GUI Value Range: 1~6000
UCELL AMR/W Unit: 10ms
QUALI B-AMR
TYMEA Speech Actual Value Range: 10~60000
S Rates Default Value: 64
Control
DlAmrT BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Duration from when the AMR TX power is
rigTime 0 UCELL 020309 RAT beyond the threshold Ea or below the threshold Eb to
E QUALI WRFD- Handov when the event Ea or Eb is triggered. This parameter
TYMEA 020701 er Based is used to avoid faulty reporting due to instability of
S on DL power.
MOD QoS GUI Value Range: 1~6000
UCELL AMR/W Unit: 10ms
QUALI B-AMR
TYMEA Speech Actual Value Range: 10~60000
S Rates Default Value: 64
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
PilotPo BSC690 SET WRFD- Inner Meaning:

0 UFRC 020504 Loop Transmit power offset of pilot bits to data bits in every
Power timeslot for a downlink DPCCH frame. For details
Control about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.214.
This parameter is an advanced parameter. To modify
this parameter, contact Huawei Customer Service
Center for technical support.
Unit: 0.25dB
Default Value: 12
PilotPo BSC691 SET WRFD- Inner Meaning:

0 UFRC 020504 Loop Transmit power offset of pilot bits to data bits in every
Power timeslot for a downlink DPCCH frame. For details
Control about this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.214.
Unit: 0.25dB
Default Value: 12

WCDMA RAN

nd
ThdEa BSC690 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

0 UTYPR 021101 c Relative threshold for event Ea. Event Ea is reported
ABQUA WRFD- Channel when the absolute threshold for event Ea is exceeded.
LITYM 020309 Configu Once the event is reported, operations related to the
EAS ration QoS control algorithm will be triggered in the
WRFD- Control
MOD 020304 downlink. The following formula is used to calculate
UTYPR (DCCC) the absolute threshold for event Ea:
ABQUA WRFD- Inter-
020701 Absolute threshold for event Ea = Maximum
LITYM RAT downlink transmit power for RLs - Relative threshold
EAS Handov for event Ea.
er Based
QoS Unit: 0.5dB
Inter Actual Value Range: 0~28
Frequen Default Value: None
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
ThdEa BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

0 UTYPR 021101 c Relative threshold for event Ea. Event Ea is reported
ABQUA WRFD- Channel when the absolute threshold for event Ea is exceeded.
LITYM 020309 Configu Once the event is reported, operations related to the
EAS ration QoS control algorithm will be triggered in the
WRFD- Control
MOD 020304 downlink. The following formula is used to calculate
UTYPR (DCCC) the absolute threshold for event Ea:
ABQUA WRFD- Inter-
020701 Absolute threshold for event Ea = Maximum
LITYM RAT downlink transmit power for RLs - Relative threshold
EAS Handov for event Ea.
er Based
QoS Unit: 0.5dB
Inter Actual Value Range: 0~28
Frequen Default Value: None
cy Hard
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
ThdEb BSC690 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

0 UTYPR 021101 c Relative threshold for event Eb. Event Eb is reported
ABQUA WRFD- Channel when the downlink code transmit power is lower than
LITYM 020309 Configu the absolute threshold for event Eb. Once the event is
EAS ration reported, operations related to the QoS control
WRFD- Control
MOD 020304 algorithm will be stopped in the downlink. The
ABQUA WRFD- Inter- threshold for event Eb:
LITYM 020701 RAT Absolute threshold for event Eb = Maximum
EAS Handov downlink transmit power for RLs - Relative threshold
er Based for event Eb.
on DL
QoS GUI Value Range: 0~56
Inter Unit: 0.5dB

Frequen Actual Value Range: 0~28
cy Hard Default Value: None
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
ThdEb BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

0 UTYPR 021101 c Relative threshold for event Eb. Event Eb is reported
ABQUA WRFD- Channel when the downlink code transmit power is lower than
LITYM 020309 Configu the absolute threshold for event Eb. Once the event is
EAS ration reported, operations related to the QoS control
WRFD- Control
MOD 020304 algorithm will be stopped in the downlink. The
ABQUA WRFD- Inter- threshold for event Eb:
LITYM 020701 RAT Absolute threshold for event Eb = Maximum
EAS Handov downlink transmit power for RLs - Relative threshold
er Based for event Eb.
on DL
QoS GUI Value Range: 0~56
Inter Unit: 0.5dB

Frequen Actual Value Range: 0~28
cy Hard Default Value: None
Handov
er Based
on DL
QoS
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
ChoiceR BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: This parameter specifies the reporting
ptUnitF 0 UCELL 020309 RAT period of the event E of the AMR service. The unit of
orAmrE QUALI WRFD- Handov the reporting period can be 10 ms or minute.
TYMEA 020701 er Based GUI Value Range: TEN_MSEC, MIN
S on DL
QoS Unit: None
MOD
UCELL AMR/W Actual Value Range: TEN_MSEC, MIN
QUALI B-AMR Default Value: TEN_MSEC
TYMEA Speech
S Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
ChoiceR BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: This parameter specifies the reporting
ptUnitF 0 UCELL 020309 RAT period of the event E of the AMR service. The unit of
orAmrE QUALI WRFD- Handov the reporting period can be 10 ms or minute.
TYMEA 020701 er Based GUI Value Range: TEN_MSEC, MIN
S on DL
QoS Unit: None
MOD
UCELL AMR/W Actual Value Range: TEN_MSEC, MIN
QUALI B-AMR Default Value: TEN_MSEC
TYMEA Speech
S Rates
Control
TenMse BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: This parameter is valid when the
cForAm 0 UCELL 020309 RAT corresponding parameter related to the reporting
rE QUALI WRFD- Handov period unit for the event E of AMR service is set to
TYMEA 020304 er Based TEN_MSEC. The DL code TX power is reported
S on DL periodically after the event Ea is reported. This
WRFD- QoS parameter specifies the reporting period. If the
MOD 020701
UCELL Inter parameter is set to A, the reporting period is A x 10
QUALI Frequen ms.
TYMEA cy Hard GUI Value Range: 1~6000
S Handov Unit: 10ms
er Based
on DL Actual Value Range: 10~60000
QoS Default Value: 480
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
TenMse BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: This parameter is valid when the
cForAm 0 UCELL 020309 RAT corresponding parameter related to the reporting
rE QUALI WRFD- Handov period unit for the event E of AMR service is set to
TYMEA 020304 er Based TEN_MSEC. The DL code TX power is reported
S on DL periodically after the event Ea is reported. This
WRFD- QoS parameter specifies the reporting period. If the
MOD 020701
UCELL Inter parameter is set to A, the reporting period is A x 10
QUALI Frequen ms.
TYMEA cy Hard GUI Value Range: 1~6000
S Handov Unit: 10ms
er Based
on DL Actual Value Range: 10~60000
QoS Default Value: 480
AMR/W
B-AMR
Speech
Rates
Control
MinFor BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: This parameter is valid when the
AmrE 0 UCELL 020309 RAT corresponding parameter related to the reporting
QUALI WRFD- Handov period unit for the event E of AMR service is set to
TYMEA 020701 er Based MIN. The DL code TX power is reported periodically
S on DL after the event E1 is reported. This parameter specifies
MOD QoS the reporting period.
UCELL AMR/W GUI Value Range: 1~60
QUALI B-AMR Unit: min
TYMEA Speech
S Rates Actual Value Range: 1~60
Control Default Value: None
MinFor BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inter- Meaning: This parameter is valid when the
AmrE 0 UCELL 020309 RAT corresponding parameter related to the reporting
QUALI WRFD- Handov period unit for the event E of AMR service is set to
TYMEA 020701 er Based MIN. The DL code TX power is reported periodically
S on DL after the event E1 is reported. This parameter specifies
MOD QoS the reporting period.
UCELL AMR/W GUI Value Range: 1~60
QUALI B-AMR Unit: min
TYMEA Speech
S Rates Actual Value Range: 1~60
Control Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- SRB Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 010652 over 1.
tch6 MPARA WRFD- HSDPA PERFENH_MR_AGPS_FAIL_CELLID_RTT_SWIT
010502 Streami CH: Whether to use the Cell ID+RTT positing method
ng QoS for MR collection if the AGPS fails. RTT is short for
WRFD-
Class round trip time and AGPS is short for Assisted Global
020305
Inter- Positioning System. When this switch is set to on, the
WRFD- RAT Cell ID+RTT positing method can be used for MR
150216 Handov collection if the AGPS fails. When this switch is set to
WRFD- er Based off, the Cell ID+RTT positing method cannot be used
150217 on for MR collection if the AGPS fails. This switch is set
Service to off by default.
WRFD-
020202 Load 2.
Based PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PS_IDENTIFY_OPT_SWI
WRFD- TCH: Whether the service-based RRC redirection
PS
150219 function identifies the RRC connection setup request
Redirect
WRFD- ion from whose cause value is "Originating High Priority
020120 UMTS Signalling", "Terminating High Priority Signalling",
to LTE or "Originating Subscribed Traffic Call" as an RRC
WRFD-
connection setup request for PS services. When this
020129 Load
switch is set to on, the service-based RRC redirection
WRFD- Based
function identifies the RRC connection setup request
171201 PS
whose cause value is "Originating High Priority
Handov
WRFD- Signalling", "Terminating High Priority Signalling",
er from
150220 or "Originating Subscribed Traffic Call" as an RRC
UMTS
connection setup request for PS services. When this
WRFD- to LTE
switch is set to off, the service-based RRC redirection
020303 Intra function does not identify the RRC connection setup
WRFD- RNC request whose cause value is "Originating High
1502010 Soft Priority Signalling", "Terminating High Priority
1 Handov Signalling", or "Originating Subscribed Traffic Call"
er as an RRC connection setup request for PS services.
WRFD-
0204000 Coverag 3.
1 e Based PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PS_INCLUDE_R5_SWIT
PS CH: Whether the service-based RRC redirection
WRFD- Redirect function identifies PS services initiated by UEs
0204000 ion from complying with 3GPP Release 5. When this switch is
3 UMTS set to on, the service-based RRC redirection function
WRFD- to LTE identifies PS services initiated by a UE complying
0204000 Service with 3GPP Release 5 as HSPA PS services. When this
5 Steering switch is set to off, the service-based RRC redirection
WRFD- and function does not identify PS services initiated by a
180101 Load UE complying with 3GPP Release 5. As a result, PS
Sharing services initiated by this type of UE will not be
WRFD- in RRC redirected.
020400 Connect 4.
WRFD- ion PERFENH_REDIR_OTHER_FB_TO_U2100_SWIT
140218 Setup

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- PS CH: Whether RRC redirection or directed retry

010632 Service decision (DRD) can be initiated to a cell operating in
WRFD- Redirect the U2100 frequency band. When this switch is set to
020306 ion from on, RRC redirection or DRD can be initiated from a
UMTS cell operating in other frequency bands to a cell
WRFD- to LTE operating in the U2100 frequency band. When this
010630 switch is set to off, RRC redirection or DRD can only
Crystal
Voice in be initiated to a cell operating in the same frequency
Deep band as the source cell.
Coverag 5.
e PERFENH_NR_OF_DL_CHLCODES_OPT_SWITC
Coverag H: Whether the RNC optimizes the delivery of
e Based downlink DPCH channel code number during
PS downlink DPCH reconfiguration. 1: When this switch
Handov is set to on, if the number of downlink DPCH channel
er from codes before downlink DPCH reconfiguration is
UMTS different from that after downlink DPCH
to LTE reconfiguration, the RNC redelivers the DPCH
channel code number. 0: When this switch is set to off,
Inter- if the number of downlink DPCH channel codes
RAT before downlink DPCH reconfiguration is different
Handov from the number of downlink spreading factors after
er Based downlink DPCH reconfiguration, the RNC redelivers
on the DPCH channel code number.
Coverag
e 6.
PERFENH_SRNSR_IUB_DM_TERMIN_OPT_SWI
Macro TCH: Whether the drift RNC (DRNC) stops the
& Micro ongoing dedicated measurement control started by the
Joint serving RNC (SRNC) after a static relocation. When
Inter- this switch is set to on, the DRNC does not stop the
frequenc ongoing dedicated measurement control started by the
y SRNC after a static relocation. When this switch is set
Redirect to off, the DRNC stops all the ongoing dedicated
ion measurement control started by the SRNC after a
Intra static relocation and the NodeB sends a dedicated
System measurement error message with a cause value of
Direct "semantic error" for the deleted radio links.
Retry 7.
Inter PERFENH_INTERRAT_HO_PENALTY_OPT_SWI
System TCH: Whether the RNC imposes penalty on inter-
Redirect RAT handover failures. When this switch is set to on,
the RNC imposes penalty only on inter-RAT handover
Inter- failure messages returned through standard interfaces.
Frequen When this switch is set to off, the RNC imposes
cy penalty on all types of inter-RAT handover failures.
Redirect
ion 8. PERFENH_QOS_ENHANCE_SWITCH: Whether
Based the enhanced differentiated QoS management function

WCDMA RAN

nd
on takes effect. When this switch is set to on, the

Distance enhanced differentiated QoS management function
System takes effect. The "SET UUSERINTEGPRIO" or
Improve "ADD UOPERUSERINTEGPRIO" command is used
ment for to set the integrated user priority and specify the
RAN18. sequence for queuing, preemption, load reshuffling
0 (LDR), and overload control (OLC). The "SET
USCHEDULEPRIOMAPEX" or "ADD
DRD UOPERSCHEDULEPRIOMAPEX" command is used
Introduc to set the mapping information of enhanced
tion scheduling priorities. The "SET UUSERGBREX" or
Package "ADD UOPERUSERGBREX" command is used to
Service- set the enhanced guaranteed bit rates (GBRs). When
Based this switch is set to off, the enhanced differentiated
PS QoS management function does not take effect.
Handov
9.
er from
PERFENH_SRB_D2H_BASE_COVER_LOAD_SWI
UMTS
TCH: Whether an SRB D2H channel switch can be
to LTE
triggered only by using the coverage- and load-based
Streami algorithm for dynamically reconfiguring the bearer
ng channels for downlink SRBs after an SRB H2D
Traffic channel switch not by triggered by using this
Class on algorithm. H2D is short for HS-DSCH to DCH.
HSUPA
When this switch is set to on, the SRB D2H channel
Inter- switch can only be triggered by using this algorithm in
RAT the preceding scenario. When this switch is set to off,
Handov the SRB D2H channel switch can be triggered by
er Based using periodic retry or other reconfiguration
on Load algorithms in the preceding scenario.
Streami 10.
ng PERFENH_SRB_H2D_CODE_JUDGE_SWITCH:
Traffic Whether the coverage- and load-based algorithm for
Class on dynamically reconfiguring the bearer channels for
HSDPA downlink SRBs considers code resource usage when
determining the load condition.
When this switch is set to on, code resource usage is
considered during load condition decision. When this
switch is set to off, code resource usage is not
considered during load condition decision.
11.
PERFENH_HOPRIOMEASTIMER_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC restarts the preferential inter-
frequency handover timer before delivering an inter-
frequency measurement control message. When this
switch is set to on for scenarios where inter-frequency
handovers are preferentially performed compared with
inter-RAT handovers, the RNC starts the preferential

WCDMA RAN

nd
inter-frequency handover timer during compressed

mode pre-configuration, and then restarts this timer
before delivering an inter-frequency measurement
control message. When this switch is set to off for
scenarios where inter-frequency handovers are
preferentially performed compared with inter-RAT
handovers, the RNC starts the preferential inter-
frequency handover timer only during compressed
mode pre-configuration.
12.
PERFENH_1X_MC_SETUP_DEA_CM_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC deactivates the compressed mode
during the setup of measurement control for intra-
frequency events. When this switch is set to on, the
RNC deactivates the activated compressed mode
frequency events only when the current procedure is
incoming relocation. When this switch is set to off, the
original processing applies, that is, the RNC
deactivates the activated compressed mode during the
setup of measurement control for intra-frequency
events in spite of the current procedure.
13.
PERFENH_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_ULRMA_OPT_
SWITCH: When this switch is set to on, the uplink
RMA optimization function takes effect, Then the
RNC decreases the value of the RMA factor for
substream A, whereas increases the values of RMC
factors for substreams B and C when processing
transmission channel data. When this switch is set to
off, the uplink RMA optimization function does not
take effect.
14.
PERFENH_CSPS_CACFAIL_PSBE_DOWN_0K_S
WITCH: Whether the new CS service that has failed
to be admitted can perform another admission attempt
in CS+PS combined service scenarios after PS BE
services have been switched to DCH 0 kbit/s. When
this switch is turned on in CS+PS combined service
scenarios where PS services exist and new CS RABs
are to be established, the new CS service that has
failed to be admitted can perform another admission
attempt after PS BE services have been switched to
DCH 0 kbit/s. If the admission fails again and the
[UQUEUEPREEMPT:PreemptEnhSwitch]PREEMPT
_ENH_MULTIRAB_CS_INCR_PMT_SWITCH is
turned off, PS BE services will perform preemption at
a rate of 0 kbit/s on the DCH. When this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned off, PS BE services cannot have a rate

reduction to 0 kbit/s to allow the new CS service to
perform admission attempts.
Note:In scenarios where UEs with CS+PS combined
services perform soft handovers, if PS services are
initially carried on the HSUPA channel, the function is
supported only when the function of E2D after failed
soft handovers is enabled by setting the
[UINTRAFREQHO :SoftFailE2Dswitch] to ON.
15. PERFENH_PS_STRM_HIGHRATE_SWITCH:
Whether the typical parameter configuration for high-
speed PS streaming services function takes effect.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC supports
high-speed PS streaming services. The RNC
configures Uu-interface bandwidth which is equal to
or close to the maximum bit rate (MBR) of streaming
services based on Radio Access Network (RAN) and
UE capabilities during the access of high-speed PS
streaming services, and Iu QoS negotiation/
renegotiation fails to take effect.
0: When this switch is set to off, streaming services
with a data rate higher than 384 kbit/s are unavailable
during the access of PS streaming services.
16.
PERFENH_CACFAIL_RRC_REDIR_PROTECT_S
WITCH: Whether to use the anti-pingpong
mechanism for the RRC redirection triggered after an
admission failure. When this switch is set to off, the
RNC does not use the anti-pingpong mechanism for
the RRC redirection triggered after an admission
failure. When this switch is set to on, the RNC uses
the anti-pingpong mechanism for the RRC redirection
triggered after an admission failure.
17.
PERFENH_RRCDRD_CELL_RANDOM_SEL_SWI
TCH: Whether a candidate cell in the RRC DRD
algorithm is randomly selected.
1: When this switch is turned on and the RNC
implements the RRC DRD algorithm, a cell is
randomly selected for access if multiple candidate
DRD target cells exist.
0: When this switch is turned off and the RNC
implements the RRC DRD algorithm, a cell is selected
for access based on the sequence of neighboring cells
for the current cell if multiple candidate DRD target
cells exist.

WCDMA RAN

nd
18.
PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_MBR_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC uses the rate limit for AMR
services (including wideband and narrowband AMR
services) as the maximum Uu-interface rate for AMR
services when IuUP V2 is used.
1: When this switch is set to on and IuUP V2 is used,
the RNC uses the maximum rate assigned by the CN
as the downlink rate for AMR services during AMR
service setup. After the AMR service setup, a Uu-
interface AMR service reconfiguration procedure is
initiated in subsequent procedures,and the RNC uses
the rate configured for gold, silver, or copper users as
the maximum Uu-interface downlink rate for AMR
services.
0: When this switch is set to off and IuUP V2 is used,
the RNC uses the rate set assigned by the CN as the
downlink rate set for AMR services and does not use
services.
Note: 1.This function takes effect only when the AMR
Rate Control (AMRC) feature is activated.
2. Rate modes for gold, silver, and copper users can be
set using the following commands: SET UAMRC,
SET UAMRCWB, ADD UCELLAMRC/MOD
UCELLAMRC, and ADD UCELLAMRCWB/MOD
UCELLAMRCWB.
19.
PERFENH_AMR_RATESET_SYMMETRY_SWITC
H: Whether to use symmetric uplink and downlink
rate set configuration for AMR services (including
both wideband and narrowband AMR services).
1: When this switch is set to on, symmetric uplink and
downlink rate set configuration is used for AMR
services.
0: When this switch is set to off, asymmetric uplink
and downlink rate set configuration can be used for
AMR services.
Note: 1. When this switch is set to on, LDR-triggered
rate reduction cannot be performed during initial
AMR service access. 2. If the current user is in the
AMRC blacklist, asymmetric uplink and downlink
rate set configuration can be used even when this
switch is set to on. Users in the AMRC blacklist can
be set according to the help document of the

WCDMA RAN

nd
ADD/MOD UIMEITAC command. 3. This function

takes effect only when the AMRC feature is activated.
When IuUP Version 2 is used, the AMRC rate set
extension function must also be enabled to ensure
symmetric rate sets. You can run the following
commands to set the AMRC rate set extension
function for WB-AMR and NB-AMR services,
respectively:
CsSwitch=CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJUST_GRAD
UALLY_SWITCH-1;
SET UCORRMPARA:
PerfEnhanceSwitch3=PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_R
ATESET_EXT_SWITCH-1;
20.
PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_RATESET_COMP_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC performs compatibility
processing when the available AMR rate set parsed by
the RNC is inconsistent with that assigned by the CN
during an incoming static relocation.
1: When this switch is set to on and IUUP V2 is used,
the RNC performs an IUUP initialization based on the
rate set assigned by the CN during an incoming static
relocation if any inconsistency occurs.
0: When this switch is set to off and IUUP V2 is used,
available AMR rate set parsed by the RNC during an
incoming static relocation if any inconsistency occurs.
21.
PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_RATESET_SRELOC_SW
ITCH: Whether to allow UEs that have performed a
Uu-interface AMR rate mode reconfiguration
(including wideband and narrowband AMR services)
to perform an outgoing static relocation.
1: When this switch is set to on, UEs that have
performed a Uu-interface AMR rate mode
reconfiguration (including wideband and narrowband
AMR services) can perform an outgoing static
relocation.
0: When this switch is set to off, UEs that have
AMR services) cannot perform an outgoing static
relocation.
22.
PERFENH_MR_RTT_MEAS_NON_SMLCCELL_S

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH: Whether the startup of round trip time (RTT)

measurement in the MR depends on the configuring of
the serving mobile location center (SMLC) cell for the
best cell of UEs (the SMLC cell can be added for the
best cell by running the "ADD USMLCCELL"
command). When this switch is turned on, startup of
the RTT measurement in the MR does not depend on
the configuring of the SMLC cell for the best cell of
UEs. When this switch is turned off, startup of the
RTT measurement in the MR depends on the
configuring of the SMLC cell for the best cell of UEs.
23.
PERFENH_SRBODCH_ERR_TB_RSCP_STAT_SW
ITCH: Switch determining whether the following
RSCP-related counters are measured when a block
error message is received in SRB over DCH
scenarios: VS.UL.SRB.ErrTb.MeanRSCP/
VS.UL.SRB.ErrTb.MinRSCP/
VS.UL.SRB.ErrTbNum.RSCP.0/
VS.UL.SRB.ErrTbNum.RSCP.6.
1: This switch is turned on and the preceding counters
are measured.
0: This switch is turned off and the preceding counters
are not measured.
24.
PERFENH_HSDPA_4AMEAS_OPTIMIZE_SWITC
H: Whether the optimized measurement algorithm
takes effect for HSDPA event 4A.
1: This switch is turned on. L2 reports event 4A when
either the current HSDPA traffic volume or the
maximum HSDPA traffic volume in the current
measurement period is higher than the threshold for
triggering event 4A.
0: This switch is turned off. L2 reports event 4A only
when both the current HSDPA traffic volume and the
25.
PERFENH_EDCH_THROU_ULDL_RATE_UP_OP
T_SW: Whether the RNC increases the downlink data
rate to the downlink DCCC threshold during

WCDMA RAN

nd
bidirectional rate increase if the following conditions

are met: PERFENH_LOW_VELO_OPT_SWITCH in
[UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch1] is set to on
and the downlink is in the low activity state; The RNC
first receives an event 4A measurement report during
E-DCH throughput measurement and then performs
bidirectional rate increase.
1: When this switch is turned on, the RNC increases
the downlink data rate to the downlink DCCC
threshold during bidirectional rate increase when the
downlink is in the low activity state.
0: When this switch is turned off, the RNC increases
the downlink data rate to the uplink DCCC threshold
during bidirectional rate increase when the downlink
is in the low activity state.
26.
PERFENH_SERV_DIFF_ZERO_PRIO_HSPA_OPT_
SW:Whether HSPA services can be released when the
HSPA service priority in the current cell is set to 0.
When this switch is turned on, HSPA services can be
released (when the HSPA service priority in the
current cell is set to 0). When this switch is turned off,
HSPA services cannot be released (when the HSPA
service priority in the current cell is set to 0).
27.
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_COV_U2L_SWITC
H: Whether the RNC automatically identifies
terminals subscribed to an LTE network and allows
them to perform coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
(U2L) redirections or handovers.
1: When this switch is turned on, the RNC stores the
information about terminals redirected or handed over
from LTE to UMTS, for a long period. During this
period, the RNC identifies these terminals as
subscribed terminals and only allows subscribed
terminals to perform coverage-based U2L redirections
or handovers.
0: When this switch is turned off, the RNC allows all
or handovers.
28.
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_SERV_U2L_SWIT
CH: Whether the RNC automatically identifies
them to perform service-based U2L redirections or
handovers.

WCDMA RAN

nd

terminals to perform service-based U2L redirections
or handovers.
0: When this switch is turned off, if
PERFENH_PERMIT_U2L_ONLY_UE_FROM_L_S
WITCH under PerfEnhanceSwitch2 is turned on, the
RNC allows only terminals redirected or handed over
from LTE to UMTS to perform service-based U2L
redirections or handovers, if
WITCH under PerfEnhanceSwitch2 is turned off, the
RNC allows all terminals to perform service-based
U2L redirections or handovers.
29.
PERFENH_PERMIT_LTE_SUB_LOAD_U2L_SWIT
them to perform load-based U2L redirections or
handovers.
terminals to perform load-based U2L redirections or
handovers.
handovers.
30.
PERFENH_HO_TARG_3GCELL_AVAILABLE_SW
ITCH: Whether the RNC checks the status of the
target cell during an intra-RAT handover.
1: When this switch is turned on, the RNC checks the
status of the target cell during an intra-RAT handover.
The RNC can perform an intra-RAT handover to the
target cell only if this cell is activated and not blocked.
0: When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not
check the status of the target cell during an intra-RAT
handover.
31.
PERFENH_D2F_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:Whethe

WCDMA RAN

nd
r messages involved in the D2F and F2D state

transition processes are optimized.
1: When this switch is turned on, The "RB MAPPING
info" IE under SRB in the RB RECFG and RB
SETUP messages involved in the D2F and F2D state
transition processes is optimized, and the two
messages do not carry the "utran-DRX-
CycleLengthCoeff", "maxAllowedUL-TX-Power",
and "cell-id" IEs.
0: When this switch is turned off, The IEs in the RB
RECFG and RB SETUP messages involved in the
D2F and F2D state transition processes are not
optimized.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_MR_AGPS_FAIL_CELLID_RTT_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PS_IDENTIFY_OPT_SWI
TCH,
PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PS_INCLUDE_R5_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_REDIR_OTHER_FB_TO_U2100_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_NR_OF_DL_CHLCODES_OPT_SWITC
H,
TCH,
PERFENH_INTERRAT_HO_PENALTY_OPT_SWI
TCH, PERFENH_QOS_ENHANCE_SWITCH,
TCH,
PERFENH_SRB_H2D_CODE_JUDGE_SWITCH,
PERFENH_HOPRIOMEASTIMER_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_1X_MC_SETUP_DEA_CM_SWITCH,
SWITCH,
WITCH,
PERFENH_PS_STRM_HIGHRATE_SWITCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_MBR_LIMIT_SWITCH,
H,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
ITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
H,
T_SW,
SW,
H,
CH,
CH,
ITCH, PERFENH_D2F_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
PERFENH_QOS_ENHANCE_SWITCH,
TCH,
SWITCH,
WITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
TCH,
H,
CH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
H,
T_SW,
SW,
H,
CH,
CH,
ITCH,
PERFENH_D2F_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH
Default Value:
CH:0,
TCH:0,
CH:0,
CH:0,
H:0,
TCH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH:1, PERFENH_QOS_ENHANCE_SWITCH:0,
TCH:0,
PERFENH_SRB_H2D_CODE_JUDGE_SWITCH:1,
0,
PERFENH_1X_MC_SETUP_DEA_CM_SWITCH:1,
SWITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
PERFENH_PS_STRM_HIGHRATE_SWITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
TCH:0,
PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_MBR_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,
H:0,
CH:0,
ITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
ITCH:0,
H:0,
T_SW:0,
SW:0,
H:0,
CH:0,
CH:0,
ITCH:0,
PERFENH_D2F_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC691 SET WRFD- Load Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 150216 Based 1.
tch6 MPARA WRFD- PS PERFENH_MR_AGPS_FAIL_CELLID_RTT_SWIT
0204000 Redirect CH: Whether to use the Cell ID+RTT positing method
1 ion from for MR collection if the AGPS fails. RTT is short for
UMTS round trip time and AGPS is short for Assisted Global
WRFD- to LTE
020202 Positioning System. When this switch is set to on, the
Intra Cell ID+RTT positing method can be used for MR
WRFD- System collection if the AGPS fails. When this switch is set to
150217 Direct off, the Cell ID+RTT positing method cannot be used
WRFD- Retry for MR collection if the AGPS fails. This switch is set
010202 Intra to off by default.
WRFD- RNC 2.
180201 Soft PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PS_IDENTIFY_OPT_SWI
WRFD- Handov TCH: Whether the service-based RRC redirection
171201 er function identifies the RRC connection setup request
Load whose cause value is "Originating High Priority
WRFD- Signalling", "Terminating High Priority Signalling",
1502010 Based
PS or "Originating Subscribed Traffic Call" as an RRC
1 connection setup request for PS services. When this
Handov
WRFD- er from switch is set to on, the service-based RRC redirection
020120 UMTS function identifies the RRC connection setup request
WRFD- to LTE whose cause value is "Originating High Priority
150219 Signalling", "Terminating High Priority Signalling",
UE or "Originating Subscribed Traffic Call" as an RRC
WRFD- State in connection setup request for PS services. When this
0204000 Connect switch is set to off, the service-based RRC redirection
3 ed Mode function does not identify the RRC connection setup
WRFD- (CELL- request whose cause value is "Originating High
140218 DCH, Priority Signalling", "Terminating High Priority
CELL- Signalling", or "Originating Subscribed Traffic Call"
WRFD- PCH,
0204000 as an RRC connection setup request for PS services.
URA-
5 PCH, 3.
WRFD- CELL- PERFENH_RRC_REDIR_PS_INCLUDE_R5_SWIT
180101 FACH) CH: Whether the service-based RRC redirection
function identifies PS services initiated by UEs
WRFD- Improve complying with 3GPP Release 5. When this switch is
020400 d Uplink set to on, the service-based RRC redirection function
WRFD- Coverag identifies PS services initiated by a UE complying
020129 e for with 3GPP Release 5 as HSPA PS services. When this
SRB switch is set to off, the service-based RRC redirection
WRFD- over
010502 function does not identify PS services initiated by a
DCH UE complying with 3GPP Release 5. As a result, PS
WRFD- Crystal services initiated by this type of UE will not be
0106111 Voice in redirected.
1 Deep 4.
WRFD- Coverag PERFENH_REDIR_OTHER_FB_TO_U2100_SWIT
010632 e

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- Macro CH: Whether RRC redirection or directed retry

150220 & Micro decision (DRD) can be initiated to a cell operating in
WRFD- Joint the U2100 frequency band. When this switch is set to
010630 Inter- on, RRC redirection or DRD can be initiated from a
frequenc cell operating in other frequency bands to a cell
y operating in the U2100 frequency band. When this
Redirect switch is set to off, RRC redirection or DRD can only
ion be initiated to a cell operating in the same frequency
Service band as the source cell.
Steering 5.
and PERFENH_NR_OF_DL_CHLCODES_OPT_SWITC
Load H: Whether the RNC optimizes the delivery of
Sharing downlink DPCH channel code number during
in RRC downlink DPCH reconfiguration. 1: When this switch
Connect is set to on, if the number of downlink DPCH channel
ion codes before downlink DPCH reconfiguration is
Setup different from that after downlink DPCH
Coverag reconfiguration, the RNC redelivers the DPCH
e Based channel code number. 0: When this switch is set to off,
PS if the number of downlink DPCH channel codes
Redirect before downlink DPCH reconfiguration is different
ion from from the number of downlink spreading factors after
UMTS downlink DPCH reconfiguration, the RNC redelivers
to LTE the DPCH channel code number.
Inter 6.
System PERFENH_SRNSR_IUB_DM_TERMIN_OPT_SWI
Redirect TCH: Whether the drift RNC (DRNC) stops the
ongoing dedicated measurement control started by the
Service- serving RNC (SRNC) after a static relocation. When
Based this switch is set to on, the DRNC does not stop the
PS ongoing dedicated measurement control started by the
Handov SRNC after a static relocation. When this switch is set
er from to off, the DRNC stops all the ongoing dedicated
UMTS measurement control started by the SRNC after a
to LTE static relocation and the NodeB sends a dedicated
Inter- measurement error message with a cause value of
Frequen "semantic error" for the deleted radio links.
cy 7.
Redirect PERFENH_INTERRAT_HO_PENALTY_OPT_SWI
ion TCH: Whether the RNC imposes penalty on inter-
Based RAT handover failures. When this switch is set to on,
on the RNC imposes penalty only on inter-RAT handover
Distance failure messages returned through standard interfaces.
System When this switch is set to off, the RNC imposes
Improve penalty on all types of inter-RAT handover failures.
ment for 8. PERFENH_QOS_ENHANCE_SWITCH: Whether
RAN18. the enhanced differentiated QoS management function
0

WCDMA RAN

nd
DRD takes effect. When this switch is set to on, the

Introduc enhanced differentiated QoS management function
tion takes effect. The "SET UUSERINTEGPRIO" or
Package "ADD UOPERUSERINTEGPRIO" command is used
PS to set the integrated user priority and specify the
Service sequence for queuing, preemption, load reshuffling
Redirect (LDR), and overload control (OLC). The "SET
ion from USCHEDULEPRIOMAPEX" or "ADD
UMTS UOPERSCHEDULEPRIOMAPEX" command is used
to LTE to set the mapping information of enhanced
scheduling priorities. The "SET UUSERGBREX" or
Streami "ADD UOPERUSERGBREX" command is used to
ng QoS set the enhanced guaranteed bit rates (GBRs). When
Class this switch is set to off, the enhanced differentiated
HSDPA QoS management function does not take effect.
State
9.
Transiti
on
TCH: Whether an SRB D2H channel switch can be
Streami triggered only by using the coverage- and load-based
ng algorithm for dynamically reconfiguring the bearer
Traffic channels for downlink SRBs after an SRB H2D
Class on channel switch not by triggered by using this
HSUPA algorithm. H2D is short for HS-DSCH to DCH.
Coverag When this switch is set to on, the SRB D2H channel
e Based switch can only be triggered by using this algorithm in
PS the preceding scenario. When this switch is set to off,
Handov the SRB D2H channel switch can be triggered by
er from using periodic retry or other reconfiguration
UMTS algorithms in the preceding scenario.
to LTE
10.
Streami PERFENH_SRB_H2D_CODE_JUDGE_SWITCH:
ng Whether the coverage- and load-based algorithm for
Traffic dynamically reconfiguring the bearer channels for
Class on downlink SRBs considers code resource usage when
HSDPA determining the load condition.
When this switch is set to on, code resource usage is
considered during load condition decision. When this
switch is set to off, code resource usage is not
considered during load condition decision.
11.
Whether the RNC restarts the preferential inter-
frequency handover timer before delivering an inter-
frequency measurement control message. When this
switch is set to on for scenarios where inter-frequency
handovers are preferentially performed compared with
inter-RAT handovers, the RNC starts the preferential

WCDMA RAN

nd
inter-frequency handover timer during compressed

mode pre-configuration, and then restarts this timer
before delivering an inter-frequency measurement
control message. When this switch is set to off for
scenarios where inter-frequency handovers are
preferentially performed compared with inter-RAT
handovers, the RNC starts the preferential inter-
frequency handover timer only during compressed
mode pre-configuration.
12.
PERFENH_1X_MC_SETUP_DEA_CM_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC deactivates the compressed mode
frequency events. When this switch is set to on, the
RNC deactivates the activated compressed mode
frequency events only when the current procedure is
incoming relocation. When this switch is set to off, the
original processing applies, that is, the RNC
deactivates the activated compressed mode during the
setup of measurement control for intra-frequency
events in spite of the current procedure.
13.
SWITCH: When this switch is set to on, the uplink
RMA optimization function takes effect, Then the
RNC decreases the value of the RMA factor for
substream A, whereas increases the values of RMC
factors for substreams B and C when processing
transmission channel data. When this switch is set to
off, the uplink RMA optimization function does not
take effect.
14.
WITCH: Whether the new CS service that has failed
to be admitted can perform another admission attempt
in CS+PS combined service scenarios after PS BE
services have been switched to DCH 0 kbit/s. When
this switch is turned on in CS+PS combined service
scenarios where PS services exist and new CS RABs
are to be established, the new CS service that has
failed to be admitted can perform another admission
attempt after PS BE services have been switched to
DCH 0 kbit/s. If the admission fails again and the
[UQUEUEPREEMPT:PreemptEnhSwitch]PREEMPT
_ENH_MULTIRAB_CS_INCR_PMT_SWITCH is
turned off, PS BE services will perform preemption at
a rate of 0 kbit/s on the DCH. When this switch is

WCDMA RAN

nd
turned off, PS BE services cannot have a rate

reduction to 0 kbit/s to allow the new CS service to
perform admission attempts.
Note:In scenarios where UEs with CS+PS combined
services perform soft handovers, if PS services are
initially carried on the HSUPA channel, the function is
supported only when the function of E2D after failed
soft handovers is enabled by setting the
[UINTRAFREQHO :SoftFailE2Dswitch] to ON.
15. PERFENH_PS_STRM_HIGHRATE_SWITCH:
Whether the typical parameter configuration for high-
speed PS streaming services function takes effect.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC supports
high-speed PS streaming services. The RNC
configures Uu-interface bandwidth which is equal to
or close to the maximum bit rate (MBR) of streaming
services based on Radio Access Network (RAN) and
UE capabilities during the access of high-speed PS
streaming services, and Iu QoS negotiation/
renegotiation fails to take effect.
0: When this switch is set to off, streaming services
with a data rate higher than 384 kbit/s are unavailable
during the access of PS streaming services.
16.
WITCH: Whether to use the anti-pingpong
mechanism for the RRC redirection triggered after an
admission failure. When this switch is set to off, the
RNC does not use the anti-pingpong mechanism for
the RRC redirection triggered after an admission
failure. When this switch is set to on, the RNC uses
the anti-pingpong mechanism for the RRC redirection
triggered after an admission failure.
17.
TCH: Whether a candidate cell in the RRC DRD
algorithm is randomly selected.
1: When this switch is turned on and the RNC
implements the RRC DRD algorithm, a cell is
randomly selected for access if multiple candidate
DRD target cells exist.
0: When this switch is turned off and the RNC
implements the RRC DRD algorithm, a cell is selected
for access based on the sequence of neighboring cells
for the current cell if multiple candidate DRD target
cells exist.

WCDMA RAN

nd
18.
PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_MBR_LIMIT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC uses the rate limit for AMR
services (including wideband and narrowband AMR
services) as the maximum Uu-interface rate for AMR
services when IuUP V2 is used.
1: When this switch is set to on and IuUP V2 is used,
the RNC uses the maximum rate assigned by the CN
as the downlink rate for AMR services during AMR
service setup. After the AMR service setup, a Uu-
interface AMR service reconfiguration procedure is
initiated in subsequent procedures,and the RNC uses
services.
0: When this switch is set to off and IuUP V2 is used,
the RNC uses the rate set assigned by the CN as the
downlink rate set for AMR services and does not use
services.
Note: 1.This function takes effect only when the AMR
Rate Control (AMRC) feature is activated.
2. Rate modes for gold, silver, and copper users can be
set using the following commands: SET UAMRC,
SET UAMRCWB, ADD UCELLAMRC/MOD
UCELLAMRC, and ADD UCELLAMRCWB/MOD
UCELLAMRCWB.
19.
H: Whether to use symmetric uplink and downlink
rate set configuration for AMR services (including
both wideband and narrowband AMR services).
1: When this switch is set to on, symmetric uplink and
downlink rate set configuration is used for AMR
services.
0: When this switch is set to off, asymmetric uplink
and downlink rate set configuration can be used for
AMR services.
Note: 1. When this switch is set to on, LDR-triggered
rate reduction cannot be performed during initial
AMR service access. 2. If the current user is in the
AMRC blacklist, asymmetric uplink and downlink
rate set configuration can be used even when this
switch is set to on. Users in the AMRC blacklist can
be set according to the help document of the

WCDMA RAN

nd
ADD/MOD UIMEITAC command. 3. This function

takes effect only when the AMRC feature is activated.
When IuUP Version 2 is used, the AMRC rate set
extension function must also be enabled to ensure
symmetric rate sets. You can run the following
commands to set the AMRC rate set extension
function for WB-AMR and NB-AMR services,
respectively:
CsSwitch=CS_AMRC_WB_RATE_ADJUST_GRAD
UALLY_SWITCH-1;
SET UCORRMPARA:
PerfEnhanceSwitch3=PERFENH_NB_AMRC_UL_R
ATESET_EXT_SWITCH-1;
20.
CH: Whether the RNC performs compatibility
processing when the available AMR rate set parsed by
the RNC is inconsistent with that assigned by the CN
during an incoming static relocation.
1: When this switch is set to on and IUUP V2 is used,
rate set assigned by the CN during an incoming static
relocation if any inconsistency occurs.
0: When this switch is set to off and IUUP V2 is used,
available AMR rate set parsed by the RNC during an
incoming static relocation if any inconsistency occurs.
21.
ITCH: Whether to allow UEs that have performed a
Uu-interface AMR rate mode reconfiguration
(including wideband and narrowband AMR services)
to perform an outgoing static relocation.
1: When this switch is set to on, UEs that have
AMR services) can perform an outgoing static
relocation.
0: When this switch is set to off, UEs that have
AMR services) cannot perform an outgoing static
relocation.
22.

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH: Whether the startup of round trip time (RTT)

measurement in the MR depends on the configuring of
the serving mobile location center (SMLC) cell for the
best cell of UEs (the SMLC cell can be added for the
best cell by running the "ADD USMLCCELL"
command). When this switch is turned on, startup of
the RTT measurement in the MR does not depend on
the configuring of the SMLC cell for the best cell of
UEs. When this switch is turned off, startup of the
RTT measurement in the MR depends on the
configuring of the SMLC cell for the best cell of UEs.
23.
ITCH: Switch determining whether the following
RSCP-related counters are measured when a block
error message is received in SRB over DCH
scenarios: VS.UL.SRB.ErrTb.MeanRSCP/
VS.UL.SRB.ErrTb.MinRSCP/
VS.UL.SRB.ErrTbNum.RSCP.6.
1: This switch is turned on and the preceding counters
are measured.
0: This switch is turned off and the preceding counters
are not measured.
24.
H: Whether the optimized measurement algorithm
takes effect for HSDPA event 4A.
1: This switch is turned on. L2 reports event 4A when
either the current HSDPA traffic volume or the
0: This switch is turned off. L2 reports event 4A only
when both the current HSDPA traffic volume and the
25.
T_SW: Whether the RNC increases the downlink data
rate to the downlink DCCC threshold during

WCDMA RAN

nd
bidirectional rate increase if the following conditions

are met: PERFENH_LOW_VELO_OPT_SWITCH in
[UCORRMPARA: PerfEnhanceSwitch1] is set to on
and the downlink is in the low activity state; The RNC
first receives an event 4A measurement report during
E-DCH throughput measurement and then performs
bidirectional rate increase.
1: When this switch is turned on, the RNC increases
the downlink data rate to the downlink DCCC
threshold during bidirectional rate increase when the
downlink is in the low activity state.
0: When this switch is turned off, the RNC increases
the downlink data rate to the uplink DCCC threshold
during bidirectional rate increase when the downlink
is in the low activity state.
26.
SW:Whether HSPA services can be released when the
HSPA service priority in the current cell is set to 0.
When this switch is turned on, HSPA services can be
released (when the HSPA service priority in the
current cell is set to 0). When this switch is turned off,
HSPA services cannot be released (when the HSPA
service priority in the current cell is set to 0).
27.
H: Whether the RNC automatically identifies
them to perform coverage-based UMTS-to-LTE
(U2L) redirections or handovers.
or handovers.
or handovers.
28.
them to perform service-based U2L redirections or
handovers.

WCDMA RAN

nd

terminals to perform service-based U2L redirections
or handovers.
0: When this switch is turned off, if
WITCH under PerfEnhanceSwitch2 is turned on, the
RNC allows only terminals redirected or handed over
from LTE to UMTS to perform service-based U2L
redirections or handovers, if
WITCH under PerfEnhanceSwitch2 is turned off, the
RNC allows all terminals to perform service-based
U2L redirections or handovers.
29.
them to perform load-based U2L redirections or
handovers.
handovers.
handovers.
30.
ITCH: Whether the RNC checks the status of the
target cell during an intra-RAT handover.
1: When this switch is turned on, the RNC checks the
status of the target cell during an intra-RAT handover.
The RNC can perform an intra-RAT handover to the
target cell only if this cell is activated and not blocked.
0: When this switch is turned off, the RNC does not
check the status of the target cell during an intra-RAT
handover.
31.
PERFENH_D2F_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:Whethe

WCDMA RAN

nd
r messages involved in the D2F and F2D state

transition processes are optimized.
1: When this switch is turned on, The "RB MAPPING
info" IE under SRB in the RB RECFG and RB
SETUP messages involved in the D2F and F2D state
transition processes is optimized, and the two
messages do not carry the "utran-DRX-
CycleLengthCoeff", "maxAllowedUL-TX-Power",
and "cell-id" IEs.
0: When this switch is turned off, The IEs in the RB
RECFG and RB SETUP messages involved in the
D2F and F2D state transition processes are not
optimized.
GUI Value Range:
CH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,
H,
TCH,
TCH, PERFENH_QOS_ENHANCE_SWITCH,
TCH,
SWITCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
H,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
ITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
H,
T_SW,
SW,
H,
CH,
CH,
ITCH, PERFENH_D2F_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
CH,
TCH,
CH,
CH,
H,
TCH,
TCH,
PERFENH_QOS_ENHANCE_SWITCH,
TCH,
SWITCH,
WITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
TCH,
H,
CH,
ITCH,
WITCH,
ITCH,
H,
T_SW,
SW,
H,
CH,
CH,
ITCH,
PERFENH_D2F_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH
Default Value:
CH:0,
TCH:0,
CH:0,
CH:0,
H:0,
TCH:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH:1, PERFENH_QOS_ENHANCE_SWITCH:0,
TCH:0,
PERFENH_SRB_H2D_CODE_JUDGE_SWITCH:1,
0,
PERFENH_1X_MC_SETUP_DEA_CM_SWITCH:1,
SWITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
PERFENH_PS_STRM_HIGHRATE_SWITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
TCH:0,
PERFENH_IUUP2_AMR_MBR_LIMIT_SWITCH:0,
H:0,
CH:0,
ITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
ITCH:0,
H:0,
T_SW:0,
SW:0,
H:0,
CH:0,
CH:0,
ITCH:0,
PERFENH_D2F_F2D_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlSave BSC690 SET WRFD- Code Meaning: This parameter specifies whether the DL
CodeRe 0 UFRC 020108 Resourc code-resource-saving mode is applicable to
sourceS e narrowband AMR services. In code-resource-saving
witch Manage mode, SF256 is used if the DL maximum bit rate of
ment single AMR service is lower than or equal to 7.95
kbit/s, while SF128 is used if the code-resource-
saving mode is not applied. The code-resource-saving
mode is applicable to narrowband AMR services only
when this parameter is set to ON and the
"AllowedSaveCodeResource" parameter is configured
and set to TRUE through the "ADD UCELLFRC"
command.
GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: OFF, ON
Default Value: ON
DlSave BSC691 SET WRFD- Code Meaning: This parameter specifies whether the DL
CodeRe 0 UFRC 020108 Resourc code-resource-saving mode is applicable to
sourceS e narrowband AMR services. In code-resource-saving
witch Manage mode, SF256 is used if the DL maximum bit rate of
ment single AMR service is lower than or equal to 7.95
kbit/s, while SF128 is used if the code-resource-
when this parameter is set to ON and the
"AllowedSaveCodeResource" parameter is configured
and set to TRUE through the "ADD UCELLFRC"
command.
GUI Value Range: OFF, ON
Unit: None
Default Value: ON

WCDMA RAN

nd
Allowed BSC690 ADD WRFD- Code Meaning: This parameter specifies whether the DL
SaveCo 0 UCELL 020108 Resourc code-resource-saving mode is applicable to
deResou FRC e narrowband AMR services. In code-resource-saving
rce MOD Manage mode, SF256 is used if the DL maximum bit rate of
UCELL ment single AMR service is lower than or equal to 7.95
FRC kbit/s, while SF128 is used if the code-resource-
when this parameter is configured and set to TRUE
and the "DlSaveCodeResourceSwitch" parameter is
set to ON through the "SET UFRC" command.
GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
Default Value: False
Allowed BSC691 ADD WRFD- Code Meaning: This parameter specifies whether the DL
SaveCo 0 UCELL 020108 Resourc code-resource-saving mode is applicable to
deResou FRC e narrowband AMR services. In code-resource-saving
rce MOD Manage mode, SF256 is used if the DL maximum bit rate of
UCELL ment single AMR service is lower than or equal to 7.95
FRC kbit/s, while SF128 is used if the code-resource-
when this parameter is configured and set to TRUE
and the "DlSaveCodeResourceSwitch" parameter is
set to ON through the "SET UFRC" command.
GUI Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: FALSE, TRUE
Default Value: False

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC690 SET WRFD- Load Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 150216 Based 1.
tch7 MPARA WRFD- PS PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
181105 Redirect WITCH:Whether an SRVCC or CSFB UE whose
ion from single-CS voice service has been released can trigger
WRFD- UMTS
150215 a measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return with
to LTE only signaling connections. SRVCC is short for single
WRFD- Adaptiv radio voice call continuity and CSFB is short for CS
171223 e Soft fallback. When this switch is set to on, an SRVCC or
WRFD- Handov CSFB UE whose single-CS voice service has been
010652 er released can trigger a measurement-based UMTS-to-
WRFD- Optimiz LTE fast return with only signaling connections.
150250 ation in When this switch is set to off, an SRVCC or CSFB UE
Multi- whose single-CS voice service has been released
WRFD- Sector cannot trigger a measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE
140226 fast return with only signaling connections.
SRVCC
WRFD- from 2.
021101 LTE to PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWIT
WRFD- UMTS CH: Whether the RNC performs channel fallback and
020701 with PS rate reduction for PS services if CS+PS combined
WRFD- Handov services fail to be admitted during an SRVCC
0106120 er handover. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
4 Fast performs channel fallback and rate reduction for PS
Return services if CS+PS combined services fail to be
WRFD-
to LTE admitted during an SRVCC handover. The PS services
020402
for can be switched to DCH 0 kbit/s at a minimum level.
WRFD- SRVCC When this switch is turned off, the inter-RAT
020129 User handover admission fails if CS+PS combined services
WRFD- SRB fail to be admitted during an SRVCC handover.
020801 over 3.
WRFD- HSDPA PERFENH_SATELLITE_TRANS_CELL_SHO_OPT
020310 3C- :Whether cells carried in the event 1A or 1C report in
HSDPA the following scenarios can be added to the active set:
WRFD-
020806 Fast Scenario 1: During a best cell change from a cell that
Return uses satellite transmission to a cell that does not use
from satellite transmission, a UE receives an event 1A or
UMTS 1C report and cells to be added to the active set in this
to LTE report use satellite transmission.
Dynami Scenario 2: During a best cell change from a cell that
c does not use satellite transmission to a cell that uses
Channel satellite transmission, a UE receives an event 1A or
Configu 1C report and cells to be added to the active set in this
ration report do not use satellite transmission.
Control When this switch is set to on, cells carried in the event
(DCCC) 1A or 1C report cannot be added to the active set in
AMR/W the preceding scenario. When this switch is set to off,
B-AMR

WCDMA RAN

nd
Speech cells carried in the event 1A or 1C report can be added

Rates to the active set in the preceding scenario.
Control 4.
HSUPA PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:Ho
Mobility w the RNC determines the GSM cell load.
Manage This switch is turned on. The RNC determines the
ment GSM cell load only by "Load Value" in the "Inter-
Measure System Information Transparent Container" IE
ment contained in the RELOCATION COMMAND
Based message.
Direct This switch is turned off. The RNC determines the
Retry GSM cell load by both "Load Value" and "Cell
PS Capacity Class Value" in the "Inter-System
Service Information Transparent Container" IE contained in
Redirect the RELOCATION COMMAND message.
ion from 5.
UMTS PERFENH_U2L_HO_REQ_WITH_UE_HIST_INFO
to LTE _SW: Whether the Relocation Required message
Cell ID carries the complete UE historical information in
+ RTT UMTS-to-LTE handovers. When this switch is turned
Function on, the Relocation Required message carries the
Based complete list of UE's serving cells in UMTS-to-LTE
LCS handovers. When this switch is turned off, the
3G/2G Relocation Required message carriers only the last
Commo serving cell of the UE in UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
n Load 6. PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH:
Manage Whether a CSFB or SRVCC UE can trigger a UMTS-
ment to-LTE fast return only when the UE's AMR service is
Differen released for the first time. When this switch is turned
tiated on, a CSFB or SRVCC UE can trigger a UMTS-to-
Service LTE fast return only when the UE's AMR service is
Based released for the first time. When this switch is turned
on SPI off, a CSFB or SRVCC UE in the RRC connection
Weight state can trigger a UMTS-to-LTE fast return at any
time when the UE's AMR service is released, and a
CSFB UE can even trigger a UMTS-to-LTE fast
return when its RRC connection is released.
7.
PERFENH_BE_SYSHOIN_BITRATE_OPT_SWITC
H: Whether the HSPA+ peak rate for the PS BE
services of incoming inter-RAT handover UEs can be
reached when the Iu QoS negotiation function is
enabled (controlled by the
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH under the
PsSwitch parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command).

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: The HSPA+ peak rate for the PS BE services of

incoming inter-RAT handover UEs cannot be reached
when the Iu QoS negotiation function is enabled.
incoming inter-RAT handover UEs can be reached
8.
PERFENH_CPC_SINGHARQ_COEXIST_SWITCH:
Whether the single hybrid automatic repeat request
(HARQ) process scheduling and CPC features can
coexist.
1: This switch is turned on and the single HARQ
process scheduling and CPC features can coexist.
0: This switch is turned off and the single HARQ
process scheduling and CPC features cannot coexist.
9.
PERFENH_P2D_UE_LOC_BASED_DRD_OPT_SW
ITCH: Whether the optimization algorithm for user
location-based multi-band DRD takes effect during a
P2D state transition in a cell update. When this switch
is turned on, the optimization algorithm takes effect.
During a P2D state transition in a cell update, the
RNC uses parameters configured for the target cell of
the cell update when making decisions for user
location-based multi-band DRD. When this switch is
turned off, the optimization algorithm does not take
effect. During a P2D state transition in a cell update,
the RNC uses parameters configured for the source
cell of the cell update when making decisions for user
location-based multi-band DRD.
10.
PERFENH_4CHSDPA_MOBILITY_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether a UE enabled with the 3C-HSDPA or 4C-
HSDPA feature, which moves to a cell not supporting
the 3C-HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA feature, falls back to
use SC-HSDPA in mobility scenarios.
When this switch is turned off, the UE falls back to
SC-HSDPA.
When this switch is turned on, the UE does not fall
back to SC-HSDPA, and can fall back to the HSPA+
feature of the highest level supported by the target cell
instead.
11.
PERFENH_CPC_AND_4CHSDPA_COEXIST_SWI
TCH: Whether a UE can use the CPC and 3C-HSDPA
or 4C-HSDPA features at the same time.

WCDMA RAN

nd
When this switch is turned on, the UE can use the

CPC and 3C-HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA features at the
same time.
When this switch is turned off, the UE cannot use the
same time.
12.
PERFENH_FORBID_HIGHSPEED_PF2D_OPT_SW
ITCH: Whether high-rate UEs, whose MAC-ehs
window size of the downlink transmission channel
exceeds 32, are allowed to use the P2D/F2D message
size reduction function. When this switch is turned on,
high-rate UEs are not allowed to use the P2D/F2D
message size reduction function. When this switch is
turned off, high-rate UEs are allowed to use the
P2D/F2D message size reduction function.
13.
PERFENH_DIFF_SERVICE_BASED_ON_SPI_WEI
GHT: Whether to enable the Differentiated Service
Based on SPI Weight feature.
1: This switch is turned on. The feature takes effect.
0: This switch is turned off. The feature does not take
effect.
14.
PERFENH_CS_RATE_CONTROL_WHEN_RETRIE
VE: Whether the RNC immediately starts rate
adjustment after receiving a Retrieve ACK /Retrieve
message containing "NotifySS" or RFCI message
from the CN.
0: This switch is turned off and the RNC does not
immediately start rate adjustment after receiving a
Retrieve ACK /Retrieve message containing
"NotifySS" or RFCI message from the CN.
1: This switch is turned on and the RNC immediately
starts rate adjustment after receiving a Retrieve ACK /
Retrieve message containing "NotifySS" or RFCI
message from the CN.
Note: This switch takes effect only when both the
TrFO and AMRC functions are activated.
15.
PERFENH_FORBID_FACH_MULRAB_INITRATE
_OPT: Whether the algorithm of dynamically
allocating an initial data rate for the PS BE service
when PS+CS combined services are being established
is forbidden to take effect in either of the following
situations:

WCDMA RAN

nd
A UE in the CELL_FACH state running a single PS

BE service establishes a CS service.
A UE in the CELL_DCH state establishes first a CS
service and then a PS service.
1: This switch is turned on. The algorithm of
dynamically allocating an initial data rate for the PS
BE service if PS+CS combined services are being
established is forbidden to take effect in this scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The algorithm of
established takes effect in this scenario.
16.
PERFENH_DRNC_DF2U_FORBID_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether UEs in the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH
state are allowed to perform a state transition to the
URA_PCH state in the best cell under the DRNC.
When this switch is turned on, UEs in the
CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state are not allowed to
perform a state transition to the URA_PCH state in the
best cell under the DRNC. When this switch is turned
off, UEs in the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state are
allowed to perform a state transition to the URA_PCH
state in the best cell under the DRNC if the conditions
for the algorithm of state transitions from
CELL_DCH/CELL_FACH to URA_PCH are met.
17.
PERFENH_U2L_REDIR_LOAD_BLACKLIST_SWI
TCH: Whether the RRC release message carries
information of blacklisted cells with load congestion
during a service- or load-based UMTS-to-LTE
redirection. When this switch is turned on, the RRC
release message carries information of blacklisted
cells with load congestion during a service- or load-
based UMTS-to-LTE redirection. When this switch is
turned off, the RRC release message does not carry
redirection.
18.
PERFENH_BASE_COV_E2D_USR_PF2E_OPT_S
WITCH: Whether a coverage-based E2D UE exits the
E2D coverage limitation state after a D2F or D2P state
transition. D2F refers to a state transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH. D2P refers to a state
transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH/
URA_PCH.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on and the E2D UE exits the

E2D coverage limitation state in the preceding
scenario. After a state transition to CELL_DCH, the
uplink PS BE services of the UE can be carried over
the E-DCH if the signal quality is satisfying.
0: This switch is turned off and the E2D UE remains
in the E2D coverage limitation state in the preceding
uplink PS BE services of the UE are carried over the
DCH.
The following UEs are identified as coverage-based
E2D UEs:
1. HSUPA-capable UEs whose uplink services are
carried over the DCH due to limited coverage during
PS BE service setup.
2. UEs whose uplink services fall back from the E-
DCH to the DCH due to limited coverage after PS BE
service setup.
The state where these UEs stay is called E2D
coverage limitation state.
19.
PERFENH_BATCH_FREQ_SEND_MCREL_OPT_S
WITCH:Whether the RNC clears the records of
measured frequencies after releasing the inter-
frequency measurement control when the function of
inter-frequency measurements in batches takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC clears the
records of measured frequencies after releasing the
inter-frequency measurement control, and the
measured frequencies are still included when the RNC
delivers another inter-frequency measurement control
message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not clear
the records of measured frequencies after releasing the
measured frequencies are not included when the RNC
message.
20.
PERFENH_SIGNAL_RLRESETUP_E2E_OPT_SWI
TCH:Whether the optimization algorithm takes effect
when a single-signaling link is reestablished in SRB
E2E scenarios. An SRB E2E scenario means that the
uplink SRB remains on the E-DCH after a link is
established. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
does not check the number of E-DCH active sets prior

WCDMA RAN

nd
to the cell update when a single-signaling link is

reestablished in SRB E2E scenarios during a cell
update, and the link is successfully reestablished.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC checks the
number of E-DCH active sets prior to the cell update
E2E scenarios during a cell update. If the number of
E-DCH active sets reaches the maximum before the
cell update, the single-signaling link will fail to be
reestablished.
21.
PERFENH_SPEC_SCENE_CELL_PARA_EFFECT_
SW: Whether the following cell-level parameters take
effect in specific scenarios.
1: This switch is turned on. The cell-level parameters
UlBeTraffInitBitrate and DlBeTraffInitBitrate in the
ADD UCELLFRC command both take effect when
the RNC configures the uplink and downlink initial
access rates for a UE in either of the following cases:
The UE processing a single BE service performs an
incoming inter-RAT handover through rate reduction.
A rate increase is performed on the UE with PS 0K
services.
The cell-level parameters BeTTI2msRscpThd in the
ADD UCELLCHLQUALITY command and
EcN0ThsFor2msTo10ms in the ADD UCELLFRC
command take effect when the RNC configures the
transmission time interval (TTI) for a UE and a rate
increase is performed on the UE with PS 0K services.
0: This switch is turned off. The cell-level parameters
described above are not used in these scenarios and
the corresponding RNC-level parameters are used
instead.
Note:
The UE processing a single BE service can perform an
incoming inter-RAT handover through rate reduction
when
PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_BE_RATE_DOWN_SWITC
H under the PerfEnhanceSwitch4 parameter in the
SET UCORRMPARA command is turned on. Rate
increase for a UE with PS 0K services refers to the
scenario where
MAP_PS_BE_SETUP_DCH0K_SWITCH under the
MapSwitch parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is turned on.
22. PERFENH_OPT_RTT_MC_RESEND_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends the RTT-dedicated

WCDMA RAN

nd
measurement initialization request over the Iub or Iur

interface immediately after the link reconfiguration is
complete.
1: This switch is turned on. The buffered RTT-
dedicated measurement initialization request is sent
over the Iub or Iur interface immediately after the link
reconfiguration is complete.
0: This switch is turned off. The RTT-dedicated
measurement initialization request is buffered for 4s
and then sent over the Iub or Iur interface.
23.
PERFENH_OPT_DRNC_POS_METHOD_SWITCH:
Switch controlling the positioning method for UEs in
the best cell under the DRNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The positioning method is
selected based on the parameters CellidRttActivate-
Flag and AgpsActivateFlag in the "ADD
USMLCEXT3GCELL" .
0: This switch is turned off. The AGPS-based
positioning method is preferentially selected.
24.
PERFENH_PARKING_SHO_LOOSE_CAC_SWITC
H: Whether to perform loose admission control on all
links when a UE with multiple links enters the RB
Parking state. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
performs loose admission control on all links. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC performs loose
admission control only on the serving link.
25.
PERFENH_CSFB_PS_AS_CSPS_ENH_SWITCH:
Whether the enhanced function takes effect when the
RNC considers the first PS service of a CSFB UE as a
combined service. If this switch is turned on, the
enhanced function takes effect and the RNC checks
the cause value of the RRC establishment when
identifying a CSFB UE. If this switch is turned off,
the enhanced function does not take effect.
26. PERFENH_1D_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH:
Whether event 1D is allowed in the detected set and is
reported. When this switch is turned on, event 1D is
allowed in the detected set and is reported. When this
switch is turned off, event 1D is not allowed in the
detected set and is not reported.
27.
PERFENH_BASE_LOAD_SRBOH_OPT_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the load-based SRB over HSDPA

optimization function takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on, and the load-based SRB
Over HSDPA optimization function takes effect. SRB
Over HSDPA is activated only when the cell is
heavily loaded and the UE is in the strong coverage
area. SRB Over HSDPA is deactivated in any of the
following scenarios:
-The cell is lightly loaded and the UE is in the strong
coverage area.
-The cell is heavily loaded and the UE is in the weak
coverage area.
-The cell is lightly loaded and the UE is in the weak
coverage area.
0: This switch is turned off, and the load-based SRB
Over HSDPA optimization function does not take
effect. SRB Over HSDPA is deactivated only when
the cell is lightly loaded and the UE is in the weak
coverage.
28.
PERFENH_MBDR_MC_STOP_AFTER_BEST_CEL
L_CHG:Whether to stop the inter-frequency or inter-
RAT measurement for the MBDR after the best cell
changes.
29.
PERFENH_FORBID_AP_CELL_HO_OPT_SWITC
H:Whether to optimize the function of forbidding
handovers to AP cells.
1: This switch is turned on. When the local RNC
serves as the SRNC, the RNC cannot use the function
of adding cells in detected sets to active sets to initiate
soft handovers to AP cells. When the local RNC
serves as the DRNC, neighboring cell information
sent from the DRNC to the SRNC does not carry AP
cells during a cross-Iur handover procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. When the local RNC
serves as the SRNC, the RNC can use the function of
adding cells in detected sets to active sets to initiate
sent from the DRNC to the SRNC carries AP cells
during a cross-Iur handover procedure.
30.
PERFENH_RCV_4A_IN_RRC_PROC_OPT_SWITC
H:Whether to handle event 4A reports in the unsteady
state.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers event

4A reports and handles them in the steady state.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC discards the
reports.
31.
PERFENH_SEND_DCH_MC_PROTECT_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends the measurement control
message, which can be sent to only UEs in the
CELL_DCH state, to UEs not in the CELL_DCH state
in specific scenarios.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not send
the measurement control message, which can be sent
only to UEs in the CELL_DCH state, to UEs not in
the CELL_DCH state.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends the
measurement control message, which can be sent to
only UEs in the CELL_DCH state, to UEs not in the
CELL_DCH state in specific scenarios.
GUI Value Range:
PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
WITCH,
PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWIT
CH,
PERFENH_SATELLITE_TRANS_CELL_SHO_OPT
, PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_U2L_HO_REQ_WITH_UE_HIST_INFO
_SW, PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
PERFENH_CPC_SINGHARQ_COEXIST_SWITCH,
ITCH,
PERFENH_4CHSDPA_MOBILITY_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,
ITCH,
GHT,
VE,
_OPT,
PERFENH_DRNC_DF2U_FORBID_OPT_SWITCH,
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
SW,
PERFENH_OPT_RTT_MC_RESEND_SWITCH,
PERFENH_OPT_DRNC_POS_METHOD_SWITCH,
H,
PERFENH_CSFB_PS_AS_CSPS_ENH_SWITCH,
PERFENH_1D_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH,
PERFENH_BASE_LOAD_SRBOH_OPT_SWITCH,
L_CHG,
H,
H,
PERFENH_SEND_DCH_MC_PROTECT_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
CH,
,
PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH,
_SW,
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
ITCH,
TCH,
ITCH,
GHT,

WCDMA RAN

nd
VE,
_OPT,
TCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
SW,
H,
L_CHG,
H,
H,
Default Value:
WITCH:0,
CH:0,
:0, PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,
_SW:0,
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH:0,
H:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,
ITCH:0,
0,
TCH:0,
ITCH:0,
GHT:1,
VE:0,
_OPT:0,
TCH:0,
0,
WITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
TCH:0,
SW:0,
PERFENH_OPT_RTT_MC_RESEND_SWITCH:0,
0,
H:0,
PERFENH_CSFB_PS_AS_CSPS_ENH_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_1D_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH:0,
0,
L_CHG:0,
H:0,
H:0,
0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PerfEnh BSC691 SET WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

anceSwi 0 UCORR 021101 c 1.
tch7 MPARA WRFD- Channel PERFENH_CS_ONLY_MEAS_FAST_RETURN_S
150215 Configu WITCH:Whether an SRVCC or CSFB UE whose
ration single-CS voice service has been released can trigger
WRFD- Control
171223 a measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE fast return with
(DCCC) only signaling connections. SRVCC is short for single
WRFD- SRVCC radio voice call continuity and CSFB is short for CS
010652 from fallback. When this switch is set to on, an SRVCC or
WRFD- LTE to CSFB UE whose single-CS voice service has been
150250 UMTS released can trigger a measurement-based UMTS-to-
WRFD- with PS LTE fast return with only signaling connections.
140226 Handov When this switch is set to off, an SRVCC or CSFB UE
er whose single-CS voice service has been released
WRFD- cannot trigger a measurement-based UMTS-to-LTE
020701 Fast
Return fast return with only signaling connections.
WRFD- 2.
to LTE
0106120 PERFENH_CSPS_IRAT_HO_FAIL_RETRY_SWIT
for
4 CH: Whether the RNC performs channel fallback and
SRVCC
WRFD- User rate reduction for PS services if CS+PS combined
020402 services fail to be admitted during an SRVCC
SRB
WRFD- over handover. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
181105 HSDPA performs channel fallback and rate reduction for PS
services if CS+PS combined services fail to be
WRFD- 3C- admitted during an SRVCC handover. The PS services
020801 HSDPA can be switched to DCH 0 kbit/s at a minimum level.
WRFD- Fast When this switch is turned off, the inter-RAT
020310 Return handover admission fails if CS+PS combined services
WRFD- from fail to be admitted during an SRVCC handover.
020806 UMTS 3.
to LTE PERFENH_SATELLITE_TRANS_CELL_SHO_OPT
AMR/W :Whether cells carried in the event 1A or 1C report in
B-AMR the following scenarios can be added to the active set:
Speech Scenario 1: During a best cell change from a cell that
Rates uses satellite transmission to a cell that does not use
Control satellite transmission, a UE receives an event 1A or
HSUPA 1C report and cells to be added to the active set in this
Mobility report use satellite transmission.
Manage Scenario 2: During a best cell change from a cell that
ment does not use satellite transmission to a cell that uses
Measure satellite transmission, a UE receives an event 1A or
ment 1C report and cells to be added to the active set in this
Based report do not use satellite transmission.
Direct When this switch is set to on, cells carried in the event
Retry 1A or 1C report cannot be added to the active set in
Adaptiv the preceding scenario. When this switch is set to off,
e Soft

WCDMA RAN

nd
Handov cells carried in the event 1A or 1C report can be added

er to the active set in the preceding scenario.
Optimiz 4.
ation in PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:Ho
Multi- w the RNC determines the GSM cell load.
Sector
This switch is turned on. The RNC determines the
Cell ID GSM cell load only by "Load Value" in the "Inter-
+ RTT System Information Transparent Container" IE
Function contained in the RELOCATION COMMAND
Based message.
LCS
This switch is turned off. The RNC determines the
3G/2G GSM cell load by both "Load Value" and "Cell
Commo Capacity Class Value" in the "Inter-System
n Load Information Transparent Container" IE contained in
Manage the RELOCATION COMMAND message.
ment
5.
Differen PERFENH_U2L_HO_REQ_WITH_UE_HIST_INFO
tiated _SW: Whether the Relocation Required message
Service carries the complete UE historical information in
Based UMTS-to-LTE handovers. When this switch is turned
on SPI on, the Relocation Required message carries the
Weight complete list of UE's serving cells in UMTS-to-LTE
handovers. When this switch is turned off, the
Relocation Required message carriers only the last
serving cell of the UE in UMTS-to-LTE handovers.
6. PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH:
Whether a CSFB or SRVCC UE can trigger a UMTS-
to-LTE fast return only when the UE's AMR service is
released for the first time. When this switch is turned
on, a CSFB or SRVCC UE can trigger a UMTS-to-
LTE fast return only when the UE's AMR service is
released for the first time. When this switch is turned
off, a CSFB or SRVCC UE in the RRC connection
state can trigger a UMTS-to-LTE fast return at any
time when the UE's AMR service is released, and a
CSFB UE can even trigger a UMTS-to-LTE fast
return when its RRC connection is released.
7.
H: Whether the HSPA+ peak rate for the PS BE
services of incoming inter-RAT handover UEs can be
reached when the Iu QoS negotiation function is
enabled (controlled by the
PS_BE_STRICT_IU_QOS_NEG_SWITCH under the
PsSwitch parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command).

WCDMA RAN

nd

incoming inter-RAT handover UEs cannot be reached
incoming inter-RAT handover UEs can be reached
8.
Whether the single hybrid automatic repeat request
(HARQ) process scheduling and CPC features can
coexist.
1: This switch is turned on and the single HARQ
process scheduling and CPC features can coexist.
0: This switch is turned off and the single HARQ
process scheduling and CPC features cannot coexist.
9.
ITCH: Whether the optimization algorithm for user
location-based multi-band DRD takes effect during a
P2D state transition in a cell update. When this switch
is turned on, the optimization algorithm takes effect.
During a P2D state transition in a cell update, the
RNC uses parameters configured for the target cell of
the cell update when making decisions for user
location-based multi-band DRD. When this switch is
turned off, the optimization algorithm does not take
effect. During a P2D state transition in a cell update,
the RNC uses parameters configured for the source
cell of the cell update when making decisions for user
location-based multi-band DRD.
10.
Whether a UE enabled with the 3C-HSDPA or 4C-
HSDPA feature, which moves to a cell not supporting
the 3C-HSDPA or 4C-HSDPA feature, falls back to
use SC-HSDPA in mobility scenarios.
When this switch is turned off, the UE falls back to
SC-HSDPA.
When this switch is turned on, the UE does not fall
back to SC-HSDPA, and can fall back to the HSPA+
feature of the highest level supported by the target cell
instead.
11.
TCH: Whether a UE can use the CPC and 3C-HSDPA
or 4C-HSDPA features at the same time.

WCDMA RAN

nd
When this switch is turned on, the UE can use the

same time.
When this switch is turned off, the UE cannot use the
same time.
12.
ITCH: Whether high-rate UEs, whose MAC-ehs
window size of the downlink transmission channel
exceeds 32, are allowed to use the P2D/F2D message
size reduction function. When this switch is turned on,
high-rate UEs are not allowed to use the P2D/F2D
message size reduction function. When this switch is
turned off, high-rate UEs are allowed to use the
P2D/F2D message size reduction function.
13.
GHT: Whether to enable the Differentiated Service
Based on SPI Weight feature.
1: This switch is turned on. The feature takes effect.
0: This switch is turned off. The feature does not take
effect.
14.
VE: Whether the RNC immediately starts rate
adjustment after receiving a Retrieve ACK /Retrieve
message containing "NotifySS" or RFCI message
from the CN.
0: This switch is turned off and the RNC does not
immediately start rate adjustment after receiving a
Retrieve ACK /Retrieve message containing
"NotifySS" or RFCI message from the CN.
1: This switch is turned on and the RNC immediately
starts rate adjustment after receiving a Retrieve ACK /
Retrieve message containing "NotifySS" or RFCI
message from the CN.
Note: This switch takes effect only when both the
TrFO and AMRC functions are activated.
15.
_OPT: Whether the algorithm of dynamically
allocating an initial data rate for the PS BE service
when PS+CS combined services are being established
is forbidden to take effect in either of the following
situations:

WCDMA RAN

nd
A UE in the CELL_FACH state running a single PS

BE service establishes a CS service.
A UE in the CELL_DCH state establishes first a CS
service and then a PS service.
1: This switch is turned on. The algorithm of
established is forbidden to take effect in this scenario.
0: This switch is turned off. The algorithm of
established takes effect in this scenario.
16.
Whether UEs in the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH
state are allowed to perform a state transition to the
URA_PCH state in the best cell under the DRNC.
When this switch is turned on, UEs in the
CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state are not allowed to
perform a state transition to the URA_PCH state in the
best cell under the DRNC. When this switch is turned
off, UEs in the CELL_FACH or CELL_DCH state are
allowed to perform a state transition to the URA_PCH
state in the best cell under the DRNC if the conditions
for the algorithm of state transitions from
CELL_DCH/CELL_FACH to URA_PCH are met.
17.
TCH: Whether the RRC release message carries
redirection. When this switch is turned on, the RRC
release message carries information of blacklisted
cells with load congestion during a service- or load-
based UMTS-to-LTE redirection. When this switch is
turned off, the RRC release message does not carry
redirection.
18.
WITCH: Whether a coverage-based E2D UE exits the
E2D coverage limitation state after a D2F or D2P state
transition. D2F refers to a state transition from
CELL_DCH to CELL_FACH. D2P refers to a state
transition from CELL_DCH to CELL_PCH/
URA_PCH.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on and the E2D UE exits the

E2D coverage limitation state in the preceding
uplink PS BE services of the UE can be carried over
the E-DCH if the signal quality is satisfying.
0: This switch is turned off and the E2D UE remains
in the E2D coverage limitation state in the preceding
uplink PS BE services of the UE are carried over the
DCH.
The following UEs are identified as coverage-based
E2D UEs:
1. HSUPA-capable UEs whose uplink services are
carried over the DCH due to limited coverage during
PS BE service setup.
2. UEs whose uplink services fall back from the E-
DCH to the DCH due to limited coverage after PS BE
service setup.
The state where these UEs stay is called E2D
coverage limitation state.
19.
WITCH:Whether the RNC clears the records of
measured frequencies after releasing the inter-
frequency measurement control when the function of
inter-frequency measurements in batches takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC clears the
records of measured frequencies after releasing the
measured frequencies are still included when the RNC
message.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not clear
the records of measured frequencies after releasing the
measured frequencies are not included when the RNC
message.
20.
TCH:Whether the optimization algorithm takes effect
E2E scenarios. An SRB E2E scenario means that the
uplink SRB remains on the E-DCH after a link is
established. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
does not check the number of E-DCH active sets prior

WCDMA RAN

nd
to the cell update when a single-signaling link is

reestablished in SRB E2E scenarios during a cell
update, and the link is successfully reestablished.
When this switch is turned off, the RNC checks the
number of E-DCH active sets prior to the cell update
E2E scenarios during a cell update. If the number of
E-DCH active sets reaches the maximum before the
cell update, the single-signaling link will fail to be
reestablished.
21.
SW: Whether the following cell-level parameters take
effect in specific scenarios.
1: This switch is turned on. The cell-level parameters
UlBeTraffInitBitrate and DlBeTraffInitBitrate in the
ADD UCELLFRC command both take effect when
the RNC configures the uplink and downlink initial
access rates for a UE in either of the following cases:
The UE processing a single BE service performs an
incoming inter-RAT handover through rate reduction.
A rate increase is performed on the UE with PS 0K
services.
The cell-level parameters BeTTI2msRscpThd in the
ADD UCELLCHLQUALITY command and
EcN0ThsFor2msTo10ms in the ADD UCELLFRC
command take effect when the RNC configures the
transmission time interval (TTI) for a UE and a rate
increase is performed on the UE with PS 0K services.
0: This switch is turned off. The cell-level parameters
described above are not used in these scenarios and
the corresponding RNC-level parameters are used
instead.
Note:
The UE processing a single BE service can perform an
incoming inter-RAT handover through rate reduction
when
PERFENH_SYSHO_IN_BE_RATE_DOWN_SWITC
H under the PerfEnhanceSwitch4 parameter in the
SET UCORRMPARA command is turned on. Rate
increase for a UE with PS 0K services refers to the
scenario where
MAP_PS_BE_SETUP_DCH0K_SWITCH under the
MapSwitch parameter in the SET
UCORRMALGOSWITCH command is turned on.
22. PERFENH_OPT_RTT_MC_RESEND_SWITCH:
Whether the RNC sends the RTT-dedicated

WCDMA RAN

nd
measurement initialization request over the Iub or Iur

interface immediately after the link reconfiguration is
complete.
1: This switch is turned on. The buffered RTT-
dedicated measurement initialization request is sent
over the Iub or Iur interface immediately after the link
reconfiguration is complete.
0: This switch is turned off. The RTT-dedicated
measurement initialization request is buffered for 4s
and then sent over the Iub or Iur interface.
23.
Switch controlling the positioning method for UEs in
the best cell under the DRNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The positioning method is
selected based on the parameters CellidRttActivate-
Flag and AgpsActivateFlag in the "ADD
USMLCEXT3GCELL" .
0: This switch is turned off. The AGPS-based
positioning method is preferentially selected.
24.
H: Whether to perform loose admission control on all
links when a UE with multiple links enters the RB
Parking state. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
performs loose admission control on all links. When
this switch is turned off, the RNC performs loose
admission control only on the serving link.
25.
PERFENH_CSFB_PS_AS_CSPS_ENH_SWITCH:
Whether the enhanced function takes effect when the
RNC considers the first PS service of a CSFB UE as a
combined service. If this switch is turned on, the
enhanced function takes effect and the RNC checks
the cause value of the RRC establishment when
identifying a CSFB UE. If this switch is turned off,
the enhanced function does not take effect.
26. PERFENH_1D_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH:
Whether event 1D is allowed in the detected set and is
reported. When this switch is turned on, event 1D is
allowed in the detected set and is reported. When this
switch is turned off, event 1D is not allowed in the
detected set and is not reported.
27.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the load-based SRB over HSDPA

optimization function takes effect.
1: This switch is turned on, and the load-based SRB
Over HSDPA optimization function takes effect. SRB
Over HSDPA is activated only when the cell is
heavily loaded and the UE is in the strong coverage
area. SRB Over HSDPA is deactivated in any of the
-The cell is lightly loaded and the UE is in the strong
coverage area.
-The cell is heavily loaded and the UE is in the weak
coverage area.
-The cell is lightly loaded and the UE is in the weak
coverage area.
0: This switch is turned off, and the load-based SRB
Over HSDPA optimization function does not take
effect. SRB Over HSDPA is deactivated only when
the cell is lightly loaded and the UE is in the weak
coverage.
28.
L_CHG:Whether to stop the inter-frequency or inter-
RAT measurement for the MBDR after the best cell
changes.
29.
H:Whether to optimize the function of forbidding
handovers to AP cells.
1: This switch is turned on. When the local RNC
serves as the SRNC, the RNC cannot use the function
of adding cells in detected sets to active sets to initiate
sent from the DRNC to the SRNC does not carry AP
cells during a cross-Iur handover procedure.
0: This switch is turned off. When the local RNC
serves as the SRNC, the RNC can use the function of
adding cells in detected sets to active sets to initiate
sent from the DRNC to the SRNC carries AP cells
during a cross-Iur handover procedure.
30.
H:Whether to handle event 4A reports in the unsteady
state.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC buffers event

4A reports and handles them in the steady state.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC discards the
reports.
31.
Whether the RNC sends the measurement control
message, which can be sent to only UEs in the
CELL_DCH state, to UEs not in the CELL_DCH state
in specific scenarios.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC does not send
the measurement control message, which can be sent
only to UEs in the CELL_DCH state, to UEs not in
the CELL_DCH state.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC sends the
measurement control message, which can be sent to
only UEs in the CELL_DCH state, to UEs not in the
CELL_DCH state in specific scenarios.
GUI Value Range:
WITCH,
CH,
, PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH,
_SW, PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
ITCH,
TCH,
ITCH,
GHT,
VE,
_OPT,
TCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
WITCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
SW,
H,
L_CHG,
H,
H,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
WITCH,
CH,
,
PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH,
_SW,
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
ITCH,
TCH,
ITCH,
GHT,

WCDMA RAN

nd
VE,
_OPT,
TCH,
WITCH,
WITCH,
TCH,
SW,
H,
L_CHG,
H,
H,
Default Value:
WITCH:0,
CH:0,
:0, PERFENH_2G_LOAD_JUDGE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,
_SW:0,
PERFENH_FAST_RETURN_OPT_SWITCH:0,
H:0,

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,
ITCH:0,
0,
TCH:0,
ITCH:0,
GHT:1,
VE:0,
_OPT:0,
TCH:0,
0,
WITCH:0,
WITCH:0,
TCH:0,
SW:0,
PERFENH_OPT_RTT_MC_RESEND_SWITCH:0,
0,
H:0,
PERFENH_CSFB_PS_AS_CSPS_ENH_SWITCH:0,
PERFENH_1D_DETSET_RPRT_SWITCH:0,
0,
L_CHG:0,
H:0,
H:0,
0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC690 SET WRFD- Video Meaning:

SSSWIT 0 URRCT 150252 Service 1)INTERRAT_LOAD_SINGLE_RPT_FOR_LTE_S
CH5 RLSWI WRFD- Rate WITCH(RIM-based and Request-based Load
TCH 150253 Adaptio Information Sharing Switch)
n
WRFD- Whether a UMTS cell sends its load information to an
150254 VoIP LTE cell through the RIM procedure after receiving a
Applicat load information sharing request from the LTE cell.
WRFD- ion
150255 1: This switch is turned on. UMTS cells support the
Manage
RIM-based load information sharing function. A
WRFD- ment
UMTS cell sends its load information to an LTE cell
171202 Differen after receiving a load information sharing request
WRFD- tiated from the LTE cell.
020126 Service
0: This switch is turned off. UMTS cells do not
WRFD- Based
support the RIM-based load information sharing
180201 on
function. A UMTS cell does not respond to the load
Applicat
WRFD- information sharing request from an LTE cell.
ion
180202 Resourc 2)INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWIT
e CH(Learning LTE Load Through RIM Switch)
Reservat Whether the RNC obtains the load information about
ion LTE cells through the RAN information management
Differen (RIM) procedure. For details about the RIM
tiated procedure, see 3GPP TS 48. 018.
Service 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC obtains the load
Based information about LTE cells through the RIM
on procedure.
Termina 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC cannot obtain
l the load information about LTE cells through the RIM
Ultrafast procedure.
CS Call 3)UL_EVQI_SWITCH(UL EVQI Evaluation Switch)
Setup
Whether to enable the EVQI function in the uplink.
Mobility
1: This switch is turned on. EVQI is enabled in the
Between
uplink.
UMTS
and LTE 0: This switch is turned off. EVQI is disabled in the
Phase 1 uplink.
Improve 4)DL_EVQI_SWITCH(DL EVQI Evaluation Switch)
d Uplink Whether to enable the EVQI function in the downlink.
Coverag 1: This switch is turned on. EVQI is enabled in the
e for downlink.
SRB
0: This switch is turned off. EVQI is disabled in the
over
downlink.
DCH
5) VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH (Video
Uplink
Service Rate Adaption Switch)
Data
Whether the Video Service Rate Adaption feature is
enabled.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Accelera 1: This switch is turned on. The Video Service Rate

tion Adaption feature is enabled for PS UEs processing
video services. That is, the rate of video service is
ensured or is limited for these PS UEs.
0: This switch is turned off. The Video Service Rate
Adaption feature is disabled for PS UEs.
6) VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH (VoIP Application
Management Switch)
Whether the VoIP application management function is
enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. The VoIP application
management actions are performed on PS users who
are processing VoIP services. VoIP application
management actions can be either VoIP application
rate ensurance or VoIP application speed limit.
0: This switch is turned off. The VoIP application
management function is disabled for PS UEs.
7) DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH
(Differentiated Service Based on Terminal Switch)
Whether the Differentiated Service Based on Terminal
feature is enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. PS UEs processing BE
services are grouped into different terminal groups
based on their type approval codes (TACs) in IMEIs,
and each terminal group is assigned an SPI weight for
BE services, thereby achieving differentiated services.
0: This switch is turned off. The Differentiated
Service Based on Terminal feature is disabled for PS
UEs processing BE services.
8) APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH (Differentiated
Service Based on Application Resource Reservation
Switch)
Whether the Differentiated Service Based on
Application Resource Reservation feature is enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC identifies
service types, maps different service types to different
resource groups, and configure different resource
reservation policies for these resource groups. In this
way, resource reservation is performed based on
service types.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not reserve
resources based on service types or service groups.
9)RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH(Support RIM by
eCoordinator Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RIM procedure is implemented through

the eCoordinator.
1: This switch is turned on. The RIM procedure is
implemented through the eCoordinator.
0: This switch is turned off. the RIM procedure is
implemented through the CN.
This parameter is an advanced parameter. Therefore,
modify the setting of this parameter under the
instruction of Huawei technical support.
10)SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH(R
B Fast Setup Switch for RB Setups Accompanied by
DRDs with Changing SRBs)
Whether to use the RB fast setup function for RB
setups accompanied by DRDs with changing SRBs.
1: This switch is turned on. The RB fast setup function
is used for RB setups accompanied by DRDs with
changing SRBs.
0: This switch is turned off. The simultaneous setup
procedure is used for RB setups accompanied by
DRDs with changing SRBs.
11)SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITC
H(RB Fast Setup Switch for RB Setups Accompanied
by DRDs with Unchanged SRBs)
setups accompanied by DRDs with unchanged SRBs.
unchanged SRBs.
DRDs with unchanged SRBs.
12)EXTD_LAC_PAGING_SWITCH(Extended LAC
Paging Switch)
Whether to enable the extended LAC paging function
1: This switch is turned on. The extended LAC paging
function is enabled.
0: This switch is turned off. The extended LAC paging
function is disabled.
13)TCP_PROXY_SWITCH
Whether to enable the TCP proxy function.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC serves as a TCP
proxy server, and an optimized TCP algorithm is
implemented on the RAN side.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is set to off. The TCP proxy function

does not take effect.
14)FACH_RB_RECFG_FAIL_SPEC_CAUSE_SWIT
CH
Whether the RNC releases a UE's RRC connection
after an RB reconfiguration failure with the cause of
"incompatibleSimultaneousReconfiguration" or
"invalid configuration." This switch is set to off by
default.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC releases the
UE's RRC connection.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not release
the UE's RRC connection and rolls back the
procedure.
15)WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH
Whether RNC performs rollback operations when
AMR-WB services experience hard handover failures.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC performs
rollback operations when AMR-WB services
experience hard handover failures. Before setting this
switch to ON, you are advised to run the "SET
UCONNMODETIMER" command to set T312 to 1s.
Otherwise, some UEs experience garbled noise.
perform rollback operations when AMR-WB services
experience hard handover failures, and UEs
experience call drops.
16)SEAMLESS_CRYSTAL_VOICE_SWITCH
Whether the RNC-level seamless crystal voice
function takes effect.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC-level seamless
crystal voice function takes effect.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC-level seamless
crystal voice function does not take effect.
17)CS_RB_PRI_MC_SWITCH
Switch controlling the CS RB setup prior to
measurement control (MC) function.
1: When this switch is set to on for scenarios where
CS RB setup and measurement control coexist, the
RNC preferentially delivers the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message for the CS service.
0: When this switch is set to off, the CS RB setup
prior to MC function is disabled.

WCDMA RAN

nd
18)L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_S
WITCH
Whether to support the incoming CS handover during
the single radio voice call continuity (SRVCC) with
simultaneous CS and PS handovers if the PS
RELOCATION REQUEST message times out.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC supports the
incoming CS handover after receiving a
RELOCATION REQUEST message from the CS
domain during the SRVCC for CS+PS combined
services, if the RNC does not receive a
RELOCATION REQUEST message from the PS
domain within the period of time specified by
"IRatHoWaitPSRelocReqTmr" parameter in the "SET
USTATETIMER" command.
0: When this switch is set to off, the RNC does not
support the incoming CS handover in the preceding
scenario.
For details, see 3GPP TS 23.216.
19)CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH
Whether the RNC-level Crystal Voice in Deep
Coverage function takes effect.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC-level Crystal
Voice in Deep Coverage function takes effect.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC-level Crystal
Voice in Deep Coverage function does not take effect.
20)LOAD_BASED_P2D_SWITCH
Whether the load- and Ec/N0-based P2D state
transition algorithm is enabled.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. If both of the
following conditions are met, the RNC triggers a P2D
state transition. If either of the following conditions is
not met, the RNC triggers a P2F state transition.
(1)The actual uplink cell load enters the state specified
by "ActualloadStateForP2D" or enters a lighter state,
and the downlink non-HSPA transmit power enters the
state specified by "NonHLoadStateForP2D" or enters
a lighter state. The values of the "ActualloadState-
ForP2D" and "NonHLoadStateForP2D" parameters
can be queried by running the RNC MML command
"LST UUESTATETRANS".
(2) The Ec/N0 is greater than or equal to
"P2DEcNoThd". The value of the "P2DEcNoThd"
parameter can be queried by running the RNC MML
command "LST UFRC".

WCDMA RAN

nd

triggers P2F state transitions, not load- and Ec/N0-
based P2D state transitions.
21)PRIMOPER_NONROAM_USER_CN_SA_SWIT
CH
Whether the CN-initiated service awareness function
applies only to non-roaming UEs of the primary
operator.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The CN-
initiated service awareness function applies only to
non-roaming UEs of the primary operator.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The CN-
initiated service awareness function applies to all UEs.
22)PS_R99_BLER_STAT_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
The Measurement of PS R99 BLER)
Whether the RNC optimizes the measurement of the
block error rate (BLER) for PS R99 services.
identifies erroneous blocks generated by false
detections during PS R99 D2F and F2D state
transitions and during soft handovers and does not
calculate these blocks into the PS R99 BLER.
calculates the preceding erroneous blocks into the PS
R99 BLER.
23)STATE_FACH_CONSISTENT_OPTI_SWITCH(
CELL_FACH UE State Consistency Optimization
Switch )
Whether to enable the state consistency optimization
algorithm for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The state
consistency optimization algorithm is enabled for UEs
in the CELL_FACH state. The RNC waits for a
certain period of time if it does not receive any
response from the UE in the CELL_FACH state. This
prevents state inconsistencies between the RNC and
UE caused by UE not receiving an RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The state
consistency optimization algorithm is disabled for
UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
This switch is set to OFF by default.
24)D2P_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH(D2P
Reconfiguration and Reestablishment Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC triggers a D2P reconfiguration and

reestablishment procedure for fast dormancy UEs that
have experienced a TRB reset or an uplink RL
synchronization failure.
triggers a D2P reconfiguration and reestablishment
procedure for fast dormancy UEs that have
experienced a TRB reset or uplink RL synchronization
failure.
does not trigger a D2P reconfiguration and
reestablishment procedure for fast dormancy UEs in
the preceding scenario.
25)IMPVD_UL_COVER_FOR_SRB_OVER_DCH_
SWITCH(Improved UL Coverage for SRB over DCH
Switch)
Whether to enable the Improved Uplink Coverage for
SRB over DCH feature at the RNC level.
Improved Uplink Coverage for SRB over DCH
feature is enabled at the RNC level.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. This feature
is not enabled.
26)UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH
Controls the PLMN in the SAI information element
(IE) in an Initial UE Message over the Iu interface.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The PLMN
of the best cell is filled in the SAI IE.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The PLMN
of the cell where the UE initiates an RRC connection
request is filled in the SAI IE.
27)RRC_CONN_SETUP_MSG_ENH_OPT_SWITC
H
Whether the enhancement of RRC CONNECTION
SETUP message optimization is enabled.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message does not contain the
"rb-identity" IE. In addition, the RRC CONNECTION
SETUP message sent to UEs complying with 3GPP
Release 5 or later does not contain the "cell-id" IE if
the RRC connections are set up on dedicated channels.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RRC
CONNECTION SETUP message contains the "rb-

WCDMA RAN

nd
identity" IE. In addition, the RRC CONNECTION

Release 5 or later contains the "cell-id" IE if the RRC
connections are set up on dedicated channels.
28)UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH
Whether to enable the function of querying UEs'
uplink data acceleration capability. Data acceleration
is implemented in the uplink by compressing the PS
data.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The function
of querying UEs' uplink data acceleration capability is
enabled.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The function
disabled.
29)UDA_SWITCH
Whether to enable the uplink data acceleration
function.
and the UE negotiate to enable the uplink data
acceleration function. After the negotiation is
successful, the UE compresses the uplink PS data
before sending it to the RNC, which then
decompresses the received PS data.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The uplink
data acceleration function is disabled.
GUI Value Range:
INTERRAT_LOAD_SINGLE_RPT_FOR_LTE_SWI
TCH,
INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWITC
H, UL_EVQI_SWITCH, DL_EVQI_SWITCH,
VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH,
VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH,
DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH,
APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH,
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH,
PRIMOPER_NONROAM_USER_CN_SA_SWITCH
, SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH,
SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH,
FACH_RB_RECFG_FAIL_SPEC_CAUSE_SWITCH
, WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
EXTD_LAC_PAGING_SWITCH,
TCP_PROXY_SWITCH,
SEAMLESS_CRYSTAL_VOICE_SWITCH,
CS_RB_PRI_MC_SWITCH,
L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_SWI

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH, CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH,
LOAD_BASED_P2D_SWITCH,
PS_R99_BLER_STAT_OPT_SWITCH,
STATE_FACH_CONSISTENT_OPTI_SWITCH,
D2P_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH,
IMPVD_UL_COVER_FOR_SRB_OVER_DCH_SW
ITCH, UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH,
RRC_CONN_SETUP_MSG_ENH_OPT_SWITCH,
UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH, UDA_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,
H,
UL_EVQI_SWITCH,
DL_EVQI_SWITCH,
VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH,
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH,
,
SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH,
,
WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
TCP_PROXY_SWITCH,
TCH,
CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
ITCH,
UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH,
UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH,
UDA_SWITCH
Default Value:
TCH:
0,INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWIT
CH:0,UL_EVQI_SWITCH:0,DL_EVQI_SWITCH:
0,VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH:
0,VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH:
0,DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH:
0,APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH:
0,RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH:
0,PRIMOPER_NONROAM_USER_CN_SA_SWITC
H:0,SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,FACH_RB_RECFG_FAIL_SPEC_CAUSE_SWITC
H:0,WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,EXTD_LAC_PAGING_SWITCH:
0,TCP_PROXY_SWITCH:
0,SEAMLESS_CRYSTAL_VOICE_SWITCH:
0,CS_RB_PRI_MC_SWITCH:
0,L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_S
WITCH:
0,CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH:
0,LOAD_BASED_P2D_SWITCH:
0,PS_R99_BLER_STAT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,STATE_FACH_CONSISTENT_OPTI_SWITCH:
0,D2P_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH:
0,IMPVD_UL_COVER_FOR_SRB_OVER_DCH_S
WITCH:0,UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CONN_SETUP_MSG_ENH_OPT_SWITCH:
0,UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH:
0,UDA_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
PROCE BSC691 SET WRFD- Video Meaning:

SSSWIT 0 URRCT 150252 Service 1)INTERRAT_LOAD_SINGLE_RPT_FOR_LTE_S
CH5 RLSWI WRFD- Rate WITCH(RIM-based and Request-based Load
TCH 150253 Adaptio Information Sharing Switch)
n
WRFD- Whether a UMTS cell sends its load information to an
150254 VoIP LTE cell through the RIM procedure after receiving a
Applicat load information sharing request from the LTE cell.
WRFD- ion
150255 1: This switch is turned on. UMTS cells support the
Manage
RIM-based load information sharing function. A
WRFD- ment
UMTS cell sends its load information to an LTE cell
171202 Differen after receiving a load information sharing request
WRFD- tiated from the LTE cell.
020126 Service
0: This switch is turned off. UMTS cells do not
WRFD- Based
support the RIM-based load information sharing
180201 on
function. A UMTS cell does not respond to the load
Applicat
WRFD- information sharing request from an LTE cell.
ion
180202 Resourc 2)INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWIT
e CH(Learning LTE Load Through RIM Switch)
Reservat Whether the RNC obtains the load information about
ion LTE cells through the RAN information management
Differen (RIM) procedure. For details about the RIM
tiated procedure, see 3GPP TS 48. 018.
Service 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC obtains the load
Based information about LTE cells through the RIM
on procedure.
Termina 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC cannot obtain
l the load information about LTE cells through the RIM
Ultrafast procedure.
CS Call 3)UL_EVQI_SWITCH(UL EVQI Evaluation Switch)
Setup
Whether to enable the EVQI function in the uplink.
Mobility
1: This switch is turned on. EVQI is enabled in the
Between
uplink.
UMTS
and LTE 0: This switch is turned off. EVQI is disabled in the
Phase 1 uplink.
Improve 4)DL_EVQI_SWITCH(DL EVQI Evaluation Switch)
d Uplink Whether to enable the EVQI function in the downlink.
Coverag 1: This switch is turned on. EVQI is enabled in the
e for downlink.
SRB
0: This switch is turned off. EVQI is disabled in the
over
downlink.
DCH
5) VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH (Video
Uplink
Service Rate Adaption Switch)
Data
Whether the Video Service Rate Adaption feature is
enabled.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Accelera 1: This switch is turned on. The Video Service Rate

tion Adaption feature is enabled for PS UEs processing
video services. That is, the rate of video service is
ensured or is limited for these PS UEs.
0: This switch is turned off. The Video Service Rate
Adaption feature is disabled for PS UEs.
6) VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH (VoIP Application
Management Switch)
Whether the VoIP application management function is
enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. The VoIP application
management actions are performed on PS users who
are processing VoIP services. VoIP application
management actions can be either VoIP application
rate ensurance or VoIP application speed limit.
0: This switch is turned off. The VoIP application
management function is disabled for PS UEs.
7) DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH
(Differentiated Service Based on Terminal Switch)
Whether the Differentiated Service Based on Terminal
feature is enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. PS UEs processing BE
services are grouped into different terminal groups
based on their type approval codes (TACs) in IMEIs,
and each terminal group is assigned an SPI weight for
BE services, thereby achieving differentiated services.
0: This switch is turned off. The Differentiated
Service Based on Terminal feature is disabled for PS
UEs processing BE services.
8) APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH (Differentiated
Service Based on Application Resource Reservation
Switch)
Whether the Differentiated Service Based on
Application Resource Reservation feature is enabled.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC identifies
service types, maps different service types to different
resource groups, and configure different resource
reservation policies for these resource groups. In this
way, resource reservation is performed based on
service types.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not reserve
resources based on service types or service groups.
9)RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH(Support RIM by
eCoordinator Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RIM procedure is implemented through

the eCoordinator.
1: This switch is turned on. The RIM procedure is
implemented through the eCoordinator.
0: This switch is turned off. the RIM procedure is
implemented through the CN.
This parameter is an advanced parameter. Therefore,
modify the setting of this parameter under the
instruction of Huawei technical support.
10)SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH(R
B Fast Setup Switch for RB Setups Accompanied by
DRDs with Changing SRBs)
setups accompanied by DRDs with changing SRBs.
changing SRBs.
DRDs with changing SRBs.
11)SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITC
H(RB Fast Setup Switch for RB Setups Accompanied
by DRDs with Unchanged SRBs)
setups accompanied by DRDs with unchanged SRBs.
unchanged SRBs.
DRDs with unchanged SRBs.
12)EXTD_LAC_PAGING_SWITCH(Extended LAC
Paging Switch)
Whether to enable the extended LAC paging function
1: This switch is turned on. The extended LAC paging
function is enabled.
0: This switch is turned off. The extended LAC paging
function is disabled.
13)TCP_PROXY_SWITCH
Whether to enable the TCP proxy function.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC serves as a TCP
proxy server, and an optimized TCP algorithm is
implemented on the RAN side.

WCDMA RAN

nd
0: This switch is set to off. The TCP proxy function

does not take effect.
14)FACH_RB_RECFG_FAIL_SPEC_CAUSE_SWIT
CH
Whether the RNC releases a UE's RRC connection
after an RB reconfiguration failure with the cause of
"incompatibleSimultaneousReconfiguration" or
"invalid configuration." This switch is set to off by
default.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC releases the
UE's RRC connection.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not release
the UE's RRC connection and rolls back the
procedure.
15)WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH
Whether RNC performs rollback operations when
AMR-WB services experience hard handover failures.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC performs
rollback operations when AMR-WB services
experience hard handover failures. Before setting this
switch to ON, you are advised to run the "SET
UCONNMODETIMER" command to set T312 to 1s.
Otherwise, some UEs experience garbled noise.
perform rollback operations when AMR-WB services
experience hard handover failures, and UEs
experience call drops.
16)SEAMLESS_CRYSTAL_VOICE_SWITCH
Whether the RNC-level seamless crystal voice
function takes effect.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC-level seamless
crystal voice function takes effect.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC-level seamless
crystal voice function does not take effect.
17)CS_RB_PRI_MC_SWITCH
Switch controlling the CS RB setup prior to
measurement control (MC) function.
1: When this switch is set to on for scenarios where
CS RB setup and measurement control coexist, the
RNC preferentially delivers the RADIO BEARER
SETUP message for the CS service.
0: When this switch is set to off, the CS RB setup
prior to MC function is disabled.

WCDMA RAN

nd
18)L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_S
WITCH
Whether to support the incoming CS handover during
the single radio voice call continuity (SRVCC) with
simultaneous CS and PS handovers if the PS
RELOCATION REQUEST message times out.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC supports the
incoming CS handover after receiving a
RELOCATION REQUEST message from the CS
domain during the SRVCC for CS+PS combined
services, if the RNC does not receive a
RELOCATION REQUEST message from the PS
domain within the period of time specified by
"IRatHoWaitPSRelocReqTmr" parameter in the "SET
USTATETIMER" command.
support the incoming CS handover in the preceding
scenario.
For details, see 3GPP TS 23.216.
19)CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH
Whether the RNC-level Crystal Voice in Deep
Coverage function takes effect.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC-level Crystal
Voice in Deep Coverage function takes effect.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC-level Crystal
Voice in Deep Coverage function does not take effect.
20)LOAD_BASED_P2D_SWITCH
Whether the load- and Ec/N0-based P2D state
transition algorithm is enabled.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. If both of the
following conditions are met, the RNC triggers a P2D
state transition. If either of the following conditions is
not met, the RNC triggers a P2F state transition.
(1)The actual uplink cell load enters the state specified
by "ActualloadStateForP2D" or enters a lighter state,
and the downlink non-HSPA transmit power enters the
state specified by "NonHLoadStateForP2D" or enters
a lighter state. The values of the "ActualloadState-
ForP2D" and "NonHLoadStateForP2D" parameters
can be queried by running the RNC MML command
"LST UUESTATETRANS".
(2) The Ec/N0 is greater than or equal to
"P2DEcNoThd". The value of the "P2DEcNoThd"
parameter can be queried by running the RNC MML
command "LST UFRC".

WCDMA RAN

nd

triggers P2F state transitions, not load- and Ec/N0-
based P2D state transitions.
21)PRIMOPER_NONROAM_USER_CN_SA_SWIT
CH
Whether the CN-initiated service awareness function
applies only to non-roaming UEs of the primary
operator.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The CN-
initiated service awareness function applies only to
non-roaming UEs of the primary operator.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The CN-
initiated service awareness function applies to all UEs.
22)PS_R99_BLER_STAT_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
The Measurement of PS R99 BLER)
Whether the RNC optimizes the measurement of the
block error rate (BLER) for PS R99 services.
identifies erroneous blocks generated by false
detections during PS R99 D2F and F2D state
transitions and during soft handovers and does not
calculate these blocks into the PS R99 BLER.
calculates the preceding erroneous blocks into the PS
R99 BLER.
23)STATE_FACH_CONSISTENT_OPTI_SWITCH(
CELL_FACH UE State Consistency Optimization
Switch )
Whether to enable the state consistency optimization
algorithm for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The state
consistency optimization algorithm is enabled for UEs
in the CELL_FACH state. The RNC waits for a
certain period of time if it does not receive any
response from the UE in the CELL_FACH state. This
prevents state inconsistencies between the RNC and
UE caused by UE not receiving an RRC
CONNECTION RELEASE message.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The state
consistency optimization algorithm is disabled for
UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
24)D2P_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH(D2P
Reconfiguration and Reestablishment Switch)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC triggers a D2P reconfiguration and

reestablishment procedure for fast dormancy UEs that
have experienced a TRB reset or an uplink RL
synchronization failure.
triggers a D2P reconfiguration and reestablishment
procedure for fast dormancy UEs that have
experienced a TRB reset or uplink RL synchronization
failure.
does not trigger a D2P reconfiguration and
reestablishment procedure for fast dormancy UEs in
25)IMPVD_UL_COVER_FOR_SRB_OVER_DCH_
SWITCH(Improved UL Coverage for SRB over DCH
Switch)
Whether to enable the Improved Uplink Coverage for
SRB over DCH feature at the RNC level.
Improved Uplink Coverage for SRB over DCH
feature is enabled at the RNC level.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. This feature
is not enabled.
26)UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH
Controls the PLMN in the SAI information element
(IE) in an Initial UE Message over the Iu interface.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The PLMN
of the best cell is filled in the SAI IE.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The PLMN
of the cell where the UE initiates an RRC connection
request is filled in the SAI IE.
27)RRC_CONN_SETUP_MSG_ENH_OPT_SWITC
H
Whether the enhancement of RRC CONNECTION
SETUP message optimization is enabled.
CONNECTION SETUP message does not contain the
"rb-identity" IE. In addition, the RRC CONNECTION
Release 5 or later does not contain the "cell-id" IE if
the RRC connections are set up on dedicated channels.
CONNECTION SETUP message contains the "rb-

WCDMA RAN

nd
identity" IE. In addition, the RRC CONNECTION

Release 5 or later contains the "cell-id" IE if the RRC
connections are set up on dedicated channels.
28)UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH
Whether to enable the function of querying UEs'
uplink data acceleration capability. Data acceleration
is implemented in the uplink by compressing the PS
data.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The function
enabled.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The function
disabled.
29)UDA_SWITCH
Whether to enable the uplink data acceleration
function.
and the UE negotiate to enable the uplink data
acceleration function. After the negotiation is
successful, the UE compresses the uplink PS data
before sending it to the RNC, which then
decompresses the received PS data.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The uplink
data acceleration function is disabled.
GUI Value Range:
TCH,
H, UL_EVQI_SWITCH, DL_EVQI_SWITCH,
VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH,
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH,
, SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH,
, WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
TCP_PROXY_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH, CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH,
ITCH, UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH,
UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH, UDA_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
TCH,
H,
UL_EVQI_SWITCH,
DL_EVQI_SWITCH,
VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH,
RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH,
,
SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH,
,
WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
TCP_PROXY_SWITCH,
TCH,
CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
ITCH,
UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH,
UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH,
UDA_SWITCH
Default Value:
TCH:
0,INTERRAT_LOAD_REPORT_FROM_LTE_SWIT
CH:0,UL_EVQI_SWITCH:0,DL_EVQI_SWITCH:
0,VIDEO_RATE_ADAPTION_SWITCH:
0,VOIP_MANAGE_SWITCH:
0,DIFF_SERVICE_ON_TERMINAL_SWITCH:
0,APP_GRP_RES_RSV_SWITCH:
0,RIM_ON_ECO_SWITCH:
0,PRIMOPER_NONROAM_USER_CN_SA_SWITC
H:0,SRBCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,SRBNOCHG_DRD_FAST_RB_SETUP_SWITCH:
0,FACH_RB_RECFG_FAIL_SPEC_CAUSE_SWITC
H:0,WBAMR_HHO_FAIL_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,EXTD_LAC_PAGING_SWITCH:
0,TCP_PROXY_SWITCH:
0,SEAMLESS_CRYSTAL_VOICE_SWITCH:
0,CS_RB_PRI_MC_SWITCH:
0,L2U_SRVCC_PS_TIMEOUT_CS_RELOC_IN_S
WITCH:
0,CRYSTAL_VOICE_DEEPCOVER_SWITCH:
0,LOAD_BASED_P2D_SWITCH:
0,PS_R99_BLER_STAT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,STATE_FACH_CONSISTENT_OPTI_SWITCH:
0,D2P_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH:
0,IMPVD_UL_COVER_FOR_SRB_OVER_DCH_S
WITCH:0,UL_DT_SAI_PLMN_CMP_SWITCH:
0,RRC_CONN_SETUP_MSG_ENH_OPT_SWITCH:
0,UE_UDA_CAP_QUERY_SWITCH:
0,UDA_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC690 SET None None Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 1)FACH_RB_REL_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH(Sup
tch6 RLSWI port Optimized Processing for the Overlap of RB
TCH Release and Cell Update for FACH UEs)
Whether the RNC performs optimized processing
when the RB release procedure overlaps with the cell
update procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
1:When this switch is set to on, the RNC sends the RB
release message to the UE in the CELL_FACH state
in acknowledged mode (AM), and in the following
scenario:
1. The RB release procedure in the state transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_FACH overlaps with the
cell update procedure for the UE.
2. The RRC_CELL_UPDATE message does not
contain the bitRecfgStatusIndPresent IE.
If the RNC receives an ACK message to the RB
release message, the RNC processes the RB release
and cell update procedures in the preceding scenario
in the same way as when the RRC_CELL_UPDATE
message contains the bitRecfgStatusIndPresent IE. If
the RNC does not receive an ACK message, the RNC
rolls back the RB release procedure, continues with
the cell update procedure, and reestablishes the SRB.
0:When this switch is set to off, the RNC does not
perform the optimized processing if the RB release
procedure in the state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_FACH overlaps with the cell update procedure
for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
2)CMCF_CHECK_CMP_SWITCH (CM Parameter
Check Compatibility Switch)
Whether the RNC requests the NodeB to check the
correctness of the constraint relationship of
compressed mode (CM) parameters when the CM is
started.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC requests the
NodeB to check the correctness of the constraint
relationship of CM parameters when the CM is
started.
request the NodeB to check the correctness of the
constraint relationship of CM parameters when the
CM is started. The NodeB checks it when CM
parameters are configured.
3)ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC abnormally releases the UE's

connection in the following scenario:
ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH under
the ProcessSwitch2 parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command is set to on; the RNC
does not receive a response from the UE within the
specified period of time during a soft handover
procedure, but the RNC considers the soft handover as
successful and continues with the processing
accordingly. After the radio link (RL) is reestablished,
the RNC receives an ACTIVE SET UPDATE
FAILURE message from the UE.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC discards the
ACTIVE SET UPDATE FAILURE message without
releasing the UE's connection.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC abnormally
releases the UE's connection.
4)CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC corrects the value of the
VS.CellPCHUEs counter in the following scenarios.
1: This switch is set to on.
Scenario 1: When a UE in the CELL_PCH state sends
a CELL UPDATE message to the RNC during its
RRC connection release, the RNC decreases the value
of this counter by one only after the RRC connection
is released, not during the RRC connection release.
Scenario 2: When the cell IDs of UEs in the
CELL_PCH state are incorrectly maintained, the RNC
corrects the value of this counter.
0: This switch is set to off.
of this counter by one during the RRC connection
release as well as after the RRC connection is
released.
CELL_PCH state are incorrectly maintained, the value
of this counter remains unchanged.
5)DRNC_NOTICE_NODEB_SRNC_VEST_SWITC
H
Whether the DRNC notifies the NodeB of the SRNC's
vendor over the Iub interface when the DRNC
determines that the SRNC is from another vendor.

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is set to on. The DRNC notifies the

NodeB of the SRNC's vendor when the DRNC
0: This switch is set to off. The DRNC does not notify
the NodeB of the SRNC's vendor.
6)UMI_WITHOUT_NEWHRNTI_IN_CELLDCH_S
WITCH (UMI Sent to CELL_DCH UEs Without New
H-RNTI IE Switch)
Whether the UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION
message sent by the RNC to UEs in the CELL_DCH
state excludes the New H-RNTI information element
(IE).
1: This switch is set to on. The UTRAN MOBILITY
INFORMATION message sent by the RNC to UEs in
the CELL_DCH state excludes the New H-RNTI IE.
0: This switch is set to off. The UTRAN MOBILITY
the CELL_DCH state includes the New H-RNTI IE.
7) CCH_IUR_CELLUPT_FAIL_DSCR_SWITCH
(Support DSCR After CCH UE CU Failure over Iur)
Whether UEs carried on common channels perform
Directed Signaling Connection Re-establishment
(DSCR) after experiencing a cell update failure over
the Iur interface.
1: When this switch is set to on, UEs carried on
common channels perform DSCR after experiencing a
cell update failure over the Iur interface.
0: When this switch is set to off, UEs on common
channels are directly released after experiencing a cell
update failure over the Iur interface.
8)IUB_TRM_PREALLOC_OPT_SWITCH(Iub TRM
Pre-allocation Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC applies for transmission resources
for every radio link (RL) when the NodeB establishes
more than one RL on the E-DCH at a time.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC applies for
transmission resources for every RL when the NodeB
establishes more than one RL on the E-DCH at a time.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC applies for
transmission resources only for the first RL when the
NodeB establishes more than one RL on the E-DCH at
a time.
9)SRB_EDCH_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
SRB Reconfiguration to EDCH)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the uplink SRB can be reconfigured from the

DCH to the E-DCH when there are both R99 and E-
DCH links in the active set.
0: This switch is set to off. The uplink SRB
reconfiguration from the DCH to the E-DCH fails.
1: This switch is set to on. The uplink SRB
reconfiguration from the DCH to the E-DCH is
successful.
10)BASED_IUUP_PEERADDR_PFM_OPT_SWITC
H(Based on IUUP Peer IP Address Statistical
Optimization Switch)
Whether real-time performance (RTP) measurement is
performed on the IP address pairs of CS services
during incoming inter-RAT handovers and incoming
relocations when the Iu-CS interface uses IP
transmission.
0: When this switch is set to off, RTP measurement is
not performed on IP address pairs of CS services
during incoming inter-RAT handovers or incoming
relocations.
1: When this switch is set to on, RTP measurement is
performed on IP address pairs of CS services during
incoming inter-RAT handovers and incoming
relocations.
11)DRNC_SUPP_RL_ADD_WITH_SRV_CELL_CH
G(Huawei DRNC will handle radio link addition
serving cell changes)
Whether the Huawei DRNC will handle radio link
addition requests with HSDPA serving cell changes
from a non-Huawei SRNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The Huawei DRNC sends
a RADIO LINK ADDITION RESPONSE message to
the SRNC after handling a radio link addition request
with HSDPA serving cell changes.
0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC cannot handle
radio link addition requests with HSDPA serving cell
changes.
12)OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITC
H(Optimize UE Release After Inter-RAT Cell Re-
selections)
Whether the RNC uses the "Out Of UTRAN" IE in the
Iu release command message to determine whether to
send an RB release or RRC connection release
message to the UE. After a UE in the CELL_PCH,
URA_PCH, or CELL_FACH state is reselected to an

WCDMA RAN

nd
inter-RAT cell, the RNC receives an Iu release

command message from the CN, which may contain
the "Out Of UTRAN" IE.
1: This switch is turned on. If the Iu release command
message contains this IE, the RNC directly releases
the UE without sending the RB release or RRC
connection release messages to the UE over the Uu
interface.
0: This switch is turned off. If the Iu release command
message does not contain this IE, the RNC sends an
RB release or RRC connection release message to the
UE over the Uu interface. For details, see 25.413.
13)U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWI
TCH
Whether the RNC triggers a blind-mode-based fast
return from UMTS to LTE for a CSFB UE
immediately after receiving an Iu Release Command
message from the CS domain of the CN.
triggers blind-mode-based fast return from UMTS to
LTE for a CSFB UE immediately after receiving an Iu
Release Command message from the CS domain of
the CN. When this switch is turned on, it is
recommended that
DSCR_RLREL_AFTER_RRC_REL_COMPLETE
under the OptimizationSwitch9 parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command be also set to ON.
does not trigger fast return from UMTS to LTE until
the CS RAB is released.
14)RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC performs optimized processing for
RL related procedures in the following scenarios:
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON.
Scenario 1: The pre-configuration of the compressed
mode is timed out when a UE has connections over
the Iur interface. The UE subsequently initiates a
softer handover to a cell under the DRNC. During the
softer handover, the DRNC does not send a
compressed mode deactivation flag to the NodeB. The
softer handover is successful.
Scenario 2: During a hard handover, the NodeB
notifies the RNC of an RL failure by RL set ID. On
receiving the notification, the RNC determines the RL

WCDMA RAN

nd
on which the notification is received and starts a timer

to wait for the RL to recover.
Scenario 3: The RNC immediately removes the RL
links based on the Transaction ID when processing the
RL deletion responses from two RLs of a UE under
the same NodeB.
Scenario 4: Multiple RLs are being reconfigured
under a NodeB of the DRNC. During the
reconfiguration procedure, the DRNC sends an NBAP
RL RECFG PREPARE message to the NodeB, which
then returns an NBAP RL RECFG READY message,
but the RLs contained in the message returned by the
NodeB are in a sequence different from those in the
message sent by the DRNC. The RL reconfiguration
procedure is successful.
Scenario 5: A UE can successfully preempt the
resources of another UE whose RL is out-of-
synchronization with its serving cell.
Scenario 6: When a UE still has multiple RLs over the
Iur interface after the first RL is removed by the
DRNC, the remaining RLs are adjusted.
Scenario 7: The RNSAP_RL_RECFG_READY
message sent by the DRNC to the SRNC contains the
correct PDU size in the following scenario: (1) A UE
only has multiple RLs under a NodeB of the RNC. (2)
The UE initiates a PS service, and the PS service is
carried on HSDPA channels and uses the Downlink
Enhanced L2 feature. (3) An RB reconfiguration
procedure is initiated to reconfigure the PS service to
HSDPA channels without the Downlink Enhanced L2
feature. The RB reconfiguration procedure is
accompanied by a serving cell change.
Scenario 8: If the DRNC is waiting for the SRNC to
set up an Iur link in Iur over ATM transmission, the
DRNC can immediately process the RNSAP RL
RECFG CANCEL message received from the SRNC.
Scenario 9: The RNC can correctly configure L2
parameters in the following scenario: A UE
performing HSDPA services initiates a soft handover
to a cell under the same NodeB. During the soft
handover, after a new RL is added for the UE and the
UE's serving cell is changed, the RNC sends an Active
Set Update message to the UE. The UE sends the
RNC a response indicating that the active set update
fails.
Scenario 10: The RL reconfiguration procedure is
successful in the following scenario: When the RNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
performs channel fallback due to uplink resource

insufficiency on the NodeB side during service setup,
the RNC initiates a QAAL2 MODIFY procedure
again because it has not received a response in the
earlier procedure.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF.
compressed mode deactivation flag to the NodeB.
Consequently, the softer handover fails.
receiving the notification, the RNC starts timers to
wait for the RLs in the RL set to recover.
Scenario 3: When processing the RL deletion
responses from two RLs of a UE under the same
NodeB, the RNC removes one RL based on the
Transaction ID and removes the other RL based on the
RL response timer.
Scenario 4: The RL reconfiguration procedure fails in
this scenario.
Scenario 5: The resource preemption fails in this
scenario.
DRNC, the remaining RLs are not adjusted.
message sent by the DRNC to the SRNC contains an
incorrect PDU size in this scenario.
Scenario 8: The DRNC waits for the transmission
setup message from the SRNC and does not process
any other messages from the SRNC. Consequently,
the SRNC does not receive a response to the RNSAP
RL RECFG CANCEL message and abnormally
releases the connection.
Scenario 9: The RNC incorrectly configures L2
parameters in this scenario.
Scenario 10: The RL reconfiguration procedure fails
in this scenario.
15)CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd

when a procedure is initiated during the cell update
procedure.
Scenario 1: All the cells in the active set for a UE are
under the DRNC. All these cells and the UE support
E-FACH. The SRNC's protocol version configured on
the DRNC side is earlier than R7. When the UE needs
to switch to the CELL_FACH state, the DRNC
initiates a Direct Signaling Connection Re-
establishment (DSCR) procedure.
Scenario 2: A UE having connections over the Iur
interface initiates a cell update. The DRNC receives
the Cell Update message from the UE through the
SRNC while waiting for the UE's response to another.
The DRNC does not receive a response from the UE
within a specified period of time and performs a
rollback. The RNC does not release the mapping
between the MAC-c and MAC-d during the rollback.
Scenario 3: The cell update procedure for a UE in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state overlaps with a
security mode procedure. If the UE initiates a cell
update procedure again, the RNC first processes the
cell update procedure and then processes the security
mode procedure.
Scenario 4: A UE performing PS services performs a
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH state transition and
subsequently initiates a cell update procedure in a cell
under the DRNC. While waiting for the UE's response
to the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message, the RNC
receives a CELL UPDATE message again from the
UE in a cell under the SRNC and in a cell under the
DRNC. The cell under the DRNC is the same as the
cell where the UE sends the first CELL UPDATE
message to the RNC. The RNC releases the common
channel for the UE over the Iur interface.
Scenario 5: The SRNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message from a UE in a cell under the DRNC and
decide to initiate a DSCR procedure. The SRNC can
successfully initiate the DSCR procedure if the UE
has a connection over the Iu-CS interface but does not
have a CS RAB.
Scenario 1: The RNC initiates a common channel
establishment procedure over the Iur interface. The
procedure fails because of an internal parameter

WCDMA RAN

nd
configuration error. Consequently, the UE's

connection is abnormally released.
Scenario 2: The RNC releases the mapping between
the MAC-c and MAC-d in this scenario.
Scenario 3: The RNC rolls back the security mode
procedure and then processes the cell update
procedure in this scenario.
Scenario 4: The processing remains unchanged in this
scenario.
Scenario 5: The RNC does not initiate a DSCR
16)DRNC_DEL_RL_AFTER_CELL_UPD_RELOC_
SWITCH
Whether the DRNC removes a UE's RLs under the
SRNC after finishing a combined cell update and
SRNS relocation if the combined cell update and
SRNS relocation is triggered to switch the UE from
the CELL_DCH state to the CELL_FACH state.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The DRNC
checks and removes the UE's RLs under the SRNC
after finishing a combined cell update and SRNS
relocation in the preceding scenario.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The DRNC
neither checks nor removes the UE's RLs under the
SRNS relocation in the preceding scenario.
17)ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN
Whether the RNC sends a response message with the
received global CN ID to the CN after receiving a
message with a global CN ID different from the
configured one from the CN in Iu Flex networking.
sends a response message with the received global CN
ID to the CN in the preceding scenario.
sends a response message with the configured global
CN ID to the CN in the preceding scenario.
18)RAB_REL_FOC_SUCCESS_RCV_SRB_RESET
Whether the RNC considers a RAB release procedure
as successful when the RNC receives an SRB reset
message while waiting for a RADIO BEARER
RELEASE COMPLETE message from the UE.
sends a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to

WCDMA RAN

nd
the CN, indicating that the RAB has been successfully

released. After that, the RNC processes the SRB reset
message.
directly processes the SRB reset message without
sending a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message
to the CN.
19)CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH
Whether the RNC performs a CELL_FACH-to-
CELL_DCH state transition prior to the CS RAB
setup procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state
when these UEs initiate a CS call.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON, the RNC
performs a PS-triggered CELL_FACH-to-
setup procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state if
these UEs initiate a CS call.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
directly establishes the CS RAB for UEs in the
CELL_FACH state if these UEs initiate a CS call.
20)DEAL_RL_RECFG_CORRECT_SWITCH
Whether the RL reconfiguration message is corrected
when the UL Layer 2 Improvement feature is
deactivated for PS services.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RL
reconfiguration message is corrected in the preceding
scenario.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RL
reconfiguration message is not corrected in the
preceding scenario.
21)RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_MDC_ROLL_BACK_
SWITCH
Whether to undo the modification made to MDC
parameters when RL reestablishment is triggered
during DCH-to-DCH RB reconfiguration for PS
services.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The system
undoes the modification made to MDC parameters in
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The system
does not undo the modification made to MDC
parameters in the preceding scenario.
22)CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Whether the RNC triggers RL reestablishment for a
UE or releases the UE's RRC connection in the

WCDMA RAN

nd
following scenario: The NodeB detects that the code

resources allocated to the UE's RL conflict with the
code resources for existing RLs and uses an RL
Failure Indication message to notify the RNC of the
code resource conflict. The UE has only one RL.
triggers RL reestablishment for the UE if the RL
reestablishment function is enabled in the preceding
scenario. If the RL reestablishment function is
disabled, the RNC releases the UE's RRC connection.
releases the UE's RRC connection in the preceding
scenario.
23)RELOC_IN_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH(
UL Garbled Voice Detection Switch for Incoming
Static Re-locations)
Whether to enable the UL garbled voice detection
function for incoming static relocations.
1: This switch is set to ON. The UL garbled voice
detection function is enabled for incoming static
relocations of CS voice services.
0: This switch is set to OFF. The UL garbled voice
detection function is not enabled for incoming static
24)CMP_NO_ACTIVE_CFN_OPT_SWITCH(CMP
MSG Without CFN Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC starts UL garbled voice detection
when A UE's response to the Cell Update Confirm
message or the RB SETUP CMP message sent by a
UE performing combined services during a DRD
procedure does not contain the CFN (encryption and
activation time).
1: This switch is set to ON. The RNC starts UL
garbled voice detection regardless of whether the
AMRC function is enabled in either of the following
scenarios: A UE's response to the Cell Update
Confirm message does not contain the CFN. The RB
SETUP CMP message sent by a UE performing
combined services during a DRD procedure does not
contain the CFN.
0: This switch is set to OFF. The RNC does not start
UL garbled voice detection regardless of whether the

WCDMA RAN

nd

contain the CFN.
25)NON122_AMR_HHO_ROLLBACK_SWITCH(H
HO Rollback Switch for Non-12.2 k AMR-NB
Services)
Whether the hard handover rollback function is
enabled for non-12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services.
0: This switch is set to OFF. The RNC does not
support hard handover rollback processing for
non-12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services;
1: This switch is set to ON. The RNC supports hard
handover rollback processing for non-12.2 kbit/s
AMR-NB services. If the timer T312 is not set to 1
second, AMR noise will occur on some UEs.
26)VQI_AFTER_DT_CONNECT_SWITCH(VQI
Output After CONNECT Message Switch)
Whether the RNC measures VQIs after receiving a
CONNECT direct transfer message.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. For the
calling party, the RNC starts to calculate and export
VQIs and EVQIs after receiving a CONNECT direct
transfer message. For the called party, the RNC starts
to calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after
receiving a CONNECT ACK direct transfer message.
For UEs performing relocation procedures, the DRNC
starts to calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after
the relocation procedure is complete.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. For the
calling party and called party, the RNC starts to
calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after the CS RB
setup is complete. For UEs performing relocation
procedures, the DRNC starts to calculate and export
VQIs and EVQIs after the user-plane connection is
established.
27)FACH_CU_RELOC_RB_MSG_COMP_SWITC
H(Combined Cell Update and SRNS Relocation
Compatibility Switch for FACH UEs)
Whether the RNC performs compatibility processing
after receiving from a UE in the CELL_FACH state an
RB RECFG CMP message, which is subsequent to a
combined cell update and SRNS relocation procedure.
directly discards the RB RECFG CMP message in the
preceding scenario. If the RNC receives the RB
RECFG CMP message after the timer set for the

WCDMA RAN

nd
combined cell update and SRNS relocation procedure

expires, the processing remains unchanged.
processing mechanism remains unchanged. If the
RNC receives the RB RECFG CMP message when its
state machine is in the stable state, a call drop occurs.
28)SRNS_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Opti
mize Call Drops During SRNS Re-locations)
Whether the RNC considers the call release in the
following scenario to be a normal release:
When the RNC receives an SRNS Context Request
from the CN, the UE has already been admitted to an
inter-RAT system. The CN does not release the Iu
connection within the specified period of time, and the
inter-RAT handover failure is measured by the related
counter.
1: When this switch is set to ON, the RNC normally
releases the UE if the CN does not release the Iu
connection within the specified period of time.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
abnormally releases the UE if the CN does not release
the Iu connection within the specified period of time.
29)CALL_RE_ESTAB_CROSS_WITH_SYSOUT_S
WITCH(Optimize Out Inter-RAT Re-selections
During RL Reestablishment)
Whether the RNC processes an SRNS CONTEXT
REQ message that is received during RL
reestablishment.
1: When this switch is set to ON, the RNC stops the
RL reestablishment timer upon receiving the SRNS
CONTEXT REQ message and proceeds with the
inter-RAT cell reselection procedure.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC proceeds
with the RL reestablishment procedure without
processing the SRNS CONTEST REQ message.
30)DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH(Buf
fer Retransmitted RL RECFG PREP Messages for
DRNC)
Whether the DRNC buffers a retransmitted RL
RECFG PREP message from the SRNC during an RL
reconfiguration procedure.
buffers the retransmitted RL RECFG PREP message
from the SRNC.

WCDMA RAN

nd

discards the retransmitted RL RECFG PREP message
from the SRNC.
31)PS_DCH0K_RB_MSG_OPT_SWITCH(RB
SETUP MSG Size Reduction for PS BE over 0K
DCH)
Whether the RNC reduces the size of the RB SETUP
message to UEs that have established a PS BE service
on the 0 kbit/s DCH or have established first a CS
service and then a PS BE service on the 0 kbit/s DCH.
reduces the size of the RB SETUP message by
removing the "ul-DPCH-Info", "dl-informationPerRL-
List", "Downlink DPCH info common", and "UTRAN
DRX CycleLengthCoeff" IEs from it.
does not reduce the size of the RB SETUP message.
32)PS_DSCR_IU_REL_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH(Iu
Release Compatibility Switch for DSCR)
Indicates whether the CN releases the Iu connection
after the UE initiates a Direct Signaling Connection
Re-establishment (DSCR) procedure in the PS
domain.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When the UE
that initiates a DSCR procedure in the PS domain does
not receive a response from the CN within the
specified of time, the UE's Iu connection is normally
released.
processing in the preceding scenario remains
unchanged.
GUI Value Range:
FACH_RB_REL_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH,
CMCF_CHECK_CMP_SWITCH,
ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE,
CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH,
DRNC_NOTICE_NODEB_SRNC_VEST_SWITCH,
UMI_WITHOUT_NEWHRNTI_IN_CELLDCH_SW
ITCH,
CCH_IUR_CELLUPT_FAIL_DSCR_SWITCH,
IUB_TRM_PREALLOC_OPT_SWITCH,
SRB_EDCH_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH,
BASED_IUUP_PEERADDR_PFM_OPT_SWITCH,
DRNC_SUPP_RL_ADD_WITH_SRV_CELL_CHG,
OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITCH,
U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWITC

WCDMA RAN

nd
H, RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH,
DRNC_DEL_RL_AFTER_CELL_UPD_RELOC_S
WITCH, ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN,
RAB_REL_FOC_SUCCESS_RCV_SRB_RESET,
CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH,
DEAL_RL_RECFG_CORRECT_SWITCH,
RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_MDC_ROLL_BACK_SWI
TCH, CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
RELOC_IN_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH,
CMP_NO_ACTIVE_CFN_OPT_SWITCH,
NON122_AMR_HHO_ROLLBACK_SWITCH,
VQI_AFTER_DT_CONNECT_SWITCH,
FACH_CU_RELOC_RB_MSG_COMP_SWITCH,
SRNS_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH,
CALL_RE_ESTAB_CROSS_WITH_SYSOUT_SWI
TCH, DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH,
PS_DCH0K_RB_MSG_OPT_SWITCH,
PS_DSCR_IU_REL_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ITCH,
H,
RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
TCH,
DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH,
Default Value:
FACH_RB_REL_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CMCF_CHECK_CMP_SWITCH:
0,ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE:
0,CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_NOTICE_NODEB_SRNC_VEST_SWITC
H:
0,UMI_WITHOUT_NEWHRNTI_IN_CELLDCH_S
WITCH:
0,CCH_IUR_CELLUPT_FAIL_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,IUB_TRM_PREALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SRB_EDCH_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,BASED_IUUP_PEERADDR_PFM_OPT_SWITCH
:
0,DRNC_SUPP_RL_ADD_WITH_SRV_CELL_CH
G:
0,OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITCH:
0,U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWIT
CH:0,RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_DEL_RL_AFTER_CELL_UPD_RELOC_S
WITCH:0,ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN:
0,RAB_REL_FOC_SUCCESS_RCV_SRB_RESET:
0,CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH:
0,DEAL_RL_RECFG_CORRECT_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_MDC_ROLL_BACK_S
WITCH:
0,CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,RELOC_IN_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH:
0,CMP_NO_ACTIVE_CFN_OPT_SWITCH:
0,NON122_AMR_HHO_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,VQI_AFTER_DT_CONNECT_SWITCH:
0,FACH_CU_RELOC_RB_MSG_COMP_SWITCH:
0,SRNS_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,CALL_RE_ESTAB_CROSS_WITH_SYSOUT_SW
ITCH:
0,DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH:
0,PS_DCH0K_RB_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PS_DSCR_IU_REL_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
Optimiz BSC691 SET None None Meaning:

ationSwi 0 URRCT 1)FACH_RB_REL_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH(Sup
tch6 RLSWI port Optimized Processing for the Overlap of RB
TCH Release and Cell Update for FACH UEs)
when the RB release procedure overlaps with the cell
update procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
1:When this switch is set to on, the RNC sends the RB
release message to the UE in the CELL_FACH state
in acknowledged mode (AM), and in the following
scenario:
1. The RB release procedure in the state transition
from CELL_FACH to CELL_FACH overlaps with the
cell update procedure for the UE.
2. The RRC_CELL_UPDATE message does not
contain the bitRecfgStatusIndPresent IE.
If the RNC receives an ACK message to the RB
release message, the RNC processes the RB release
and cell update procedures in the preceding scenario
in the same way as when the RRC_CELL_UPDATE
message contains the bitRecfgStatusIndPresent IE. If
the RNC does not receive an ACK message, the RNC
rolls back the RB release procedure, continues with
the cell update procedure, and reestablishes the SRB.
0:When this switch is set to off, the RNC does not
perform the optimized processing if the RB release
procedure in the state transition from CELL_FACH to
CELL_FACH overlaps with the cell update procedure
for UEs in the CELL_FACH state.
2)CMCF_CHECK_CMP_SWITCH (CM Parameter
Check Compatibility Switch)
Whether the RNC requests the NodeB to check the
correctness of the constraint relationship of
compressed mode (CM) parameters when the CM is
started.
1: When this switch is set to on, the RNC requests the
NodeB to check the correctness of the constraint
relationship of CM parameters when the CM is
started.
request the NodeB to check the correctness of the
constraint relationship of CM parameters when the
CM is started. The NodeB checks it when CM
parameters are configured.
3)ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC abnormally releases the UE's

connection in the following scenario:
ASU_RSP_TIMEOUT_HANDLE_SWITCH under
the ProcessSwitch2 parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command is set to on; the RNC
does not receive a response from the UE within the
specified period of time during a soft handover
procedure, but the RNC considers the soft handover as
successful and continues with the processing
accordingly. After the radio link (RL) is reestablished,
the RNC receives an ACTIVE SET UPDATE
FAILURE message from the UE.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC discards the
ACTIVE SET UPDATE FAILURE message without
releasing the UE's connection.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC abnormally
releases the UE's connection.
4)CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC corrects the value of the
VS.CellPCHUEs counter in the following scenarios.
1: This switch is set to on.
of this counter by one only after the RRC connection
is released, not during the RRC connection release.
CELL_PCH state are incorrectly maintained, the RNC
corrects the value of this counter.
0: This switch is set to off.
of this counter by one during the RRC connection
release as well as after the RRC connection is
released.
CELL_PCH state are incorrectly maintained, the value
of this counter remains unchanged.
5)DRNC_NOTICE_NODEB_SRNC_VEST_SWITC
H
Whether the DRNC notifies the NodeB of the SRNC's
vendor over the Iub interface when the DRNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
1: This switch is set to on. The DRNC notifies the

NodeB of the SRNC's vendor when the DRNC
0: This switch is set to off. The DRNC does not notify
the NodeB of the SRNC's vendor.
6)UMI_WITHOUT_NEWHRNTI_IN_CELLDCH_S
WITCH (UMI Sent to CELL_DCH UEs Without New
H-RNTI IE Switch)
Whether the UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION
message sent by the RNC to UEs in the CELL_DCH
state excludes the New H-RNTI information element
(IE).
1: This switch is set to on. The UTRAN MOBILITY
the CELL_DCH state excludes the New H-RNTI IE.
0: This switch is set to off. The UTRAN MOBILITY
the CELL_DCH state includes the New H-RNTI IE.
7) CCH_IUR_CELLUPT_FAIL_DSCR_SWITCH
(Support DSCR After CCH UE CU Failure over Iur)
Whether UEs carried on common channels perform
Directed Signaling Connection Re-establishment
(DSCR) after experiencing a cell update failure over
the Iur interface.
1: When this switch is set to on, UEs carried on
common channels perform DSCR after experiencing a
cell update failure over the Iur interface.
0: When this switch is set to off, UEs on common
channels are directly released after experiencing a cell
update failure over the Iur interface.
8)IUB_TRM_PREALLOC_OPT_SWITCH(Iub TRM
Pre-allocation Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC applies for transmission resources
for every radio link (RL) when the NodeB establishes
more than one RL on the E-DCH at a time.
1: This switch is set to on. The RNC applies for
transmission resources for every RL when the NodeB
establishes more than one RL on the E-DCH at a time.
0: This switch is set to off. The RNC applies for
transmission resources only for the first RL when the
NodeB establishes more than one RL on the E-DCH at
a time.
9)SRB_EDCH_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH(Optimize
SRB Reconfiguration to EDCH)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the uplink SRB can be reconfigured from the

DCH to the E-DCH when there are both R99 and E-
DCH links in the active set.
0: This switch is set to off. The uplink SRB
reconfiguration from the DCH to the E-DCH fails.
1: This switch is set to on. The uplink SRB
reconfiguration from the DCH to the E-DCH is
successful.
10)BASED_IUUP_PEERADDR_PFM_OPT_SWITC
H(Based on IUUP Peer IP Address Statistical
Optimization Switch)
Whether real-time performance (RTP) measurement is
performed on the IP address pairs of CS services
during incoming inter-RAT handovers and incoming
relocations when the Iu-CS interface uses IP
transmission.
0: When this switch is set to off, RTP measurement is
not performed on IP address pairs of CS services
during incoming inter-RAT handovers or incoming
relocations.
1: When this switch is set to on, RTP measurement is
performed on IP address pairs of CS services during
incoming inter-RAT handovers and incoming
relocations.
11)DRNC_SUPP_RL_ADD_WITH_SRV_CELL_CH
G(Huawei DRNC will handle radio link addition
serving cell changes)
Whether the Huawei DRNC will handle radio link
addition requests with HSDPA serving cell changes
from a non-Huawei SRNC.
1: This switch is turned on. The Huawei DRNC sends
a RADIO LINK ADDITION RESPONSE message to
the SRNC after handling a radio link addition request
with HSDPA serving cell changes.
0: This switch is turned off. The DRNC cannot handle
radio link addition requests with HSDPA serving cell
changes.
12)OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITC
H(Optimize UE Release After Inter-RAT Cell Re-
selections)
Whether the RNC uses the "Out Of UTRAN" IE in the
Iu release command message to determine whether to
send an RB release or RRC connection release
message to the UE. After a UE in the CELL_PCH,
URA_PCH, or CELL_FACH state is reselected to an

WCDMA RAN

nd
inter-RAT cell, the RNC receives an Iu release

command message from the CN, which may contain
the "Out Of UTRAN" IE.
1: This switch is turned on. If the Iu release command
message contains this IE, the RNC directly releases
the UE without sending the RB release or RRC
connection release messages to the UE over the Uu
interface.
0: This switch is turned off. If the Iu release command
message does not contain this IE, the RNC sends an
RB release or RRC connection release message to the
UE over the Uu interface. For details, see 25.413.
13)U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWI
TCH
Whether the RNC triggers a blind-mode-based fast
return from UMTS to LTE for a CSFB UE
immediately after receiving an Iu Release Command
message from the CS domain of the CN.
triggers blind-mode-based fast return from UMTS to
LTE for a CSFB UE immediately after receiving an Iu
Release Command message from the CS domain of
the CN. When this switch is turned on, it is
recommended that
DSCR_RLREL_AFTER_RRC_REL_COMPLETE
under the OptimizationSwitch9 parameter in the SET
URRCTRLSWITCH command be also set to ON.
does not trigger fast return from UMTS to LTE until
the CS RAB is released.
14)RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH
RL related procedures in the following scenarios:
compressed mode deactivation flag to the NodeB. The
softer handover is successful.
receiving the notification, the RNC determines the RL

WCDMA RAN

nd
on which the notification is received and starts a timer

to wait for the RL to recover.
Scenario 3: The RNC immediately removes the RL
links based on the Transaction ID when processing the
RL deletion responses from two RLs of a UE under
the same NodeB.
Scenario 4: Multiple RLs are being reconfigured
under a NodeB of the DRNC. During the
reconfiguration procedure, the DRNC sends an NBAP
RL RECFG PREPARE message to the NodeB, which
then returns an NBAP RL RECFG READY message,
but the RLs contained in the message returned by the
NodeB are in a sequence different from those in the
message sent by the DRNC. The RL reconfiguration
procedure is successful.
Scenario 5: A UE can successfully preempt the
resources of another UE whose RL is out-of-
synchronization with its serving cell.
DRNC, the remaining RLs are adjusted.
message sent by the DRNC to the SRNC contains the
correct PDU size in the following scenario: (1) A UE
only has multiple RLs under a NodeB of the RNC. (2)
The UE initiates a PS service, and the PS service is
carried on HSDPA channels and uses the Downlink
Enhanced L2 feature. (3) An RB reconfiguration
procedure is initiated to reconfigure the PS service to
HSDPA channels without the Downlink Enhanced L2
feature. The RB reconfiguration procedure is
accompanied by a serving cell change.
Scenario 8: If the DRNC is waiting for the SRNC to
set up an Iur link in Iur over ATM transmission, the
DRNC can immediately process the RNSAP RL
RECFG CANCEL message received from the SRNC.
Scenario 9: The RNC can correctly configure L2
parameters in the following scenario: A UE
performing HSDPA services initiates a soft handover
to a cell under the same NodeB. During the soft
handover, after a new RL is added for the UE and the
UE's serving cell is changed, the RNC sends an Active
Set Update message to the UE. The UE sends the
RNC a response indicating that the active set update
fails.
Scenario 10: The RL reconfiguration procedure is
successful in the following scenario: When the RNC

WCDMA RAN

nd
performs channel fallback due to uplink resource

insufficiency on the NodeB side during service setup,
the RNC initiates a QAAL2 MODIFY procedure
again because it has not received a response in the
earlier procedure.
compressed mode deactivation flag to the NodeB.
Consequently, the softer handover fails.
receiving the notification, the RNC starts timers to
wait for the RLs in the RL set to recover.
Scenario 3: When processing the RL deletion
responses from two RLs of a UE under the same
NodeB, the RNC removes one RL based on the
Transaction ID and removes the other RL based on the
RL response timer.
Scenario 4: The RL reconfiguration procedure fails in
this scenario.
Scenario 5: The resource preemption fails in this
scenario.
DRNC, the remaining RLs are not adjusted.
message sent by the DRNC to the SRNC contains an
incorrect PDU size in this scenario.
Scenario 8: The DRNC waits for the transmission
setup message from the SRNC and does not process
any other messages from the SRNC. Consequently,
the SRNC does not receive a response to the RNSAP
RL RECFG CANCEL message and abnormally
releases the connection.
Scenario 9: The RNC incorrectly configures L2
parameters in this scenario.
Scenario 10: The RL reconfiguration procedure fails
in this scenario.
15)CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH

WCDMA RAN

nd

when a procedure is initiated during the cell update
procedure.
Scenario 1: All the cells in the active set for a UE are
under the DRNC. All these cells and the UE support
E-FACH. The SRNC's protocol version configured on
the DRNC side is earlier than R7. When the UE needs
to switch to the CELL_FACH state, the DRNC
initiates a Direct Signaling Connection Re-
establishment (DSCR) procedure.
Scenario 2: A UE having connections over the Iur
interface initiates a cell update. The DRNC receives
the Cell Update message from the UE through the
SRNC while waiting for the UE's response to another.
The DRNC does not receive a response from the UE
within a specified period of time and performs a
rollback. The RNC does not release the mapping
between the MAC-c and MAC-d during the rollback.
Scenario 3: The cell update procedure for a UE in the
CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state overlaps with a
security mode procedure. If the UE initiates a cell
update procedure again, the RNC first processes the
cell update procedure and then processes the security
mode procedure.
Scenario 4: A UE performing PS services performs a
CELL_DCH-to-CELL_FACH state transition and
subsequently initiates a cell update procedure in a cell
under the DRNC. While waiting for the UE's response
to the CELL UPDATE CONFIRM message, the RNC
receives a CELL UPDATE message again from the
UE in a cell under the SRNC and in a cell under the
DRNC. The cell under the DRNC is the same as the
cell where the UE sends the first CELL UPDATE
message to the RNC. The RNC releases the common
channel for the UE over the Iur interface.
Scenario 5: The SRNC receives a CELL UPDATE
message from a UE in a cell under the DRNC and
decide to initiate a DSCR procedure. The SRNC can
successfully initiate the DSCR procedure if the UE
has a connection over the Iu-CS interface but does not
have a CS RAB.
Scenario 1: The RNC initiates a common channel
establishment procedure over the Iur interface. The
procedure fails because of an internal parameter

WCDMA RAN

nd
configuration error. Consequently, the UE's

connection is abnormally released.
Scenario 2: The RNC releases the mapping between
the MAC-c and MAC-d in this scenario.
Scenario 3: The RNC rolls back the security mode
procedure and then processes the cell update
Scenario 4: The processing remains unchanged in this
scenario.
Scenario 5: The RNC does not initiate a DSCR
16)DRNC_DEL_RL_AFTER_CELL_UPD_RELOC_
SWITCH
Whether the DRNC removes a UE's RLs under the
SRNS relocation if the combined cell update and
SRNS relocation is triggered to switch the UE from
the CELL_DCH state to the CELL_FACH state.
checks and removes the UE's RLs under the SRNC
after finishing a combined cell update and SRNS
relocation in the preceding scenario.
neither checks nor removes the UE's RLs under the
SRNS relocation in the preceding scenario.
17)ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN
Whether the RNC sends a response message with the
received global CN ID to the CN after receiving a
message with a global CN ID different from the
configured one from the CN in Iu Flex networking.
sends a response message with the received global CN
ID to the CN in the preceding scenario.
sends a response message with the configured global
CN ID to the CN in the preceding scenario.
18)RAB_REL_FOC_SUCCESS_RCV_SRB_RESET
Whether the RNC considers a RAB release procedure
as successful when the RNC receives an SRB reset
message while waiting for a RADIO BEARER
RELEASE COMPLETE message from the UE.
sends a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to

WCDMA RAN

nd
the CN, indicating that the RAB has been successfully

released. After that, the RNC processes the SRB reset
message.
directly processes the SRB reset message without
sending a RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message
to the CN.
19)CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH
Whether the RNC performs a CELL_FACH-to-
setup procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state
when these UEs initiate a CS call.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON, the RNC
performs a PS-triggered CELL_FACH-to-
setup procedure for UEs in the CELL_FACH state if
these UEs initiate a CS call.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
directly establishes the CS RAB for UEs in the
CELL_FACH state if these UEs initiate a CS call.
20)DEAL_RL_RECFG_CORRECT_SWITCH
Whether the RL reconfiguration message is corrected
when the UL Layer 2 Improvement feature is
deactivated for PS services.
reconfiguration message is corrected in the preceding
scenario.
reconfiguration message is not corrected in the
preceding scenario.
21)RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_MDC_ROLL_BACK_
SWITCH
Whether to undo the modification made to MDC
parameters when RL reestablishment is triggered
during DCH-to-DCH RB reconfiguration for PS
services.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The system
undoes the modification made to MDC parameters in
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The system
does not undo the modification made to MDC
parameters in the preceding scenario.
22)CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH
Whether the RNC triggers RL reestablishment for a
UE or releases the UE's RRC connection in the

WCDMA RAN

nd
following scenario: The NodeB detects that the code

resources allocated to the UE's RL conflict with the
code resources for existing RLs and uses an RL
Failure Indication message to notify the RNC of the
code resource conflict. The UE has only one RL.
triggers RL reestablishment for the UE if the RL
reestablishment function is enabled in the preceding
scenario. If the RL reestablishment function is
disabled, the RNC releases the UE's RRC connection.
releases the UE's RRC connection in the preceding
scenario.
23)RELOC_IN_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH(
UL Garbled Voice Detection Switch for Incoming
Static Re-locations)
Whether to enable the UL garbled voice detection
function for incoming static relocations.
1: This switch is set to ON. The UL garbled voice
detection function is enabled for incoming static
0: This switch is set to OFF. The UL garbled voice
detection function is not enabled for incoming static
24)CMP_NO_ACTIVE_CFN_OPT_SWITCH(CMP
MSG Without CFN Optimization Switch)
Whether the RNC starts UL garbled voice detection
when A UE's response to the Cell Update Confirm
message or the RB SETUP CMP message sent by a
UE performing combined services during a DRD
procedure does not contain the CFN (encryption and
activation time).
1: This switch is set to ON. The RNC starts UL
garbled voice detection regardless of whether the
contain the CFN.
0: This switch is set to OFF. The RNC does not start
UL garbled voice detection regardless of whether the

WCDMA RAN

nd

contain the CFN.
25)NON122_AMR_HHO_ROLLBACK_SWITCH(H
HO Rollback Switch for Non-12.2 k AMR-NB
Services)
Whether the hard handover rollback function is
enabled for non-12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services.
0: This switch is set to OFF. The RNC does not
support hard handover rollback processing for
non-12.2 kbit/s AMR-NB services;
1: This switch is set to ON. The RNC supports hard
handover rollback processing for non-12.2 kbit/s
AMR-NB services. If the timer T312 is not set to 1
second, AMR noise will occur on some UEs.
26)VQI_AFTER_DT_CONNECT_SWITCH(VQI
Output After CONNECT Message Switch)
Whether the RNC measures VQIs after receiving a
CONNECT direct transfer message.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. For the
calling party, the RNC starts to calculate and export
VQIs and EVQIs after receiving a CONNECT direct
transfer message. For the called party, the RNC starts
to calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after
receiving a CONNECT ACK direct transfer message.
For UEs performing relocation procedures, the DRNC
starts to calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after
the relocation procedure is complete.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. For the
calling party and called party, the RNC starts to
calculate and export VQIs and EVQIs after the CS RB
setup is complete. For UEs performing relocation
procedures, the DRNC starts to calculate and export
VQIs and EVQIs after the user-plane connection is
established.
27)FACH_CU_RELOC_RB_MSG_COMP_SWITC
H(Combined Cell Update and SRNS Relocation
Compatibility Switch for FACH UEs)
Whether the RNC performs compatibility processing
after receiving from a UE in the CELL_FACH state an
RB RECFG CMP message, which is subsequent to a
combined cell update and SRNS relocation procedure.
directly discards the RB RECFG CMP message in the
preceding scenario. If the RNC receives the RB
RECFG CMP message after the timer set for the

WCDMA RAN

nd
combined cell update and SRNS relocation procedure

expires, the processing remains unchanged.
processing mechanism remains unchanged. If the
RNC receives the RB RECFG CMP message when its
state machine is in the stable state, a call drop occurs.
28)SRNS_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH(Opti
mize Call Drops During SRNS Re-locations)
Whether the RNC considers the call release in the
following scenario to be a normal release:
When the RNC receives an SRNS Context Request
from the CN, the UE has already been admitted to an
inter-RAT system. The CN does not release the Iu
connection within the specified period of time, and the
inter-RAT handover failure is measured by the related
counter.
1: When this switch is set to ON, the RNC normally
releases the UE if the CN does not release the Iu
connection within the specified period of time.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC
abnormally releases the UE if the CN does not release
the Iu connection within the specified period of time.
29)CALL_RE_ESTAB_CROSS_WITH_SYSOUT_S
WITCH(Optimize Out Inter-RAT Re-selections
During RL Reestablishment)
Whether the RNC processes an SRNS CONTEXT
REQ message that is received during RL
reestablishment.
1: When this switch is set to ON, the RNC stops the
RL reestablishment timer upon receiving the SRNS
CONTEXT REQ message and proceeds with the
inter-RAT cell reselection procedure.
0: When this switch is set to OFF, the RNC proceeds
with the RL reestablishment procedure without
processing the SRNS CONTEST REQ message.
30)DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH(Buf
fer Retransmitted RL RECFG PREP Messages for
DRNC)
Whether the DRNC buffers a retransmitted RL
RECFG PREP message from the SRNC during an RL
buffers the retransmitted RL RECFG PREP message
from the SRNC.

WCDMA RAN

nd

discards the retransmitted RL RECFG PREP message
from the SRNC.
31)PS_DCH0K_RB_MSG_OPT_SWITCH(RB
SETUP MSG Size Reduction for PS BE over 0K
DCH)
Whether the RNC reduces the size of the RB SETUP
message to UEs that have established a PS BE service
on the 0 kbit/s DCH or have established first a CS
service and then a PS BE service on the 0 kbit/s DCH.
reduces the size of the RB SETUP message by
removing the "ul-DPCH-Info", "dl-informationPerRL-
List", "Downlink DPCH info common", and "UTRAN
DRX CycleLengthCoeff" IEs from it.
does not reduce the size of the RB SETUP message.
32)PS_DSCR_IU_REL_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH(Iu
Release Compatibility Switch for DSCR)
Indicates whether the CN releases the Iu connection
after the UE initiates a Direct Signaling Connection
Re-establishment (DSCR) procedure in the PS
domain.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When the UE
that initiates a DSCR procedure in the PS domain does
not receive a response from the CN within the
specified of time, the UE's Iu connection is normally
released.
processing in the preceding scenario remains
unchanged.
GUI Value Range:
ITCH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
H, RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH, ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN,
TCH, CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
TCH, DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
ITCH,
H,
RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH,
WITCH,
ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN,

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH,
CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH,
TCH,
DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH,
Default Value:
FACH_RB_REL_CU_CROSS_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CMCF_CHECK_CMP_SWITCH:
0,ASU_RSP_FAIL_REL_UE:
0,CELL_PCH_UES_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_NOTICE_NODEB_SRNC_VEST_SWITC
H:
0,UMI_WITHOUT_NEWHRNTI_IN_CELLDCH_S
WITCH:
0,CCH_IUR_CELLUPT_FAIL_DSCR_SWITCH:
0,IUB_TRM_PREALLOC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SRB_EDCH_RECFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,BASED_IUUP_PEERADDR_PFM_OPT_SWITCH
:
0,DRNC_SUPP_RL_ADD_WITH_SRV_CELL_CH
G:
0,OPTI_REL_UE_AFTER_IRAT_RESEL_SWITCH:
0,U2L_CSFB_FAST_RETURN_PROC_OPTI_SWIT
CH:0,RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,DRNC_DEL_RL_AFTER_CELL_UPD_RELOC_S
WITCH:0,ADJUST_CNID_WITH_CN:
0,RAB_REL_FOC_SUCCESS_RCV_SRB_RESET:
0,CS_TRIG_PS_F2D_SWITCH:
0,DEAL_RL_RECFG_CORRECT_SWITCH:
0,RB_RECFG_RL_REEST_MDC_ROLL_BACK_S
WITCH:
0,CODE_CONFLICT_RL_REEST_SWITCH:

WCDMA RAN

nd
0,RELOC_IN_AMR_NOISE_DETECT_SWITCH:
0,CMP_NO_ACTIVE_CFN_OPT_SWITCH:
0,NON122_AMR_HHO_ROLLBACK_SWITCH:
0,VQI_AFTER_DT_CONNECT_SWITCH:
0,FACH_CU_RELOC_RB_MSG_COMP_SWITCH:
0,SRNS_PROCEDURE_OPTIMIZE_SWITCH:
0,CALL_RE_ESTAB_CROSS_WITH_SYSOUT_SW
ITCH:
0,DRNC_BUFF_RL_RECFG_PREP_SWITCH:
0,PS_DCH0K_RB_MSG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,PS_DSCR_IU_REL_COMPATIBLE_SWITCH:1

WCDMA RAN

nd
Function BSC690 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning:

Switch 0 URRCT 010510 3.6/27.2 1)RRC_CONN_STATE_TO_NODEB_SWITCH
RLSWI WRFD- Kbps
TCH RRC Whether the RNC includes the enRlProcRrcIndPrivate
020127 information element (IE) in a RADIO LINK SETUP
Connect
WRFD- ion and REQUEST message designated for the NodeB during
0106150 Radio RRC connection setups. The NodeB uses this IE to
2 Access determine whether to discard the message during flow
WRFD- Bearer control. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
010801 Establis includes the preceding IE in the RADIO LINK
hment SETUP REQUEST message. Under this condition, the
WRFD- NodeB discards only low-priority messages in the
011001 and
Release case of congestion. When this switch is turned off, the
WRFD- RNC does not include the preceding IE in the RADIO
011000 Warning LINK SETUP REQUEST message. Under this
of condition, the NodeB discards all messages during
WRFD- Disaster
010802 flow control, regardless of their priorities.
Combin 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC includes the
WRFD- ation of
0106150 enRlProcRrcIndPrivate IE in the RADIO LINK
One CS SETUP REQUEST message designated for the
4 Service NodeB during RRC connection setups.
and Two
PS 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
Services include the enRlProcRrcIndPrivate IE in the RADIO
LINK SETUP REQUEST message designated for the
Intra NodeB during RRC connection setups.
RNC
Cell 2)CS_SECMODE_PRI_CSPS_SWITCH
Update Whether the RNC preferentially processes a
Simplifi SECURITY MODE COMMAND message specific to
ed Cell a CS service in CS+PS combined services before the
Broadca Iu connection for the PS service is set up.
st 1: The switch is turned on. The RNC preferentially
Cell processes a SECURITY MODE COMMAND
Broadca message specific to a CS service in CS+PS combined
st services before the Iu connection for the PS service is
Service set up.
Inter 0: The switch is turned off. The RNC processes a
RNC SECURITY MODE COMMAND message specific to
Cell a CS service in CS+PS combined services after the Iu
Update connection for the PS service is set up.
Combin 3)AMR_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH
ation of Switch for enabling one-way audio check on CS NB-
One CS AMR services.
Service 1: This switch is turned on. The check function is
and enabled.
Three
0: This switch is turned off. The check function is
disabled.

WCDMA RAN

nd
PS 4)IU_FLEX_CONG_DISCARD_SWITCH
Services How to handle the initial direct transfer messages
when the SCCP signaling links to the CN node are
congested in Iu Flex scenarios.
1: When this switch is set to on, the initial direct
transfer messages routed to a CN node are
occasionally discarded if the SCCP signaling links to
the CN node are congested.
0: When this switch is set to off, the initial direct
transfer messages routed to a CN node are forwarded
to other CN nodes for processing if the SCCP
signaling links to the CN node are congested.
5)UL_INTEG_ALGO_FOR_CELLUPDATE_SWITC
H
Whether the RNC does compatibility processing when
checking integrity protection for CELL UPDATE and
URA UPDATE.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC checks the
integrity protection using HFN increased when fails
first time.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not do
compatibility processing.
6)AMRWB_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH
Switch for enabling one-way audio check on CS WB-
AMR services.
1: This switch is turned on. The check function is
enabled.
disabled.
7)
SEROBJCFG_NOT_CMP_ALM_REPORT_SWITC
H (Service Configuration Object Inc. Alarm Switch)
Whether to report ALM-22388 Service Configuration
Object Incomplete when its trigger condition is met.
1: This switch is set to on. When the trigger condition
of ALM-22388 is met, this alarm is reported.
0: This switch is set to off. ALM-22388 will not be
reported.
8)RRC_MSG_CN_INFO_SWITCH(RRC Messages
with CN INFO IE)
Whether the RRC messages in an intra-RNC mobility
procedure contain the CN INFORMATION INFO IE.

WCDMA RAN

nd

messages in an intra-RNC mobility procedure contain
the CN INFORMATION INFO IE.
messages in an intra-RNC mobility procedure do not
contain the CN INFORMATION INFO IE.
GUI Value Range:
RRC_CONN_STATE_TO_NODEB_SWITCH,
CS_SECMODE_PRI_CSPS_SWITCH,
AMR_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH,
IU_FLEX_CONG_DISCARD_SWITCH,
UL_INTEG_ALGO_FOR_CELLUPDATE_SWITCH
, AMRWB_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH,
H, RRC_MSG_CN_INFO_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
,
AMRWB_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH,
H,
RRC_MSG_CN_INFO_SWITCH
Default Value:
RRC_CONN_STATE_TO_NODEB_SWITCH:
0,CS_SECMODE_PRI_CSPS_SWITCH:
0,AMR_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH:
0,IU_FLEX_CONG_DISCARD_SWITCH:
0,UL_INTEG_ALGO_FOR_CELLUPDATE_SWITC
H:0,AMRWB_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH:
0,SEROBJCFG_NOT_CMP_ALM_REPORT_SWIT
CH:0,RRC_MSG_CN_INFO_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd
Function BSC691 SET WRFD- 3.4/6.8/1 Meaning:

Switch 0 URRCT 010510 3.6/27.2 1)RRC_CONN_STATE_TO_NODEB_SWITCH
RLSWI WRFD- Kbps
TCH RRC Whether the RNC includes the enRlProcRrcIndPrivate
020127 information element (IE) in a RADIO LINK SETUP
Connect
WRFD- ion and REQUEST message designated for the NodeB during
0106150 Radio RRC connection setups. The NodeB uses this IE to
2 Access determine whether to discard the message during flow
WRFD- Bearer control. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
010801 Establis includes the preceding IE in the RADIO LINK
hment SETUP REQUEST message. Under this condition, the
WRFD- NodeB discards only low-priority messages in the
011001 and
Release case of congestion. When this switch is turned off, the
WRFD- RNC does not include the preceding IE in the RADIO
011000 Warning LINK SETUP REQUEST message. Under this
of condition, the NodeB discards all messages during
WRFD- Disaster
010802 flow control, regardless of their priorities.
Combin 1: This switch is turned on. The RNC includes the
WRFD- ation of
0106150 enRlProcRrcIndPrivate IE in the RADIO LINK
One CS SETUP REQUEST message designated for the
4 Service NodeB during RRC connection setups.
and Two
PS 0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not
Services include the enRlProcRrcIndPrivate IE in the RADIO
LINK SETUP REQUEST message designated for the
Intra NodeB during RRC connection setups.
RNC
Cell 2)CS_SECMODE_PRI_CSPS_SWITCH
Update Whether the RNC preferentially processes a
Simplifi SECURITY MODE COMMAND message specific to
ed Cell a CS service in CS+PS combined services before the
Broadca Iu connection for the PS service is set up.
st 1: The switch is turned on. The RNC preferentially
Cell processes a SECURITY MODE COMMAND
Broadca message specific to a CS service in CS+PS combined
st services before the Iu connection for the PS service is
Service set up.
Inter 0: The switch is turned off. The RNC processes a
RNC SECURITY MODE COMMAND message specific to
Cell a CS service in CS+PS combined services after the Iu
Update connection for the PS service is set up.
Combin 3)AMR_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH
ation of Switch for enabling one-way audio check on CS NB-
One CS AMR services.
Service 1: This switch is turned on. The check function is
and enabled.
Three
disabled.

WCDMA RAN

nd
PS 4)IU_FLEX_CONG_DISCARD_SWITCH
Services How to handle the initial direct transfer messages
when the SCCP signaling links to the CN node are
congested in Iu Flex scenarios.
1: When this switch is set to on, the initial direct
transfer messages routed to a CN node are
occasionally discarded if the SCCP signaling links to
the CN node are congested.
0: When this switch is set to off, the initial direct
transfer messages routed to a CN node are forwarded
to other CN nodes for processing if the SCCP
signaling links to the CN node are congested.
5)UL_INTEG_ALGO_FOR_CELLUPDATE_SWITC
H
Whether the RNC does compatibility processing when
checking integrity protection for CELL UPDATE and
URA UPDATE.
1: This switch is turned on. The RNC checks the
integrity protection using HFN increased when fails
first time.
0: This switch is turned off. The RNC does not do
compatibility processing.
6)AMRWB_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH
Switch for enabling one-way audio check on CS WB-
AMR services.
1: This switch is turned on. The check function is
enabled.
disabled.
7)
H (Service Configuration Object Inc. Alarm Switch)
Whether to report ALM-22388 Service Configuration
Object Incomplete when its trigger condition is met.
1: This switch is set to on. When the trigger condition
of ALM-22388 is met, this alarm is reported.
0: This switch is set to off. ALM-22388 will not be
reported.
8)RRC_MSG_CN_INFO_SWITCH(RRC Messages
with CN INFO IE)
Whether the RRC messages in an intra-RNC mobility
procedure contain the CN INFORMATION INFO IE.

WCDMA RAN

nd

messages in an intra-RNC mobility procedure contain
the CN INFORMATION INFO IE.
messages in an intra-RNC mobility procedure do not
contain the CN INFORMATION INFO IE.
GUI Value Range:
, AMRWB_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH,
H, RRC_MSG_CN_INFO_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
,
AMRWB_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH,
H,
RRC_MSG_CN_INFO_SWITCH
Default Value:
RRC_CONN_STATE_TO_NODEB_SWITCH:
0,CS_SECMODE_PRI_CSPS_SWITCH:
0,AMR_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH:
0,IU_FLEX_CONG_DISCARD_SWITCH:
0,UL_INTEG_ALGO_FOR_CELLUPDATE_SWITC
H:0,AMRWB_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH:
0,SEROBJCFG_NOT_CMP_ALM_REPORT_SWIT
CH:0,RRC_MSG_CN_INFO_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd

ationSwi 0 URRCT 020605 Relocati 1)PS_RAB_REL_GTPU_RESOURCE_UNAVAILAB
tch8 RLSWI WRFD- on LE(Optimize RAB Release Due to GTP-U Resource
TCH 010510 Introduc Unavailable)
tion
WRFD- Package Whether the RNC initiates RAB release requests due
150215 to unavailable GTP-U resources when the RNC
3.4/6.8/1 performs PDP deactivation.
WRFD- 3.6/27.2
140103 Kbps 1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
WRFD- RRC does not initiate RAB releases due to unavailable
160271 Connect GTP-U resources.
WRFD- ion and 0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RNC
160270 Radio initiates RAB releases due to unavailable GTP-U
Access resources.
Bearer 2)MNTN_TWO_PENDING_INTEGRITY_CFG_SW
Establis ITCH(Maintain Two Integrity Configuration Switch)
hment
and Whether the RNC retains two different sets of
Release integrity protection parameters and activation times
when the uplink integrity protection is activated at two
SRVCC different times in two successive security modes
from during the incoming relocation from the PS domain
LTE to through CSFB.
UMTS
with PS 1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
Handov retains two different sets of integrity protection
er parameters and activation times in the preceding
scenario.
Call
Reestabl 0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RNC
ishment retains the first activation time and the second
integrity protection parameters.
Ultra-
Flash 3)DCCC_HHO_CU_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP_S
CSFB WITCH(Keep GTPU IP switch for DCCC/HHO/CU)
Camp & Whether the RNC is forbidden to modify the GTP-U

Handov local IP address at the transport layer during the
er Based DCCC, hard handover, or cell update procedure
on SPI initiated by the RNC.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC is
forbidden to modify the GTP-U local IP address at the
transport layer in the preceding scenario.
can modify the GTP-U local IP address at the
4)RAB_MODIFY_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP_SW
ITCH(Keep GTPU IP switch for RAB modification)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC is forbidden to modify the GTP-U

local IP address at the transport layer during the RAB
modification procedure initiated by the PS CN.
transport layer in the preceding scenario. If the
transport layer information sent by the CN during the
RAB modification procedure differs from the current
information, the RNC is forbidden to change the GTP-
U local IP address at the transport layer during the
transmission information modification procedure. If
the transmission information modification procedure
fails and
RAB_MOD_IUPS_ADMIFAIL_GTPU_REEST_SWI
TCH under the "OptimizationSwitch5" parameter in
the "SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is set to
ON, the RNC reestablishes the GTP-U, and this
switch does not take effect.
5)IUR_F2P_P2P_OVERLAP_CU_TRIG_DSCR_SW
ITCH(DSCR switch for Iur Cell Update)
Whether the SRNC directly initiates the Directed
Signaling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR)
procedure when a cross-Iur F2P or P2P procedure
overlaps a cross-Iur cell update procedure and the
SRNC is processing the cell update message.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The SRNC
directly initiates the DSCR procedure instead of the
relocation procedure in the preceding scenario.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The SRNC
initiates the relocation procedure in the preceding
scenario.
6)STATE_TRANS_COUNT_OPT_SWITCH(Optimiz
e the Measurement of State Transitions)
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON, state
transitions in the following scenario are also
measured: A UE initiates a state transition in a cell
under the DRNC and moves to a cell under the SRNC
after the state transition.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF, state
transitions in the preceding scenario are not measured.
7)CU_RB_CFG_OPT_SWITCH(RB Configuration
Optimization Switch for Cell Update)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RB configuration information

optimization function is enabled during a cell update
procedure.
1:Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When SRB
H2D reconfiguration is accompanied by TRB
reconfiguration in cell update scenarios, the TRB
configuration information is correctly updated.
0:Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RB
configuration information optimization function is
disabled during a cell update procedure.
8)SEND_RNSAP_RESET_AGAIN_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a RESET REQUEST
message again to a neighboring RNC over the Iur
interface when the recovery of the master RNC in
node redundancy scenarios overlaps with RNC
startup.
sends a RESET REQUEST message again to a
neighboring RNC over the Iur interface in the
preceding scenario.
does not send a RESET REQUEST message again to
a neighboring RNC over the Iur interface in the
preceding scenario.
9)SYS_HO_RELOC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a Relocation Complete
message to the CN immediately after receiving a
Handover to UTRAN Complete message from the UE
over the Uu interface during an incoming inter-RAT
handover.
sends a Relocation Complete message to the CN after
receiving a Handover to UTRAN Complete message
from the UE over the Uu interface and receiving a
Security Mode Command message.
sends a Relocation Complete message to the CN
immediately after receiving a Handover to UTRAN
Complete message from the UE over the Uu interface.
10)CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends two security mode
commands, one for the CS domain and the other for
the PS domain, during an incoming inter-RAT
handover of CS+PS combined services.

WCDMA RAN

nd

first sends a security mode command to the CS
domain of the CN and then sends a security mode
command to the PS domain of the CN during an
incoming inter-RAT handover of CS+PS combined
services.
only sends a security mode command to the domain
that sends the Relocation Request message at a later
time during an incoming inter-RAT handover of CS
+PS combined services.
11)MOCN_REDIR_GET_SPID_OPT_SWITCH(SPI
D Selection Optimization Switch for Redirection)
Whether non-supporting UEs select the subscriber
profile ID (SPID) in an optimized way when
accessing the network in a MOCN cell.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. Non-
supporting UEs select the SPID of the most recent
serving operator.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. Non-
supporting UEs select the most recent valid SPID.
12)DCH_DISCARD_NONDCH_CU_MSG_SWITC
H(Discard Non-CELL_DCH CU Messages for
CELL_DCH UEs)
Whether the RNC discards the CELL UPDATE
message (indicating that a UE is in the non-
CELL_DCH state) when determining that the UE is in
the CELL_DCH state. The CELL UPDATE message
with the cause value "cell reselection", "UE re-
entering service area", "periodic cell update", "uplink
data transmission", or "paging response" indicates that
a UE is in the non-CELL_DCH state. If the RNC
receives such a message from a UE that is considered
to be in the CELL_DCH state, the RNC considers this
message abnormal and discards it.
discards the received CELL UPDATE message in the
(1)The RNC determines that a UE is stable and is in
the CELL_DCH state, and receives from the UE a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value "cell
reselection", "UE re-entering service area", "periodic
cell update", "uplink data transmission", or "paging
response."
(2)The RNC receives from a UE a CELL UPDATE
message with the cause value "cell reselection",

WCDMA RAN

nd
"periodic cell update", "uplink data transmission", or

"paging response" during RB setup, RB
reconfiguration, or RB release in CELL_DCH-to-
does not discard the received CELL UPDATE
message in the preceding scenarios.
13)CMCF_ACTIVE_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH(RL
Reestablishment Switch for CM Reconfiguration in
Active Mode)
Whether to trigger RL reestablishment in the event of
a compressed mode (CM) reconfiguration procedure
failure.
triggers RL reestablishment in the following scenario:
(1) The compressed mode (CM) is successfully
activated.
(2) The RNC triggers a CM reconfiguration procedure
by sending a PHYSICAL CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION message to the UE to modify
CM parameters.
(3) An SRB reset, a TRB reset, an RL failure, or UE
response timeout occurs during the CM
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. RL
reestablishment is not supported in this scenario.
14)DCH_RB_REL_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH(
PS RB Release and CU Overlap Optimization Switch
for DCH UEs)
Whether the RNC uses the "Reconfiguration Status
Indicator" information element (IE) contained in a
CELL UPDATE or UPLINK SIGNALLING
TRANSFER INDICATION message that is received
during a PS RB release procedure to determine the
processing results of the PS RB release procedure in
the following scenario:
While waiting for a response from a UE that is
performing CS+PS combined services in the
CELL_DCH state during the PS RB release
procedure, the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE or
UPLINK SIGNALLING TRANSFER INDICATION
message from the UE.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. If the CELL
UPDATE or UPLINK SIGNALLING TRANSFER
INDICATION message contains the "Reconfiguration

WCDMA RAN

nd
Status Indicator" IE and the value of this IE is True,

the RNC determines that the PS RB release procedure
is successful.
does not use the "Reconfiguration Status Indicator" IE
to determine the processing of the PS RB release
procedure.
15)FACH_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_OPT_SWITCH(
Optimize the Processing of SRNS CONTEXT REQ
for CELL_FACH UEs in Procedure Overlap)
Whether the RNC immediately processes the received
SRNS CONTEXT REQUEST message while waiting
for the UE's response in the following scenarios:
The RNC sends an RADIO BEARER RECFG or
RADIO BEARER SETUP message to the UE during
RB reconfiguration or RB setup in CELL_FACH-to-
The RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message from
the UE in the CELL_FACH state or receives an
message, and returns a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM
message to the UE.
immediately processes the received SRNS CONTEXT
REQUEST message in the preceding scenarios.
does not process the received SRNS CONTEXT
REQUEST message until the current procedure
expires.
16)CSFB_USER_IDENTIFY_OPT_SWITCH(CSFB
User Identification Optimization Switch)
Whether to use an optimized method to identify CSFB
UEs.
identifies a UE supporting LTE as a CSFB UE whose
RAU message should be delayed if the RRC
Connection Request message sent by the UE meets
the following conditions:
(1) The "Domain indicator" IE in this message is set to
CS domain.
(2) The "Establishment cause" IE in this message is
set to Originating Conversational Call, Emergency
Call, or Terminating Conversational Call.

WCDMA RAN

nd
(3) This message does not contain the "Pre-redirection

info" IE.
does not use an optimized method to identify CSFB
UEs.
17)F2D_RBSETUP_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITC
H(Support Overlap of F2D RB Setup and CU Caused
by RL Failures)
Whether the RNC supports the overlap of F2D RB
setup and a cell update procedure triggered by radio
link failures.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. If the RNC
receives a CELL UPDATE or RNSAP UL SIG
TRANSF IND message with the cause value "radio
link failure" while waiting for the UE's response
during F2D RB setup, the RNC supports the overlap
of these two procedures.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. In this
scenario, the RNC does not support the overlap of
these two procedures.
18)INIT_DT_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH(Optim
ize Cell Update During Initial Direct Transfer)
Whether the RNC processes the CELL UPDATE
message received from the UE while waiting for the
UE's initial direct transfer message.
processes the CELL UPDATE message received from
the UE while waiting for the UE's initial direct
transfer message.
does not process the CELL UPDATE message
received from the UE while waiting for the UE's
initial direct transfer message.
19)SRVCC_RELOC_IN_CIPHER_OPT_SWITCH(O
ptimize Ciphering for SRVCC During Re-locations)
Whether to optimize the ciphering algorithm for
SRVCC CS+PS combined services during incoming
relocation procedures.
incoming relocation of SRVCC CS+PS combined
services, a ciphering algorithm that is supported by the
CS CN, PS CN, RNC, and UE is selected, and the
incoming relocation is successful.

WCDMA RAN

nd
services, the incoming relocation fails if the CS CN

and PS CN support different ciphering algorithms.
20)RLREEST_RAB_SETUPFAIL_CNT_FIX_SWIT
CH(Correct Measurement of RAB Setup Failures in
RL Reestablishment)
Whether the RNC corrects the measurement of RAB
setup failures when RL reestablishment is enabled and
RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH under the
"ImprovementSwitch" parameter in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command is set to ON.
measures RAB setup attempts for HSPA services into
the VS.HSDPA.RAB.AttEstab and
VS.HSUPA.RAB.AttEstab counters and measures
RAB setup failures based on the causes of RL
reestablishment when the following conditions are
met:
(1) RL reestablishment is triggered during RAB setup.
(2) RL reestablishment fails, and the UE's connection
is released.
measures RAB setup failures based on the causes of
RL reestablishment failures when the following
conditions are met:
is released.
If
RAB_SETUP_ATT_R99_CNT_CORRECT_SWITC
H under the "OptimizationSwitch7" parameter in the
"SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is set to ON,
the RAB setup attempts for HSPA services are
measured into the VS.HSDPA.RAB.AttEstab and
VS.HSUPA.RAB.AttEstab counters. If this switch is
set to OFF, the RAB setup attempts for HSPA services
are measured into the VS.RAB.AttEstab.PSR99
counter.
21)MOCN_SAME_DOMAIN_DISC_INIT_DT_SWI
TCH
Whether the RNC discards an Initial Direct Transfer
message when the following conditions are met: (1)
The UE initiates the initial direct transfer procedure in
a domain in a MOCN cell. (2) The UE has an Iu
signaling connection in that domain.

WCDMA RAN

nd

discards the Initial Direct Transfer message in this
scenario.
initiates a redirection procedure in MOCN
networking.
22)RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH2
RL-related procedures in the following scenario:
An HSDPA UE initiates a Radio Link Parameter
Update procedure, and the RNC receives a RADIO
LINK RECONFIGURATION READY message from
the NodeB.
updates the HS-DSCH information after receiving the
message from the NodeB.
does not update the HS-DSCH information after
receiving the message from the NodeB.
23)RABSETUP_OVERLAP_CU_RELOC_OPT_SW
ITCH(Optimize the Overlap of RAB Setup and Static
Relocation with Cell Update)
Whether the RNC performs optimized processing in
A UE in the CELL_FACH state initiates a cell update
procedure over the Iur interface during a RAB setup
procedure. The RNC buffers the RAB assignment
message and processes the CELL UPDATE message.
During the cell update procedure, if the common
channel establishment fails over the Iur interface, the
RNC triggers a relocation procedure. Before
triggering the relocation procedure, the RNC
preferentially processes the buffered RAB assignment
message. Then the RAB setup procedure overlaps
with the cell update procedure re-initiated by the UE.
Consequently, SRB reset occurs, and the UE
experiences a call drop.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. Before
initiating the relocation procedure, the RNC sends a
RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the
CN. If the CN does not support the optimized
procedure, it returns a RELOCATION
PREPARATION FAILURE message. To avoid
relocation preparation failures, turn on
CU_WITH_RELOC_OPT_SWITCH under the
"SrnsrSwitch" parameter in the "SET

WCDMA RAN

nd
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command to enable the

UE to quickly access the network again through a
DSCR procedure.
does not perform optimized processing in this
scenario.
24)RL_CNT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC corrects the measurement of the
VS.IUB.SuccRLSetup and VS.IUB.SuccRLAdd
counters in the following scenario:
A UE establishes multiple RLs under the same
NodeB, and some RLs are successfully established
whereas others are not.
corrects the measurement of RL establishment
counters in these scenarios.
does not correct the measurement of RL establishment
25)TRNC_RELOC_IN_SUCC_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the VS.TRELOC.SuccExecUEInvolCS,
VS.TRELOC.SuccExecUENotInvolCS,
VS.TRELOC.SuccExecUEInvolPS, and
VS.TRELOC.SuccExecUENotInvolPS counters apply
only to incoming intra-RAT relocations.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. These
counters apply only to incoming intra-RAT
relocations.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. These
counters apply to incoming intra-RAT and inter-RAT
relocations.
26)RELOC_WITHOUT_GLOBAL_CN_ID_OPT_S
WITCH
Whether the RNC correctly processes a relocation
procedure when the Relocation Request message does
not contain the Global CN ID in Iu Flex scenarios.
correctly processes a relocation procedure when the
Relocation Request message does not contain the
Global CN ID in Iu Flex scenarios.
occasionally fails to process a relocation procedure
when the Relocation Request message does not
contain the Global CN ID in Iu Flex scenarios.

WCDMA RAN

nd
27) RELOC_ACK_WAIT_IUUP_INIT_SWITCH
(Send RELOCATION REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE
After IuUP Initialized)
Whether the RNC waits until the IuUP initialization is
complete and then sends a RELOCATION REQUEST
ACKNOWLEDGE message to the CN during an
incoming relocation procedure.
does not send a RELOCATION REQUEST
ACKNOWLEDGE message to the CN until the IuUP
initialization is complete during an incoming
relocation procedure.
sends a RELOCATION REQUEST
ACKNOWLEDGE message to the CN, regardless of
whether the IuUP initialization is complete.
28)ASU_CU_CROSS_OPT_ENH_SWITCH
Whether the enhancement of RL reestablishment
optimization takes effect when an active set update
procedure overlaps with a cell update procedure.
enhancement of RL reestablishment optimization
takes effect in the preceding procedure overlap
scenario.
enhancement of RL reestablishment optimization does
not take effect in the preceding procedure overlap
scenario.
29)RB_RL_REEST_OPT_ENH_SWITCH
Whether to enable the enhancement of RL
reestablishment optimization for RB-related
procedures, which are RB setup, RB reconfiguration,
and CPC deactivation through physical channel
reconfiguration.
enhancement of RL reestablishment optimization is
enabled for RB-related procedures.
not enabled for RB-related procedures.
30)DCH_CU_CHGCELL_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RL reestablishment of a UE in the
CELL_DCH state is supported when the UE sends a

WCDMA RAN

nd
second CELL UPDATE message in another cell after

sending a CELL UPDATE message in a cell.
reestablishment of the UE in the CELL_DCH state is
supported in the preceding scenario.
not supported in the preceding scenario.
31)RELOC_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH
Whether the one-way audio detection is started at an
earlier time during an SRNS relocation procedure.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The one-way
audio detection is started after the user-plane
resources of the DRNC are prepared.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The one-
way audio detection is started after the SRNS
relocation or inter-RAT handover is complete.
32)RL_FAIL_SUSP_SHO_DEL_SWITCH
Whether the RNC delays deleting radio links (RLs)
during a soft handover when RL restoration times out.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When some
RLs fall out of synchronization or some new RLs are
initially synchronized and when RL restoration times
out, the RNC delays triggering soft handovers and
deleting unsynchronized RLs. If all the RLs for a UE
in the CELL_DCH state fall out of synchronization
and the RL restoration times out, the RNC delays
triggering abnormal releases or RL reestablishment.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. When some
out, the RNC triggers soft handovers and deletes
unsynchronized RLs. If all the RLs for a UE in the
CELL_DCH state fall out of synchronization and RL
restoration times out, the RNC triggers abnormal
release or RL reestablishment.
Disuse Statement:This parameter
OptimizationSwitch8:RELOC_WITHOUT_GLOBAL
_CN_ID_OPT_SWITCH will be deleted from later
versions. Although the configuration interface in this
version supports delivery of the setting of this
parameter, the system does not use this parameter.
Therefore, this parameter is not recommended.
GUI Value Range:
PS_RAB_REL_GTPU_RESOURCE_UNAVAILABL

WCDMA RAN

nd
E,
MNTN_TWO_PENDING_INTEGRITY_CFG_SWIT
CH,
DCCC_HHO_CU_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP_SWI
TCH,
RAB_MODIFY_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP_SWIT
CH,
IUR_F2P_P2P_OVERLAP_CU_TRIG_DSCR_SWIT
CH, STATE_TRANS_COUNT_OPT_SWITCH,
CU_RB_CFG_OPT_SWITCH,
SEND_RNSAP_RESET_AGAIN_SWITCH,
SYS_HO_RELOC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH,
CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH,
MOCN_REDIR_GET_SPID_OPT_SWITCH,
DCH_DISCARD_NONDCH_CU_MSG_SWITCH,
CMCF_ACTIVE_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH,
DCH_RB_REL_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH,
FACH_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_OPT_SWITCH,
CSFB_USER_IDENTIFY_OPT_SWITCH,
F2D_RBSETUP_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH,
INIT_DT_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH,
SRVCC_RELOC_IN_CIPHER_OPT_SWITCH,
RLREEST_RAB_SETUPFAIL_CNT_FIX_SWITCH,
MOCN_SAME_DOMAIN_DISC_INIT_DT_SWITC
H, RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH2,
RABSETUP_OVERLAP_CU_RELOC_OPT_SWITC
H, RL_CNT_OPT_SWITCH,
TRNC_RELOC_IN_SUCC_OPT_SWITCH,
RELOC_WITHOUT_GLOBAL_CN_ID_OPT_SWIT
CH, RELOC_ACK_WAIT_IUUP_INIT_SWITCH,
ASU_CU_CROSS_OPT_ENH_SWITCH,
RB_RL_REEST_OPT_ENH_SWITCH,
DCH_CU_CHGCELL_OPT_SWITCH,
RELOC_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH,
RL_FAIL_SUSP_SHO_DEL_SWITCH
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
E,
CH,
TCH,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
STATE_TRANS_COUNT_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH2,
H,
RL_CNT_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
RELOC_ACK_WAIT_IUUP_INIT_SWITCH,
Default Value:
E:
0,MNTN_TWO_PENDING_INTEGRITY_CFG_SW
ITCH:
0,DCCC_HHO_CU_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP_S
WITCH:
0,RAB_MODIFY_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP_SWI

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH:
0,IUR_F2P_P2P_OVERLAP_CU_TRIG_DSCR_SW
ITCH:0,STATE_TRANS_COUNT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CU_RB_CFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SEND_RNSAP_RESET_AGAIN_SWITCH:
0,SYS_HO_RELOC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH:
0,MOCN_REDIR_GET_SPID_OPT_SWITCH:
1,DCH_DISCARD_NONDCH_CU_MSG_SWITCH:
0,CMCF_ACTIVE_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH:
0,DCH_RB_REL_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,FACH_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CSFB_USER_IDENTIFY_OPT_SWITCH:
0,F2D_RBSETUP_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,INIT_DT_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SRVCC_RELOC_IN_CIPHER_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RLREEST_RAB_SETUPFAIL_CNT_FIX_SWITC
H:
0,MOCN_SAME_DOMAIN_DISC_INIT_DT_SWIT
CH:
0,RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH2:0,RABSETUP
_OVERLAP_CU_RELOC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RL_CNT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,TRNC_RELOC_IN_SUCC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RELOC_WITHOUT_GLOBAL_CN_ID_OPT_SWI
TCH:0,RELOC_ACK_WAIT_IUUP_INIT_SWITCH:
0,ASU_CU_CROSS_OPT_ENH_SWITCH:
0,RB_RL_REEST_OPT_ENH_SWITCH:
0,DCH_CU_CHGCELL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RELOC_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH:
0,RL_FAIL_SUSP_SHO_DEL_SWITCH:0

WCDMA RAN

nd

ationSwi 0 URRCT 020605 Relocati 1)PS_RAB_REL_GTPU_RESOURCE_UNAVAILAB
tch8 RLSWI WRFD- on LE(Optimize RAB Release Due to GTP-U Resource
TCH 010510 Introduc Unavailable)
tion
WRFD- Package Whether the RNC initiates RAB release requests due
150215 to unavailable GTP-U resources when the RNC
3.4/6.8/1 performs PDP deactivation.
WRFD- 3.6/27.2
140103 Kbps 1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
WRFD- RRC does not initiate RAB releases due to unavailable
160271 Connect GTP-U resources.
WRFD- ion and 0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RNC
160270 Radio initiates RAB releases due to unavailable GTP-U
Access resources.
Bearer 2)MNTN_TWO_PENDING_INTEGRITY_CFG_SW
Establis ITCH(Maintain Two Integrity Configuration Switch)
hment
and Whether the RNC retains two different sets of
Release integrity protection parameters and activation times
when the uplink integrity protection is activated at two
SRVCC different times in two successive security modes
from during the incoming relocation from the PS domain
LTE to through CSFB.
UMTS
with PS 1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The RNC
Handov retains two different sets of integrity protection
er parameters and activation times in the preceding
scenario.
Call
Reestabl 0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RNC
ishment retains the first activation time and the second
integrity protection parameters.
Ultra-
Flash 3)DCCC_HHO_CU_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP_S
CSFB WITCH(Keep GTPU IP switch for DCCC/HHO/CU)
Camp & Whether the RNC is forbidden to modify the GTP-U

Handov local IP address at the transport layer during the
er Based DCCC, hard handover, or cell update procedure
on SPI initiated by the RNC.
4)RAB_MODIFY_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP_SW
ITCH(Keep GTPU IP switch for RAB modification)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RNC is forbidden to modify the GTP-U

local IP address at the transport layer during the RAB
modification procedure initiated by the PS CN.
transport layer in the preceding scenario. If the
transport layer information sent by the CN during the
RAB modification procedure differs from the current
information, the RNC is forbidden to change the GTP-
U local IP address at the transport layer during the
transmission information modification procedure. If
the transmission information modification procedure
fails and
RAB_MOD_IUPS_ADMIFAIL_GTPU_REEST_SWI
TCH under the "OptimizationSwitch5" parameter in
the "SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is set to
ON, the RNC reestablishes the GTP-U, and this
switch does not take effect.
5)IUR_F2P_P2P_OVERLAP_CU_TRIG_DSCR_SW
ITCH(DSCR switch for Iur Cell Update)
Whether the SRNC directly initiates the Directed
Signaling Connection Re-establishment (DSCR)
procedure when a cross-Iur F2P or P2P procedure
overlaps a cross-Iur cell update procedure and the
SRNC is processing the cell update message.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The SRNC
directly initiates the DSCR procedure instead of the
relocation procedure in the preceding scenario.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The SRNC
initiates the relocation procedure in the preceding
scenario.
6)STATE_TRANS_COUNT_OPT_SWITCH(Optimiz
e the Measurement of State Transitions)
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON, state
transitions in the following scenario are also
measured: A UE initiates a state transition in a cell
under the DRNC and moves to a cell under the SRNC
after the state transition.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF, state
transitions in the preceding scenario are not measured.
7)CU_RB_CFG_OPT_SWITCH(RB Configuration
Optimization Switch for Cell Update)

WCDMA RAN

nd
Whether the RB configuration information

optimization function is enabled during a cell update
procedure.
1:Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When SRB
H2D reconfiguration is accompanied by TRB
reconfiguration in cell update scenarios, the TRB
configuration information is correctly updated.
0:Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The RB
configuration information optimization function is
disabled during a cell update procedure.
8)SEND_RNSAP_RESET_AGAIN_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a RESET REQUEST
message again to a neighboring RNC over the Iur
interface when the recovery of the master RNC in
node redundancy scenarios overlaps with RNC
startup.
sends a RESET REQUEST message again to a
neighboring RNC over the Iur interface in the
preceding scenario.
does not send a RESET REQUEST message again to
a neighboring RNC over the Iur interface in the
preceding scenario.
9)SYS_HO_RELOC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends a Relocation Complete
message to the CN immediately after receiving a
Handover to UTRAN Complete message from the UE
over the Uu interface during an incoming inter-RAT
handover.
sends a Relocation Complete message to the CN after
receiving a Handover to UTRAN Complete message
from the UE over the Uu interface and receiving a
Security Mode Command message.
sends a Relocation Complete message to the CN
immediately after receiving a Handover to UTRAN
Complete message from the UE over the Uu interface.
10)CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH
Whether the RNC sends two security mode
commands, one for the CS domain and the other for
the PS domain, during an incoming inter-RAT
handover of CS+PS combined services.

WCDMA RAN

nd

first sends a security mode command to the CS
domain of the CN and then sends a security mode
command to the PS domain of the CN during an
incoming inter-RAT handover of CS+PS combined
services.
only sends a security mode command to the domain
that sends the Relocation Request message at a later
time during an incoming inter-RAT handover of CS
+PS combined services.
11)MOCN_REDIR_GET_SPID_OPT_SWITCH(SPI
D Selection Optimization Switch for Redirection)
Whether non-supporting UEs select the subscriber
profile ID (SPID) in an optimized way when
accessing the network in a MOCN cell.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. Non-
supporting UEs select the SPID of the most recent
serving operator.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. Non-
supporting UEs select the most recent valid SPID.
12)DCH_DISCARD_NONDCH_CU_MSG_SWITC
H(Discard Non-CELL_DCH CU Messages for
CELL_DCH UEs)
Whether the RNC discards the CELL UPDATE
message (indicating that a UE is in the non-
CELL_DCH state) when determining that the UE is in
the CELL_DCH state. The CELL UPDATE message
with the cause value "cell reselection", "UE re-
entering service area", "periodic cell update", "uplink
data transmission", or "paging response" indicates that
a UE is in the non-CELL_DCH state. If the RNC
receives such a message from a UE that is considered
to be in the CELL_DCH state, the RNC considers this
message abnormal and discards it.
discards the received CELL UPDATE message in the
(1)The RNC determines that a UE is stable and is in
the CELL_DCH state, and receives from the UE a
CELL UPDATE message with the cause value "cell
reselection", "UE re-entering service area", "periodic
cell update", "uplink data transmission", or "paging
response."
(2)The RNC receives from a UE a CELL UPDATE
message with the cause value "cell reselection",

WCDMA RAN

nd
"periodic cell update", "uplink data transmission", or

"paging response" during RB setup, RB
reconfiguration, or RB release in CELL_DCH-to-
does not discard the received CELL UPDATE
message in the preceding scenarios.
13)CMCF_ACTIVE_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH(RL
Reestablishment Switch for CM Reconfiguration in
Active Mode)
Whether to trigger RL reestablishment in the event of
a compressed mode (CM) reconfiguration procedure
failure.
triggers RL reestablishment in the following scenario:
(1) The compressed mode (CM) is successfully
activated.
(2) The RNC triggers a CM reconfiguration procedure
by sending a PHYSICAL CHANNEL
RECONFIGURATION message to the UE to modify
CM parameters.
(3) An SRB reset, a TRB reset, an RL failure, or UE
response timeout occurs during the CM
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. RL
reestablishment is not supported in this scenario.
14)DCH_RB_REL_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH(
PS RB Release and CU Overlap Optimization Switch
for DCH UEs)
Whether the RNC uses the "Reconfiguration Status
Indicator" information element (IE) contained in a
CELL UPDATE or UPLINK SIGNALLING
TRANSFER INDICATION message that is received
during a PS RB release procedure to determine the
processing results of the PS RB release procedure in
While waiting for a response from a UE that is
performing CS+PS combined services in the
CELL_DCH state during the PS RB release
procedure, the RNC receives a CELL UPDATE or
message from the UE.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. If the CELL
UPDATE or UPLINK SIGNALLING TRANSFER
INDICATION message contains the "Reconfiguration

WCDMA RAN

nd
Status Indicator" IE and the value of this IE is True,

the RNC determines that the PS RB release procedure
is successful.
does not use the "Reconfiguration Status Indicator" IE
to determine the processing of the PS RB release
procedure.
15)FACH_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_OPT_SWITCH(
Optimize the Processing of SRNS CONTEXT REQ
for CELL_FACH UEs in Procedure Overlap)
Whether the RNC immediately processes the received
SRNS CONTEXT REQUEST message while waiting
for the UE's response in the following scenarios:
The RNC sends an RADIO BEARER RECFG or
RADIO BEARER SETUP message to the UE during
RB reconfiguration or RB setup in CELL_FACH-to-
The RNC receives a CELL UPDATE message from
the UE in the CELL_FACH state or receives an
message, and returns a CELL UPDATE CONFIRM
message to the UE.
immediately processes the received SRNS CONTEXT
REQUEST message in the preceding scenarios.
does not process the received SRNS CONTEXT
REQUEST message until the current procedure
expires.
16)CSFB_USER_IDENTIFY_OPT_SWITCH(CSFB
User Identification Optimization Switch)
Whether to use an optimized method to identify CSFB
UEs.
identifies a UE supporting LTE as a CSFB UE whose
RAU message should be delayed if the RRC
Connection Request message sent by the UE meets
the following conditions:
(1) The "Domain indicator" IE in this message is set to
CS domain.
(2) The "Establishment cause" IE in this message is
set to Originating Conversational Call, Emergency
Call, or Terminating Conversational Call.

WCDMA RAN

nd
(3) This message does not contain the "Pre-redirection

info" IE.
does not use an optimized method to identify CSFB
UEs.
17)F2D_RBSETUP_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITC
H(Support Overlap of F2D RB Setup and CU Caused
by RL Failures)
Whether the RNC supports the overlap of F2D RB
setup and a cell update procedure triggered by radio
link failures.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. If the RNC
receives a CELL UPDATE or RNSAP UL SIG
TRANSF IND message with the cause value "radio
link failure" while waiting for the UE's response
during F2D RB setup, the RNC supports the overlap
of these two procedures.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. In this
scenario, the RNC does not support the overlap of
these two procedures.
18)INIT_DT_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH(Optim
ize Cell Update During Initial Direct Transfer)
Whether the RNC processes the CELL UPDATE
message received from the UE while waiting for the
UE's initial direct transfer message.
processes the CELL UPDATE message received from
the UE while waiting for the UE's initial direct
transfer message.
does not process the CELL UPDATE message
received from the UE while waiting for the UE's
initial direct transfer message.
19)SRVCC_RELOC_IN_CIPHER_OPT_SWITCH(O
ptimize Ciphering for SRVCC During Re-locations)
Whether to optimize the ciphering algorithm for
SRVCC CS+PS combined services during incoming
relocation procedures.
services, a ciphering algorithm that is supported by the
CS CN, PS CN, RNC, and UE is selected, and the
incoming relocation is successful.

WCDMA RAN

nd
services, the incoming relocation fails if the CS CN

and PS CN support different ciphering algorithms.
20)RLREEST_RAB_SETUPFAIL_CNT_FIX_SWIT
CH(Correct Measurement of RAB Setup Failures in
RL Reestablishment)
Whether the RNC corrects the measurement of RAB
setup failures when RL reestablishment is enabled and
RAB_SETUP_CNT_CORRECT_SWITCH under the
"ImprovementSwitch" parameter in the "SET
URRCTRLSWITCH" command is set to ON.
measures RAB setup attempts for HSPA services into
the VS.HSDPA.RAB.AttEstab and
VS.HSUPA.RAB.AttEstab counters and measures
RAB setup failures based on the causes of RL
reestablishment when the following conditions are
met:
is released.
measures RAB setup failures based on the causes of
RL reestablishment failures when the following
conditions are met:
is released.
If
RAB_SETUP_ATT_R99_CNT_CORRECT_SWITC
H under the "OptimizationSwitch7" parameter in the
"SET URRCTRLSWITCH" command is set to ON,
the RAB setup attempts for HSPA services are
measured into the VS.HSDPA.RAB.AttEstab and
VS.HSUPA.RAB.AttEstab counters. If this switch is
set to OFF, the RAB setup attempts for HSPA services
are measured into the VS.RAB.AttEstab.PSR99
counter.
21)MOCN_SAME_DOMAIN_DISC_INIT_DT_SWI
TCH
Whether the RNC discards an Initial Direct Transfer
message when the following conditions are met: (1)
The UE initiates the initial direct transfer procedure in
a domain in a MOCN cell. (2) The UE has an Iu
signaling connection in that domain.

WCDMA RAN

nd

discards the Initial Direct Transfer message in this
scenario.
initiates a redirection procedure in MOCN
networking.
22)RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH2
RL-related procedures in the following scenario:
An HSDPA UE initiates a Radio Link Parameter
Update procedure, and the RNC receives a RADIO
LINK RECONFIGURATION READY message from
the NodeB.
updates the HS-DSCH information after receiving the
message from the NodeB.
does not update the HS-DSCH information after
receiving the message from the NodeB.
23)RABSETUP_OVERLAP_CU_RELOC_OPT_SW
ITCH(Optimize the Overlap of RAB Setup and Static
Relocation with Cell Update)
Whether the RNC performs optimized processing in
A UE in the CELL_FACH state initiates a cell update
procedure over the Iur interface during a RAB setup
procedure. The RNC buffers the RAB assignment
message and processes the CELL UPDATE message.
During the cell update procedure, if the common
channel establishment fails over the Iur interface, the
RNC triggers a relocation procedure. Before
triggering the relocation procedure, the RNC
preferentially processes the buffered RAB assignment
message. Then the RAB setup procedure overlaps
with the cell update procedure re-initiated by the UE.
Consequently, SRB reset occurs, and the UE
experiences a call drop.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. Before
initiating the relocation procedure, the RNC sends a
RAB ASSIGNMENT RESPONSE message to the
CN. If the CN does not support the optimized
procedure, it returns a RELOCATION
PREPARATION FAILURE message. To avoid
relocation preparation failures, turn on
CU_WITH_RELOC_OPT_SWITCH under the
"SrnsrSwitch" parameter in the "SET

WCDMA RAN

nd
UCORRMALGOSWITCH" command to enable the

UE to quickly access the network again through a
DSCR procedure.
does not perform optimized processing in this
scenario.
24)RL_CNT_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RNC corrects the measurement of the
VS.IUB.SuccRLSetup and VS.IUB.SuccRLAdd
counters in the following scenario:
A UE establishes multiple RLs under the same
NodeB, and some RLs are successfully established
whereas others are not.
corrects the measurement of RL establishment
does not correct the measurement of RL establishment
25)TRNC_RELOC_IN_SUCC_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the VS.TRELOC.SuccExecUEInvolCS,
VS.TRELOC.SuccExecUENotInvolCS,
VS.TRELOC.SuccExecUEInvolPS, and
VS.TRELOC.SuccExecUENotInvolPS counters apply
only to incoming intra-RAT relocations.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. These
counters apply only to incoming intra-RAT
relocations.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. These
counters apply to incoming intra-RAT and inter-RAT
relocations.
26)RELOC_WITHOUT_GLOBAL_CN_ID_OPT_S
WITCH
Whether the RNC correctly processes a relocation
procedure when the Relocation Request message does
not contain the Global CN ID in Iu Flex scenarios.
correctly processes a relocation procedure when the
Relocation Request message does not contain the
Global CN ID in Iu Flex scenarios.
occasionally fails to process a relocation procedure
when the Relocation Request message does not
contain the Global CN ID in Iu Flex scenarios.

WCDMA RAN

nd
27) RELOC_ACK_WAIT_IUUP_INIT_SWITCH
(Send RELOCATION REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE
After IuUP Initialized)
Whether the RNC waits until the IuUP initialization is
complete and then sends a RELOCATION REQUEST
ACKNOWLEDGE message to the CN during an
incoming relocation procedure.
does not send a RELOCATION REQUEST
ACKNOWLEDGE message to the CN until the IuUP
initialization is complete during an incoming
relocation procedure.
sends a RELOCATION REQUEST
ACKNOWLEDGE message to the CN, regardless of
whether the IuUP initialization is complete.
28)ASU_CU_CROSS_OPT_ENH_SWITCH
Whether the enhancement of RL reestablishment
optimization takes effect when an active set update
procedure overlaps with a cell update procedure.
enhancement of RL reestablishment optimization
takes effect in the preceding procedure overlap
scenario.
enhancement of RL reestablishment optimization does
not take effect in the preceding procedure overlap
scenario.
29)RB_RL_REEST_OPT_ENH_SWITCH
Whether to enable the enhancement of RL
reestablishment optimization for RB-related
procedures, which are RB setup, RB reconfiguration,
and CPC deactivation through physical channel
reconfiguration.
enabled for RB-related procedures.
not enabled for RB-related procedures.
30)DCH_CU_CHGCELL_OPT_SWITCH
Whether the RL reestablishment of a UE in the
CELL_DCH state is supported when the UE sends a

WCDMA RAN

nd
second CELL UPDATE message in another cell after

sending a CELL UPDATE message in a cell.
supported in the preceding scenario.
not supported in the preceding scenario.
31)RELOC_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH
Whether the one-way audio detection is started at an
earlier time during an SRNS relocation procedure.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. The one-way
audio detection is started after the user-plane
resources of the DRNC are prepared.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. The one-
way audio detection is started after the SRNS
relocation or inter-RAT handover is complete.
32)RL_FAIL_SUSP_SHO_DEL_SWITCH
Whether the RNC delays deleting radio links (RLs)
during a soft handover when RL restoration times out.
1: Indicates that this switch is set to ON. When some
out, the RNC delays triggering soft handovers and
deleting unsynchronized RLs. If all the RLs for a UE
in the CELL_DCH state fall out of synchronization
and the RL restoration times out, the RNC delays
triggering abnormal releases or RL reestablishment.
0: Indicates that this switch is set to OFF. When some
out, the RNC triggers soft handovers and deletes
unsynchronized RLs. If all the RLs for a UE in the
CELL_DCH state fall out of synchronization and RL
restoration times out, the RNC triggers abnormal
release or RL reestablishment.
Disuse Statement:This parameter
OptimizationSwitch8:RELOC_WITHOUT_GLOBAL
_CN_ID_OPT_SWITCH will be deleted from later
versions. Although the configuration interface in this
version supports delivery of the setting of this
parameter, the system does not use this parameter.
Therefore, this parameter is not recommended.
GUI Value Range:

WCDMA RAN

nd
E,
CH,
TCH,
CH,
CH, STATE_TRANS_COUNT_OPT_SWITCH,
H, RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH2,
H, RL_CNT_OPT_SWITCH,
CH, RELOC_ACK_WAIT_IUUP_INIT_SWITCH,
Unit: None
Actual Value Range:
E,
CH,
TCH,
CH,

WCDMA RAN

nd
CH,
STATE_TRANS_COUNT_OPT_SWITCH,
H,
RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH2,
H,
RL_CNT_OPT_SWITCH,
CH,
RELOC_ACK_WAIT_IUUP_INIT_SWITCH,
Default Value:
E:
0,MNTN_TWO_PENDING_INTEGRITY_CFG_SW
ITCH:
0,DCCC_HHO_CU_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP_S
WITCH:
0,RAB_MODIFY_NO_CHANGING_GTPU_IP_SWI

WCDMA RAN

nd
TCH:
0,IUR_F2P_P2P_OVERLAP_CU_TRIG_DSCR_SW
ITCH:0,STATE_TRANS_COUNT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CU_RB_CFG_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SEND_RNSAP_RESET_AGAIN_SWITCH:
0,SYS_HO_RELOC_CMP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CSPS_SYS_HO_IN_SMC_SWITCH:
0,MOCN_REDIR_GET_SPID_OPT_SWITCH:
1,DCH_DISCARD_NONDCH_CU_MSG_SWITCH:
0,CMCF_ACTIVE_RECFG_REEST_SWITCH:
0,DCH_RB_REL_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,FACH_SRNS_CONTEXT_REQ_OPT_SWITCH:
0,CSFB_USER_IDENTIFY_OPT_SWITCH:
0,F2D_RBSETUP_CU_OVERLAP_OPT_SWITCH:
0,INIT_DT_OVERLAP_CU_OPT_SWITCH:
0,SRVCC_RELOC_IN_CIPHER_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RLREEST_RAB_SETUPFAIL_CNT_FIX_SWITC
H:
0,MOCN_SAME_DOMAIN_DISC_INIT_DT_SWIT
CH:
0,RL_PROCEDURE_OPT_SWITCH2:0,RABSETUP
_OVERLAP_CU_RELOC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RL_CNT_OPT_SWITCH:
0,TRNC_RELOC_IN_SUCC_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RELOC_WITHOUT_GLOBAL_CN_ID_OPT_SWI
TCH:0,RELOC_ACK_WAIT_IUUP_INIT_SWITCH:
0,ASU_CU_CROSS_OPT_ENH_SWITCH:
0,RB_RL_REEST_OPT_ENH_SWITCH:
0,DCH_CU_CHGCELL_OPT_SWITCH:
0,RELOC_SILENT_DETECT_SWITCH:
0,RL_FAIL_SUSP_SHO_DEL_SWITCH:0
SilentDe BSC690 SET None None Meaning: Silence detection threshold for AMR
tectThd 0 UDPUC services, including AMR-WB and AMR-NB services.
FGDAT This threshold is used in the silence detection
A algorithm.
Unit: %
Default Value: 20

WCDMA RAN

nd
SilentDe BSC691 SET None None Meaning: Silence detection threshold for AMR
tectThd 0 UDPUC services, including AMR-WB and AMR-NB services.
FGDAT This threshold is used in the silence detection
A algorithm.
Unit: %
Default Value: 20
SilentCo BSC690 SET None None Meaning: Maximum allowable number of consecutive
ntinueFr 0 UDPUC errored frames during the silence detection on AMR
ameThd FGDAT services, including AMR-WB and AMR-NB services.
A This threshold is used in the silence detection
algorithm.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
SilentCo BSC691 SET None None Meaning: Maximum allowable number of consecutive
ntinueFr 0 UDPUC errored frames during the silence detection on AMR
ameThd FGDAT services, including AMR-WB and AMR-NB services.
A This threshold is used in the silence detection
algorithm.
Unit: None
Default Value: 0
SilentTr BSC690 SET None None Meaning: Whether to enable the silence detection and
aceSwit 0 UTRAC tracing function.When this switch is set to ON, the
ch ECTRL silence detection and tracing function is enabled.
GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF(OFF)

WCDMA RAN

nd
SilentTr BSC691 SET None None Meaning: Whether to enable the silence detection and
aceSwit 0 UTRAC tracing function.When this switch is set to ON, the
ch ECTRL silence detection and tracing function is enabled.
GUI Value Range: OFF(OFF), ON(ON)
Unit: None
Default Value: OFF(OFF)
GoldMa BSC690 SET WRFD- AMR- Meaning:

xMode 0 UAMR 010613 WB If IUUP V1 is in use, the parameter specifies the
CWB WRFD- (Adaptiv maximum uplink rate and maximum downlink rate of
020701 e Multi wideband AMR speech services for gold users.
Rate
Wide If IUUP V2 is in use, the parameter specifies the
Band) maximum uplink rate and maximum initial downlink
access rate of wideband AMR speech services for
AMR/W gold users.
B-AMR
Speech This parameter does not take effect for incoming
Rates handover AMR speech services or incoming static
Control relocation AMR speech services.
Unit: kbit/s

WCDMA RAN

nd
GoldMa BSC691 SET WRFD- AMR- Meaning:

xMode 0 UAMR 010613 WB If IUUP V1 is in use, the parameter specifies the
020701 e Multi wideband AMR speech services for gold users.
Rate
AMR/W gold users.
B-AMR
Unit: kbit/s

WCDMA RAN

nd
SilverM BSC690 SET WRFD- AMR- Meaning:

axMode 0 UAMR 010613 WB If IUUP V1 is in use, the parameter specifies the
020701 e Multi wideband AMR speech services for silver users.
Rate
AMR/W silver users.
B-AMR
Unit: kbit/s

WCDMA RAN

nd
SilverM BSC691 SET WRFD- AMR- Meaning:

axMode 0 UAMR 010613 WB If IUUP V1 is in use, the parameter specifies the
020701 e Multi wideband AMR speech services for silver users.
Rate
AMR/W silver users.
B-AMR
Unit: kbit/s

WCDMA RAN

nd
Copper BSC690 SET WRFD- AMR- Meaning:

MaxMo 0 UAMR 010613 WB If IUUP V1 is in use, the parameter specifies the
de CWB WRFD- (Adaptiv maximum uplink rate and maximum downlink rate of
020701 e Multi wideband AMR speech services for copper users.
Rate
AMR/W copper users.
B-AMR
Unit: kbit/s

WCDMA RAN

nd
Copper BSC691 SET WRFD- AMR- Meaning:

MaxMo 0 UAMR 010613 WB If IUUP V1 is in use, the parameter specifies the
de CWB WRFD- (Adaptiv maximum uplink rate and maximum downlink rate of
020701 e Multi wideband AMR speech services for copper users.
Rate
AMR/W copper users.
B-AMR
Unit: kbit/s
WAmrS BSC690 ADD WRFD- AMR- Meaning: Whether the neighboring RNC supports
uppInd 0 UNRNC 010613 WB WB-AMR. If the neighboring RNC supports WB-
MOD (Adaptiv AMR, this parameter should be set to YES. Under this
UNRNC e Multi circumstance, UE-not-involved relocations to the
Rate neighboring RNC are allowed for UEs performing
Wide WB-AMR services. If the neighboring RNC does not
Band) support WB-AMR, this parameter should be set to
NO. Under this circumstance, UE-not-involved
relocations are not allowed for such UEs.
Unit: None
Default Value: YES

WCDMA RAN

nd
WAmrS BSC691 ADD WRFD- AMR- Meaning: Whether the neighboring RNC supports
uppInd 0 UNRNC 010613 WB WB-AMR. If the neighboring RNC supports WB-
MOD (Adaptiv AMR, this parameter should be set to YES. Under this
UNRNC e Multi circumstance, UE-not-involved relocations to the
Rate neighboring RNC are allowed for UEs performing
Wide WB-AMR services. If the neighboring RNC does not
Band) support WB-AMR, this parameter should be set to
NO. Under this circumstance, UE-not-involved
relocations are not allowed for such UEs.
Unit: None
Default Value: YES
UlRate BSC690 ADD WRFD- Transpo Meaning:

Matchin 0 UTYPR 021000 rt This parameter specifies the weight of processing
gAttr ABSEM WRFD- Channel (repeating or deleting) data bits on the corresponding
ISTATI 010613 Manage transport channel during uplink rate matching. Rate
CTF ment Matching Attribute (RMA) is a semi-static parameter
MOD AMR- provided by the higher layer for each traffic channel
UTYPR WB according to QoS. This parameter is valid in the case
ABSEM (Adaptiv of multiplexing of transport channels, that is, when
ISTATI e Multi multiple transport channels are combined into a Coded
CTF Rate Composite Transport Channel (CCTrCH). This
Wide parameter takes a value relative to the RMA values of
Band) other multiplexing transport channels. For details of
this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.212.
Unit: None
Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlRate BSC691 ADD WRFD- Transpo Meaning:

ISTATI 010613 Manage transport channel during uplink rate matching. Rate
CTF ment Matching Attribute (RMA) is a semi-static parameter
MOD AMR- provided by the higher layer for each traffic channel
UTYPR WB according to QoS. This parameter is valid in the case
ABSEM (Adaptiv of multiplexing of transport channels, that is, when
ISTATI e Multi multiple transport channels are combined into a Coded
CTF Rate Composite Transport Channel (CCTrCH). This
Wide parameter takes a value relative to the RMA values of
Band) other multiplexing transport channels. For details of
this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.212.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
DlRate BSC690 ADD WRFD- Transpo Meaning:

ISTATI 010613 Manage transport channel during downlink rate matching.
CTF ment RMA is a semi-static parameter provided by the
MOD AMR- higher layer for each traffic channel according to QoS.
UTYPR WB This parameter is valid in the case of multiplexing of
ABSEM (Adaptiv transport channels, that is, when multiple transport
ISTATI e Multi channels are combined into a CCTrCH. This
CTF Rate parameter takes a value relative to the RMA values of
Wide other multiplexing transport channels. For details of
Band) this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.212.
Unit: None
Default Value: None

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlRate BSC691 ADD WRFD- Transpo Meaning:

ISTATI 010613 Manage transport channel during downlink rate matching.
CTF ment RMA is a semi-static parameter provided by the
MOD AMR- higher layer for each traffic channel according to QoS.
UTYPR WB This parameter is valid in the case of multiplexing of
ABSEM (Adaptiv transport channels, that is, when multiple transport
ISTATI e Multi channels are combined into a CCTrCH. This
CTF Rate parameter takes a value relative to the RMA values of
Wide other multiplexing transport channels. For details of
Band) this parameter, see 3GPP TS 25.212.
Unit: None
Default Value: None
BetaC BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inner Meaning: Power gain factor of the DPCCH for a
0 UTYPR 020504 Loop reference TFC. For details of this parameter, see 3GPP
ABBAS Power TS 25.214.
IC Control GUI Value Range: 1~15
MOD Unit: None
UTYPR
ABBAS Actual Value Range: 1~15
IC Default Value: None
BetaC BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inner Meaning: Power gain factor of the DPCCH for a
MOD Unit: None
UTYPR
BetaD BSC690 ADD WRFD- Inner Meaning: Power gain factor of the DPDCH for a
MOD Unit: None
UTYPR

WCDMA RAN

nd
BetaD BSC691 ADD WRFD- Inner Meaning: Power gain factor of the DPDCH for a
MOD Unit: None
UTYPR
UlMode BSC690 SET WRFD- AMR/W Meaning: To adjust the UL AMR speech rate, AMRC
Change 0 UAMR 020701 B-AMR delivers the TFC CONTROL command and starts this
TimerLe C Speech timer. If no failure message is received when the timer
n Rates expires, the adjustment of the UL AMR speech rate is
Control successful.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 200
UlMode BSC691 SET WRFD- AMR/W Meaning: To adjust the UL AMR speech rate, AMRC
Change 0 UAMR 020701 B-AMR delivers the TFC CONTROL command and starts this
TimerLe C Speech timer. If no failure message is received when the timer
n Rates expires, the adjustment of the UL AMR speech rate is
Control successful.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 200
UlMode BSC690 SET WRFD- AMR/W Meaning: To adjust the UL wideband AMR speech
Change 0 UAMR 020701 B-AMR rate, AMRC delivers the TFC CONTROL command
TimerLe CWB Speech and starts this timer. If no failure message is received
n Rates when the timer expires, the adjustment of the UL
Control wideband AMR speech rate is successful.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 200

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlMode BSC691 SET WRFD- AMR/W Meaning: To adjust the UL wideband AMR speech
Change 0 UAMR 020701 B-AMR rate, AMRC delivers the TFC CONTROL command
TimerLe CWB Speech and starts this timer. If no failure message is received
n Rates when the timer expires, the adjustment of the UL
Control wideband AMR speech rate is successful.
Unit: ms
Default Value: 200

WCDMA RAN

nd
NBMLd BSC690 ADD WRFD- Campin Meaning:

cAlgoS 0 UCELL 151203 g Whether to enable the algorithms related to cell load
witch ALGOS WRFD- Strategy control. Selecting a switch enables the corresponding
WITCH 020106 Switch algorithm and clearing a switch disables the
MOD for Mass corresponding algorithm.
WRFD- Event
UCELL 171213 1. INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB: Whether to enable
ALGOS Load the cell breathing algorithm. This algorithm adjusts P-
WITCH WRFD- Reshuffl CPICH transmit power of a cell based on the
150231 ing downlink TCP load to achieve load balancing between
WRFD- Self intra-frequency cells. This algorithm automatically
150219 Optimiz becomes invalid when the load-based dynamic P-
WRFD- ation CPICH transmit power adjustment algorithm
150216 Under (controlled by the
Uplink DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH
WRFD- Interfere switch) takes effect.
150217 nce 2. PUC: Whether to enable the Potential User Control
WRFD- RIM (PUC) algorithm. This algorithm adjusts cell selection
150215 Based and reselection parameters based on the cell load to
WRFD- UMTS enable UEs to reselect lightly loaded cells.
0106100 Target 3. UL_UU_LDR: Whether to enable the uplink load
3 Cell reshuffling (LDR) algorithm. When the uplink load is
Selectio heavy in a cell, this algorithm alleviates the uplink
WRFD-
n for load by using load-based inter-frequency handovers,
020102
LTE BE service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time
WRFD-
Coverag service QoS renegotiation, load-based CS/PS inter-
140223
e Based RAT handovers, and AMR service rate reduction.
WRFD- PS 4. DL_UU_LDR: Whether to enable the downlink
150236 Redirect LDR algorithm. When the downlink load is heavy in a
WRFD- ion from cell, this algorithm alleviates the downlink load by
020101 UMTS using load-based inter-frequency handovers, BE
to LTE service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time service
WRFD-
140226 Load QoS renegotiation, load-based CS/PS inter-RAT
Based handovers, AMR service rate reduction, and MBMS
WRFD- PS power restriction.
020107 Redirect 5. UL_UU_OLC: Whether to enable the uplink
WRFD- ion from overload control (OLC) algorithm. When the uplink
020104 UMTS power is overloaded in a cell, this algorithm alleviates
to LTE the uplink load by using quick transport format (TF)
WRFD-
020105 Load restriction, distributing best effort (BE) service to
Based common channels, or releasing UEs.
WRFD-
PS 6. DL_UU_OLC: Whether to enable the downlink
020126
Handov OLC algorithm. When the downlink power is
WRFD- er from overloaded in a cell, this algorithm alleviates the
0106120 UMTS downlink load by using quick TF restriction,
2 to LTE distributing BE services to common channels,
WRFD- SRVCC releasing UEs, or reconfiguring the maximum transmit
181201 from power of FACHs.

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- LTE to 7. OLC_EVENTMEAS: Whether to enable OLC

020129 UMTS event measurement.
WRFD- with PS 8. CELL_CODE_LDR: Whether to enable cell code
010626 Handov reshuffling algorithm. In the event of code resource
er overuse, this algorithm alleviates the code resource
WRFD-
HSDPA overuse by using BE service rate reduction, code tree
010627
Admissi reshuffling, and load-based inter-frequency handovers.
WRFD- on 9. CELL_CREDIT_LDR: Whether to enable the cell
020103 Control credit reshuffling algorithm. In the event of cell credit
WRFD- Load overuse, this algorithm alleviates the credit overuse by
010660 Measure using load-based inter-frequency handovers, BE
ment service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time service
WRFD-
MOCN QoS renegotiation, and load-based CS/PS inter-RAT
010661
Cell handovers.
WRFD-
Resourc 10. UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB: Whether to
010662
e enable RTWP-based intra-frequency load balancing
WRFD- Demarc algorithm. This algorithm adjusts P-CPICH transmit
010663 ation power of a cell based on the RTWP load to achieve
WRFD- Load load balancing between intra-frequency cells. This
010665 Based algorithm automatically becomes invalid when the
Dynami load-based dynamic P-CPICH transmit power
WRFD- adjustment algorithm (controlled by the
140102 c
Adjustm DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH
WRFD- ent of switch) takes effect.
0106600 PCPICH 11. UL_UU_CLB: Whether to enable the uplink load-
4 based CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines
Admissi
WRFD- on whether a cell enters the CLB state by the uplink load
0106160 Control on the air interface. If a cell is in the CLB state,
6 measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
Fast triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
WRFD- Return between inter-frequency cells.
0106600 from
2 UMTS 12. DL_UU_CLB: Whether to enable the downlink
to LTE load-based CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines
WRFD- whether a cell enters the CLB state by the downlink
0106600 Overloa load on the air interface. If a cell is in the CLB state,
3 d measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
Control triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
WRFD-
0106600 Intra between inter-frequency cells.
1 Frequen 13. CELL_CODE_CLB: Whether to enable code
cy Load resource-based CLB algorithm. This algorithm
WRFD- Balance
0106160 determines whether a cell enters the CLB state by the
5 Potential code resource usage. If a cell is in the CLB state,
User measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
WRFD- Control triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
020501 between inter-frequency cells.
Mobility
WRFD- Between 14. CELL_CREDIT_CLB: Whether to enable credit-
150220 UMTS based CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- and LTE whether a cell enters the CLB state by the credit
0106160 Phase 1 resource usage. If a cell is in the CLB state,
1 HSUPA measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
WRFD- Admissi triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
0106160 on between inter-frequency cells.
3 Control 15.
WRFD- Uplink DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH:
0106160 Coverag Whether to enable downlink load-based dynamic
2 e primary common pilot channel (P-CPICH) power
Improve adjustment algorithm. This algorithm adjusts the P-
WRFD-
ment CPICH transmit power by the downlink non-HSPA
140217
During power load to reduce the downlink non-HSPA power
WRFD- Access load. If this algorithm takes effect, other enabled
0106160 algorithms for intra-frequency load balancing (based
4 PS on TCP or RTWP) automatically become invalid.
Service
WRFD- Redirect 16. ADAPTIVE_RACH: Function switch for the
010616 ion from adaptive RACH feature. When this switch is turned
WRFD- UMTS on, this feature is activated. In this case, the RNC
0106160 to LTE adjusts the random access parameters based on the
8 random access state and on the uplink power load of
MBMS
the target cell. When this switch is turned off, this
WRFD- FLC(Fre
feature is deactivated.
140218 quency
Layer 17. ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS: Whether to
Converg measure the number of acknowledged PRACH
ence)/ preambles. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
FLD(Fre measures the number of acknowledged PRACH
quency preambles. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
Layer does not measure the number of acknowledged
Dispersi PRACH preambles.
on) 18. CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH: Whether to
FACH enable the camping policy switching function when
Transmi traffic is heavy. This is a function switch for the
ssion function. When the switch is turned on, the camping
Sharing policy switching function is enabled if traffic is heavy
for in the entire network. Then, the target cell is no longer
MBMS a preferred camping cell for the UE in question, but a
Inter random camping cell.
Frequen 19. INTERFREQ_HHO_IN_RTWP_SWITCH:
cy Load Whether the RNC considers the RTWP of the cell
Balance during incoming coverage-based inter-frequency
MBMS handovers to this cell. When this switch is turned on
Phase 2 and the Self Optimization Under Uplink Interference
feature takes effect, UEs can perform coverage-based
MBMS inter-frequency handovers to the cell only when the
over Iur difference between the RTWP and RSCP (RTWP -
Dynami RSCP) of this cell is less than the value of the
c Power "InterFreqInUlCovLimitThld" parameter in the "ADD

WCDMA RAN

nd
Estimati UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV" command. When this

on for switch is turned off, whether the RNC considers the
MTCH uplink coverage (RTWP) of the cell during incoming
MSCH coverage-based inter-frequency handovers to this cell
Scheduli depends on the value of the "InterFreqHOConsi-
ng derRTWPSw" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV" command configured
MBMS for the neighboring cell.
Channel
Audienc 20. ULACESS_COVER_IMPRV_SWITCH: Whether
e Rating to enable the uplink access coverage improvement
Statistic feature. When this switch is turned on, the uplink
s access coverage improvement feature is enabled, and
cell edge UEs can access the network easily. When
CS this switch is turned off, the uplink access coverage
Fallback improvement feature is disabled, and cell edge UEs
Guarant access the network less easily.
ee for
LTE GUI Value Range: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB,
Emerge PUC, UL_UU_LDR, DL_UU_LDR, UL_UU_OLC,
ncy DL_UU_OLC, OLC_EVENTMEAS,
Calls CELL_CODE_LDR, CELL_CREDIT_LDR,
UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB, UL_UU_CLB,
Inter- DL_UU_CLB, CELL_CODE_CLB,
Frequen CELL_CREDIT_CLB,
cy DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH,
Neighbo ADAPTIVE_RACH,
ring Cell ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS,
Selectio CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH,
n for INTERFREQ_HHO_IN_RTWP_SWITCH,
MBMS ULACESS_COVER_IMPRV_SWITCH
PTP
Users Unit: None
Streami Actual Value Range: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB,

ng PUC, UL_UU_LDR, DL_UU_LDR, UL_UU_OLC,
Service DL_UU_OLC, OLC_EVENTMEAS,
on CELL_CODE_LDR, CELL_CREDIT_LDR,
MBMS UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB, UL_UU_CLB,
DL_UU_CLB, CELL_CODE_CLB,
MBMS CELL_CREDIT_CLB,
P2P DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH,
over ADAPTIVE_RACH,
HSDPA ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS,
MBMS CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH,
Admissi INTERFREQ_HHO_IN_RTWP_SWITCH,
on ULACESS_COVER_IMPRV_SWITCH
Enhance Default Value: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB:0,PUC:
ment 0,UL_UU_LDR:0,DL_UU_LDR:0,UL_UU_OLC:
MBMS 0,DL_UU_OLC:0,OLC_EVENTMEAS:
Enhance 0,CELL_CODE_LDR:0,CELL_CREDIT_LDR:

WCDMA RAN

nd
d 0,UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB:0,UL_UU_CLB:
Broadca 0,DL_UU_CLB:0,CELL_CODE_CLB:
st Mode 0,CELL_CREDIT_CLB:
MBMS 0,DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITC
Transpo H:0,ADAPTIVE_RACH:
rt 0,ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS:
Resourc 0,CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH:
e 0,INTERFREQ_HHO_IN_RTWP_SWITCH:
Manage 0,ULACESS_COVER_IMPRV_SWITCH:0
ment
Open
Loop
Power
Control
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
MBMS
Broadca
st Mode
MBMS
Load
Control
MBMS
Admissi
on
Control
Inter-
Frequen
cy Load
Balancin
g Based
on
Configu
rable
Load
Threshol
d
MBMS
Soft/
Selectiv
e

WCDMA RAN

nd
Combini
ng
MBMS
Introduc
tion
Package
16/32/64
/
128Kbp
s
Channel
Rate on
MBMS
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
NBMLd BSC691 ADD WRFD- Campin Meaning:

cAlgoS 0 UCELL 151203 g Whether to enable the algorithms related to cell load
witch ALGOS WRFD- Strategy control. Selecting a switch enables the corresponding
WITCH 020106 Switch algorithm and clearing a switch disables the
MOD for Mass corresponding algorithm.
WRFD- Event
UCELL 171213 1. INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB: Whether to enable
ALGOS Load the cell breathing algorithm. This algorithm adjusts P-
WITCH WRFD- Reshuffl CPICH transmit power of a cell based on the
150231 ing downlink TCP load to achieve load balancing between
WRFD- Self intra-frequency cells. This algorithm automatically
150219 Optimiz becomes invalid when the load-based dynamic P-
WRFD- ation CPICH transmit power adjustment algorithm
150216 Under (controlled by the
Uplink DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH
WRFD- Interfere switch) takes effect.
150217 nce 2. PUC: Whether to enable the Potential User Control
WRFD- RIM (PUC) algorithm. This algorithm adjusts cell selection
150215 Based and reselection parameters based on the cell load to
WRFD- UMTS enable UEs to reselect lightly loaded cells.
0106100 Target 3. UL_UU_LDR: Whether to enable the uplink load
3 Cell reshuffling (LDR) algorithm. When the uplink load is
Selectio heavy in a cell, this algorithm alleviates the uplink
WRFD-
n for load by using load-based inter-frequency handovers,
020102
LTE BE service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time
WRFD-
Coverag service QoS renegotiation, load-based CS/PS inter-
140223
e Based RAT handovers, and AMR service rate reduction.
WRFD- PS 4. DL_UU_LDR: Whether to enable the downlink
150236 Redirect LDR algorithm. When the downlink load is heavy in a
WRFD- ion from cell, this algorithm alleviates the downlink load by
020101 UMTS using load-based inter-frequency handovers, BE
to LTE service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time service
WRFD-
140226 Load QoS renegotiation, load-based CS/PS inter-RAT
Based handovers, AMR service rate reduction, and MBMS
WRFD- PS power restriction.
020107 Redirect 5. UL_UU_OLC: Whether to enable the uplink
WRFD- ion from overload control (OLC) algorithm. When the uplink
020104 UMTS power is overloaded in a cell, this algorithm alleviates
to LTE the uplink load by using quick transport format (TF)
WRFD-
020105 Load restriction, distributing best effort (BE) service to
Based common channels, or releasing UEs.
WRFD-
PS 6. DL_UU_OLC: Whether to enable the downlink
020126
Handov OLC algorithm. When the downlink power is
WRFD- er from overloaded in a cell, this algorithm alleviates the
0106120 UMTS downlink load by using quick TF restriction,
2 to LTE distributing BE services to common channels,
WRFD- SRVCC releasing UEs, or reconfiguring the maximum transmit
181201 from power of FACHs.

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- LTE to 7. OLC_EVENTMEAS: Whether to enable OLC

020129 UMTS event measurement.
WRFD- with PS 8. CELL_CODE_LDR: Whether to enable cell code
010626 Handov reshuffling algorithm. In the event of code resource
er overuse, this algorithm alleviates the code resource
WRFD-
HSDPA overuse by using BE service rate reduction, code tree
010627
Admissi reshuffling, and load-based inter-frequency handovers.
WRFD- on 9. CELL_CREDIT_LDR: Whether to enable the cell
020103 Control credit reshuffling algorithm. In the event of cell credit
WRFD- Load overuse, this algorithm alleviates the credit overuse by
010660 Measure using load-based inter-frequency handovers, BE
ment service rate reduction, uncontrollable real-time service
WRFD-
MOCN QoS renegotiation, and load-based CS/PS inter-RAT
010661
Cell handovers.
WRFD-
Resourc 10. UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB: Whether to
010662
e enable RTWP-based intra-frequency load balancing
WRFD- Demarc algorithm. This algorithm adjusts P-CPICH transmit
010663 ation power of a cell based on the RTWP load to achieve
WRFD- Load load balancing between intra-frequency cells. This
010665 Based algorithm automatically becomes invalid when the
Dynami load-based dynamic P-CPICH transmit power
WRFD- adjustment algorithm (controlled by the
140102 c
Adjustm DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH
WRFD- ent of switch) takes effect.
0106600 PCPICH 11. UL_UU_CLB: Whether to enable the uplink load-
4 based CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines
Admissi
WRFD- on whether a cell enters the CLB state by the uplink load
0106160 Control on the air interface. If a cell is in the CLB state,
6 measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
Fast triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
WRFD- Return between inter-frequency cells.
0106600 from
2 UMTS 12. DL_UU_CLB: Whether to enable the downlink
to LTE load-based CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines
WRFD- whether a cell enters the CLB state by the downlink
0106600 Overloa load on the air interface. If a cell is in the CLB state,
3 d measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
Control triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
WRFD-
0106600 Intra between inter-frequency cells.
1 Frequen 13. CELL_CODE_CLB: Whether to enable code
cy Load resource-based CLB algorithm. This algorithm
WRFD- Balance
0106160 determines whether a cell enters the CLB state by the
5 Potential code resource usage. If a cell is in the CLB state,
User measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
WRFD- Control triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
020501 between inter-frequency cells.
Mobility
WRFD- Between 14. CELL_CREDIT_CLB: Whether to enable credit-
150220 UMTS based CLB algorithm. This algorithm determines

WCDMA RAN

nd
WRFD- and LTE whether a cell enters the CLB state by the credit
0106160 Phase 1 resource usage. If a cell is in the CLB state,
1 HSUPA measurement-based inter-frequency handovers are
WRFD- Admissi triggered periodically to achieve load balancing
0106160 on between inter-frequency cells.
3 Control 15.
WRFD- Uplink DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH:
0106160 Coverag Whether to enable downlink load-based dynamic
2 e primary common pilot channel (P-CPICH) power
Improve adjustment algorithm. This algorithm adjusts the P-
WRFD-
ment CPICH transmit power by the downlink non-HSPA
140217
During power load to reduce the downlink non-HSPA power
WRFD- Access load. If this algorithm takes effect, other enabled
0106160 algorithms for intra-frequency load balancing (based
4 PS on TCP or RTWP) automatically become invalid.
Service
WRFD- Redirect 16. ADAPTIVE_RACH: Function switch for the
010616 ion from adaptive RACH feature. When this switch is turned
WRFD- UMTS on, this feature is activated. In this case, the RNC
0106160 to LTE adjusts the random access parameters based on the
8 random access state and on the uplink power load of
MBMS
the target cell. When this switch is turned off, this
WRFD- FLC(Fre
feature is deactivated.
140218 quency
Layer 17. ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS: Whether to
Converg measure the number of acknowledged PRACH
ence)/ preambles. When this switch is turned on, the RNC
FLD(Fre measures the number of acknowledged PRACH
quency preambles. When this switch is turned off, the RNC
Layer does not measure the number of acknowledged
Dispersi PRACH preambles.
on) 18. CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH: Whether to
FACH enable the camping policy switching function when
Transmi traffic is heavy. This is a function switch for the
ssion function. When the switch is turned on, the camping
Sharing policy switching function is enabled if traffic is heavy
for in the entire network. Then, the target cell is no longer
MBMS a preferred camping cell for the UE in question, but a
Inter random camping cell.
Frequen 19. INTERFREQ_HHO_IN_RTWP_SWITCH:
cy Load Whether the RNC considers the RTWP of the cell
Balance during incoming coverage-based inter-frequency
MBMS handovers to this cell. When this switch is turned on
Phase 2 and the Self Optimization Under Uplink Interference
feature takes effect, UEs can perform coverage-based
MBMS inter-frequency handovers to the cell only when the
over Iur difference between the RTWP and RSCP (RTWP -
Dynami RSCP) of this cell is less than the value of the
c Power "InterFreqInUlCovLimitThld" parameter in the "ADD

WCDMA RAN

nd
Estimati UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV" command. When this

on for switch is turned off, whether the RNC considers the
MTCH uplink coverage (RTWP) of the cell during incoming
MSCH coverage-based inter-frequency handovers to this cell
Scheduli depends on the value of the "InterFreqHOConsi-
ng derRTWPSw" parameter in the "ADD
UCELLINTERFREQHOCOV" command configured
MBMS for the neighboring cell.
Channel
Audienc 20. ULACESS_COVER_IMPRV_SWITCH: Whether
e Rating to enable the uplink access coverage improvement
Statistic feature. When this switch is turned on, the uplink
s access coverage improvement feature is enabled, and
cell edge UEs can access the network easily. When
CS this switch is turned off, the uplink access coverage
Fallback improvement feature is disabled, and cell edge UEs
Guarant access the network less easily.
ee for
LTE GUI Value Range: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB,
Emerge PUC, UL_UU_LDR, DL_UU_LDR, UL_UU_OLC,
ncy DL_UU_OLC, OLC_EVENTMEAS,
Calls CELL_CODE_LDR, CELL_CREDIT_LDR,
UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB, UL_UU_CLB,
Inter- DL_UU_CLB, CELL_CODE_CLB,
Frequen CELL_CREDIT_CLB,
cy DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH,
Neighbo ADAPTIVE_RACH,
ring Cell ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS,
Selectio CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH,
n for INTERFREQ_HHO_IN_RTWP_SWITCH,
MBMS ULACESS_COVER_IMPRV_SWITCH
PTP
Users Unit: None
Streami Actual Value Range: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB,

ng PUC, UL_UU_LDR, DL_UU_LDR, UL_UU_OLC,
Service DL_UU_OLC, OLC_EVENTMEAS,
on CELL_CODE_LDR, CELL_CREDIT_LDR,
MBMS UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB, UL_UU_CLB,
DL_UU_CLB, CELL_CODE_CLB,
MBMS CELL_CREDIT_CLB,
P2P DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITCH,
over ADAPTIVE_RACH,
HSDPA ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS,
MBMS CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH,
Admissi INTERFREQ_HHO_IN_RTWP_SWITCH,
on ULACESS_COVER_IMPRV_SWITCH
Enhance Default Value: INTRA_FREQUENCY_LDB:0,PUC:
ment 0,UL_UU_LDR:0,DL_UU_LDR:0,UL_UU_OLC:
MBMS 0,DL_UU_OLC:0,OLC_EVENTMEAS:
Enhance 0,CELL_CODE_LDR:0,CELL_CREDIT_LDR:

WCDMA RAN

nd
d 0,UL_INTRA_FREQUENCY_ULB:0,UL_UU_CLB:
Broadca 0,DL_UU_CLB:0,CELL_CODE_CLB:
st Mode 0,CELL_CREDIT_CLB:
MBMS 0,DLLOAD_BASED_PCPICH_PWR_ADJ_SWITC
Transpo H:0,ADAPTIVE_RACH:
rt 0,ACK_PRACH_PREAM_MEAS:
Resourc 0,CAMPING_STRATEGY_SWITCH:
e 0,INTERFREQ_HHO_IN_RTWP_SWITCH:
Manage 0,ULACESS_COVER_IMPRV_SWITCH:0
ment
Open
Loop
Power
Control
Coverag
e Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE
MBMS
Broadca
st Mode
MBMS
Load
Control
MBMS
Admissi
on
Control
Inter-
Frequen
cy Load
Balancin
g Based
on
Configu
rable
Load
Threshol
d
MBMS
Soft/
Selectiv
e

WCDMA RAN

nd
Combini
ng
MBMS
Introduc
tion
Package
16/32/64
/
128Kbp
s
Channel
Rate on
MBMS
Service-
Based
PS
Handov
er from
UMTS
to LTE

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrFi BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning:

rstActio 0 UCELL 150216 Based NOACT: No load reshuffling action is taken.
n LDR WRFD- PS
Redirect INTERFREQLDHO: The inter-frequency load
MOD 150217 handover is performed.
UCELL ion from
WRFD- UMTS
LDR BERATERED: Channels are reconfigured for the BE
020108 to LTE service.
WRFD- Load QOSRENEGO: The renegotiation on the QoS of the
020103 Based uncontrollable real-time service is performed.
WRFD- PS
CSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT
010506 Handov
SHOULDBE load handover of the CS domain is
WRFD- er from
performed.
020106 UMTS
to LTE PSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT
WRFD- SHOULDBE load handover of the PS domain is
070004 Code
performed.
Resourc
WRFD- e AMRRATERED (AMR service rate decreasing): The
0106160 Manage setting of the TFC subset and the negotiation of the
3 ment service rate can be performed for the AMR voice
WRFD- service.
Inter
021101 Frequen MBMSDECPOWER (MBMS power limiting): The
WRFD- cy Load MBMS service is configured with the minimum
020701 Balance power.
WRFD- RAB CODEADJ (code tree reshuffling): The fragments of
020306 Quality the downlink code tree are arranged.
of CSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
Service SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the CS domain is
Renegot performed.
iation
over Iu PSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
Interface SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the PS domain is
performed.
Load
Reshuffl PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover): The load-
ing based UMTS-to-LTE handover in the PS domain is
performed.
Load
Based WAMRSfReconfiguration(AMR-WB SF
GSM reconfiguration): The rate of an AMR-WB service is
and lowered through RB reconfiguration and the SF of the
UMTS AMR-WB service is reconfigured when code resource
Handov congestion occurs.
er The LDR takes the actions in the preset sequence and
Enhance judges whether each action is successful. If an action
ment is unsuccessful, the LDR turns to the next action. If an
Based action is successful, a parameter is set to NOACT, or
on Iur-g all the preceding actions are taken, the downlink LDR
is finished, and the system waits for the next
triggering of the LDR.

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS Because each action is performed by its algorithm

Load module, the LDR algorithm only selects users and
Control delivers control messages, the execution result of each
Dynami action can be obtained after a delay, and the LDR
c algorithm cannot wait for a long time, so the LDR can
Channel only judge whether the actions succeed by whether
Configu candidate users are found.
ration The inter-frequency load handover has no impact on
Control the QoS of users and can balance the cell load, so the
(DCCC) inter-frequency load handover usually serves as the
AMR/W first action.
B-AMR The BE service rate reduction is effective only when
Speech the DCCC algorithm is enabled.
Rates GUI Value Range: NoAct(no action),
Control InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover),
Inter- BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction),
RAT QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff Qos re-
Handov negotiation), CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain
er Based inter-rat should be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
on Load BeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load
handover), AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction),
MBMSDecPower(MBMS descend power),
CodeAdj(Code adjust), CSInterRatShouldNotLD-
HO(CS domain inter-rat should not be load handover),
PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat
should not be load handover),
PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover),
WAMRSfReconfiguration(AMR-WB SF
reconfiguration)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NoAct, InterFreqLDHO,
BERateRed, QoSRenego, CSInterRatShouldBeLD-
HO, PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, AMRRateRed,
MBMSDecPower, CodeAdj, CSInterRatShould-
NotLDHO, PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO,
PSInterU2LLDHO, WAMRSfReconfiguration
Default Value: CodeAdj(Code adjust)

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlLdrFi BSC691 ADD WRFD- Dynami Meaning:

rstActio 0 UCELL 021101 c NOACT: No load reshuffling action is taken.
n LDR WRFD- Channel
Configu INTERFREQLDHO: The inter-frequency load
UCELL ration
WRFD- Control BERATERED: Channels are reconfigured for the BE
LDR 020103 (DCCC) service.
WRFD- Code QOSRENEGO: The renegotiation on the QoS of the
010506 Resourc uncontrollable real-time service is performed.
WRFD- e CSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT
020106 Manage SHOULDBE load handover of the CS domain is
WRFD- ment performed.
0106160 Inter PSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT
3 Frequen SHOULDBE load handover of the PS domain is
WRFD- cy Load performed.
020701 Balance
AMRRATERED (AMR service rate decreasing): The
RAB setting of the TFC subset and the negotiation of the
Quality service rate can be performed for the AMR voice
of service.
Service
Renegot MBMSDECPOWER (MBMS power limiting): The
iation MBMS service is configured with the minimum
over Iu power.
Interface CODEADJ (code tree reshuffling): The fragments of
Load the downlink code tree are arranged.
Reshuffl CSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
ing SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the CS domain is
MBMS performed.
Load PSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
Control SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the PS domain is
AMR/W performed.
B-AMR PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover): The load-
Speech based UMTS-to-LTE handover in the PS domain is
Rates performed.
Control WAMRSfReconfiguration(AMR-WB SF
reconfiguration): The rate of an AMR-WB service is
lowered through RB reconfiguration and the SF of the
AMR-WB service is reconfigured when code resource
congestion occurs.
The LDR takes the actions in the preset sequence and
judges whether each action is successful. If an action
is unsuccessful, the LDR turns to the next action. If an
action is successful, a parameter is set to NOACT, or
all the preceding actions are taken, the downlink LDR
is finished, and the system waits for the next
triggering of the LDR.

WCDMA RAN

nd
Because each action is performed by its algorithm

module, the LDR algorithm only selects users and
delivers control messages, the execution result of each
action can be obtained after a delay, and the LDR
algorithm cannot wait for a long time, so the LDR can
only judge whether the actions succeed by whether
candidate users are found.
The inter-frequency load handover has no impact on
the QoS of users and can balance the cell load, so the
inter-frequency load handover usually serves as the
first action.
The BE service rate reduction is effective only when
the DCCC algorithm is enabled.
GUI Value Range: NoAct(no action),
InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover),
BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction),
QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff Qos re-
negotiation), CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain
inter-rat should be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
BeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load
handover), AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction),
MBMSDecPower(MBMS descend power),
CodeAdj(Code adjust), CSInterRatShouldNotLD-
HO(CS domain inter-rat should not be load handover),
PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat
should not be load handover),
PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover),
WAMRSfReconfiguration(AMR-WB SF
reconfiguration)
Unit: None
Actual Value Range: NoAct, InterFreqLDHO,
BERateRed, QoSRenego, CSInterRatShouldBeLD-
HO, PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, AMRRateRed,
MBMSDecPower, CodeAdj, CSInterRatShould-
NotLDHO, PSInterRatShouldNotLDHO,
PSInterU2LLDHO, WAMRSfReconfiguration
Default Value: CodeAdj(Code adjust)

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrFi BSC690 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning:

n LDR WRFD- PS
UCELL ion from
WRFD- UMTS BERATERED: Channels are reconfigured for the BE
LDR 070004 to LTE service.
WRFD- PS CSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT
010506 Handov SHOULDBE load handover of the CS domain is
WRFD- er from performed.
020106 UMTS
PSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT
to LTE
020108 Load performed.
Based
WRFD- AMRRATERED (AMR service rate decreasing): The
GSM
0106160 setting of the TFC subset and the negotiation of the
and
3 service rate can be performed for the AMR voice
UMTS
service.
WRFD- Handov
021101 er CSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
Enhance SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the CS domain is
WRFD-
ment performed.
020701
Based PSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
WRFD-
on Iur-g SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the PS domain is
020306
Inter performed.
Frequen PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover): The load-
cy Load based UMTS-to-LTE handover in the PS domain is
Balance performed.
RAB The LDR takes the actions in the preset sequence and
Quality judges whether each action is successful. If an action
of is unsuccessful, the LDR turns to the next action. If an
Service action is successful, a parameter is set to NOACT, or
Renegot all the preceding actions are taken, the downlink LDR
iation is finished, and the system waits for the next
over Iu triggering of the LDR.
Interface Because each action is performed by its algorithm
Reshuffl delivers control messages, the execution result of each
ing action can be obtained after a delay, and the LDR
Code algorithm cannot wait for a long time, so the LDR can
Resourc only judge whether the actions succeed by whether
e candidate users are found.
Manage The inter-frequency load handover has no impact on
ment the QoS of users and can balance the cell load, so the
first action.

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS The BE service rate decreasing is effective only when

Load the DCCC algorithm is enabled.
Control GUI Value Range: NoAct(no action),
Dynami InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover),
c BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction),
Channel QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff Qos re-
Configu negotiation), CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain
ration inter-rat should be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
Control BeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load
(DCCC) handover), AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction),
AMR/W CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS domain inter-rat
B-AMR should not be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
Speech NotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should not be load
Rates handover), PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover)
Control Unit: None
Inter- Actual Value Range: NoAct, InterFreqLDHO,
RAT BERateRed, QoSRenego, CSInterRatShouldBeLD-
Handov HO, PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, AMRRateRed,
er Based CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO, PSInterRatShould-
on Load NotLDHO, PSInterU2LLDHO
Default Value: InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load
handover)

WCDMA RAN

nd
UlLdrFi BSC691 ADD WRFD- Load Meaning:

n LDR WRFD- PS
UCELL ion from
WRFD- UMTS BERATERED: Channels are reconfigured for the BE
LDR 070004 to LTE service.
WRFD- PS CSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT
010506 Handov SHOULDBE load handover of the CS domain is
WRFD- er from performed.
020106 UMTS
PSINTERRATSHOULDBELDHO: The inter-RAT
to LTE
020108 Load performed.
Based
WRFD- AMRRATERED (AMR service rate decreasing): The
GSM
0106160 setting of the TFC subset and the negotiation of the
and
3 service rate can be performed for the AMR voice
UMTS
service.
WRFD- Handov
021101 er CSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
Enhance SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the CS domain is
WRFD-
ment performed.
020701
Based PSINTERRATSHOULDNOTLDHO: The inter-RAT
WRFD-
on Iur-g SHOULDNOTBE load handover of the PS domain is
020306
Inter performed.
Frequen PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover): The load-
cy Load based UMTS-to-LTE handover in the PS domain is
Balance performed.
RAB The LDR takes the actions in the preset sequence and
Quality judges whether each action is successful. If an action
of is unsuccessful, the LDR turns to the next action. If an
Service action is successful, a parameter is set to NOACT, or
Renegot all the preceding actions are taken, the downlink LDR
iation is finished, and the system waits for the next
over Iu triggering of the LDR.
Interface Because each action is performed by its algorithm
Reshuffl delivers control messages, the execution result of each
ing action can be obtained after a delay, and the LDR
Code algorithm cannot wait for a long time, so the LDR can
Resourc only judge whether the actions succeed by whether
e candidate users are found.
Manage The inter-frequency load handover has no impact on
ment the QoS of users and can balance the cell load, so the
first action.

WCDMA RAN

nd
MBMS The BE service rate decreasing is effective only when

Load the DCCC algorithm is enabled.
Control GUI Value Range: NoAct(no action),
Dynami InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load handover),
c BERateRed(BE traff rate reduction),
Channel QoSRenego(uncontrolled real-time traff Qos re-
Configu negotiation), CSInterRatShouldBeLDHO(CS domain
ration inter-rat should be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
Control BeLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should be load
(DCCC) handover), AMRRateRed(AMR traff rate reduction),
AMR/W CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO(CS domain inter-rat
B-AMR should not be load handover), PSInterRatShould-
Speech NotLDHO(PS domain inter-rat should not be load
Rates handover), PSInterU2LLDHO(U2L PS Handover)
Control Unit: None
Inter- Actual Value Range: NoAct, InterFreqLDHO,
RAT BERateRed, QoSRenego, CSInterRatShouldBeLD-
Handov HO, PSInterRatShouldBeLDHO, AMRRateRed,
er Based CSInterRatShouldNotLDHO, PSInterRatShould-
on Load NotLDHO, PSInterU2LLDHO
Default Value: InterFreqLDHO(inter-freq load
handover)
UlQosA BSC690 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Rate adjustment switch of link stability
mrAdjS 0 UQOSA 020309 RAT control for UL QoS of AMR services. When the
witch CT WRFD- Handov parameter is set to YES, UL rate of AMR services can
020701 er Based be adjusted.
QoS
Unit: None
AMR/W
Rates
Control
UlQosA BSC691 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Rate adjustment switch of link stability
mrAdjS 0 UQOSA 020309 RAT control for UL QoS of AMR services. When the
witch CT WRFD- Handov parameter is set to YES, UL rate of AMR services can
020701 er Based be adjusted.
QoS
Unit: None
AMR/W
Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlQosA BSC690 SET WRFD- AMR/W Meaning: Rate adjustment switch of link stability
mrAdjS 0 UQOSA 020701 B-AMR control for DL QoS of AMR services. When the
witch CT Speech parameter is set to YES, DL rate of AMR services can
Rates be adjusted.
Control GUI Value Range: NO, YES
Unit: None
Default Value: NO
DlQosA BSC691 SET WRFD- AMR/W Meaning: Rate adjustment switch of link stability
mrAdjS 0 UQOSA 020701 B-AMR control for DL QoS of AMR services. When the
witch CT Speech parameter is set to YES, DL rate of AMR services can
Rates be adjusted.
Unit: None
Default Value: NO
UlQosW BSC690 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Rate adjustment switch of link stability
AmrAdj 0 UQOSA 020309 RAT control for UL QoS of WAMR services. When the
Switch CT WRFD- Handov parameter is set to YES, UL rate of WAMR services
020701 er Based can be adjusted.
QoS
Unit: None
AMR/W
Rates
Control
UlQosW BSC691 SET WRFD- Inter- Meaning: Rate adjustment switch of link stability
AmrAdj 0 UQOSA 020309 RAT control for UL QoS of WAMR services. When the
Switch CT WRFD- Handov parameter is set to YES, UL rate of WAMR services
020701 er Based can be adjusted.
QoS
Unit: None
AMR/W
Rates
Control

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlQosW BSC690 SET WRFD- AMR/W Meaning: Rate adjustment switch of link stability
AmrAdj 0 UQOSA 020701 B-AMR control for DL QoS of WAMR services. When the
Switch CT Speech parameter is set to YES, DL rate of WAMR services
Rates can be adjusted.
Unit: None
Default Value: NO
DlQosW BSC691 SET WRFD- AMR/W Meaning: Rate adjustment switch of link stability
AmrAdj 0 UQOSA 020701 B-AMR control for DL QoS of WAMR services. When the
Switch CT Speech parameter is set to YES, DL rate of WAMR services
Rates can be adjusted.
Unit: None
Default Value: NO
DlThdE BSC690 SET WRFD- AMR- Meaning: Threshold E1 of DL wideband AMR speech
1 0 UAMR 010613 WB rate adjustment. Periodical reporting is used for DL
CWB WRFD- (Adaptiv measurement. When the value calculated on the basis
020701 e Multi of the measurement report is higher than the upper
Rate threshold E1, AMRC lowers the DL wideband AMR
Wide speech rate by one level. This parameter specifies the
Band) relative threshold. The absolute threshold is equal to
AMR/W the maximum DL TX power minus the relative
B-AMR threshold.
Speech GUI Value Range: 0~559
Rates Unit: 0.1dB
Control
Default Value: 20

WCDMA RAN

nd
020701 e Multi of the measurement report is higher than the upper
Rate threshold E1, AMRC lowers the DL wideband AMR
B-AMR threshold.
Rates Unit: 0.1dB
Control
Default Value: 20
020701 e Multi of the measurement report is lower than the upper
Rate threshold E2, AMRC stops adjusting the DL
Wide wideband AMR speech rate. This parameter specifies
Band) the relative threshold. The absolute threshold is equal
AMR/W to the maximum DL TX power minus the relative
B-AMR threshold.
Rates Unit: 0.1dB
Control
Default Value: 20
020701 e Multi of the measurement report is lower than the upper
Rate threshold E2, AMRC stops adjusting the DL
Wide wideband AMR speech rate. This parameter specifies
Band) the relative threshold. The absolute threshold is equal
AMR/W to the maximum DL TX power minus the relative
B-AMR threshold.
Rates Unit: 0.1dB
Control
Default Value: 20

WCDMA RAN

nd
DlThdF BSC690 SET WRFD- AMR- Meaning: Threshold F1 of DL wideband AMR speech
020701 e Multi of the measurement report is lower than the lower
Rate threshold F1, AMRC raises the DL wideband AMR
B-AMR threshold.
Rates Unit: 0.1dB
Control
Default Value: 90
020701 e Multi of the measurement report is lower than the lower
Rate threshold F1, AMRC raises the DL wideband AMR
B-AMR threshold.
Rates Unit: 0.1dB
Control
Default Value: 90
020701 e Multi of the measurement report is higher than the lower
Rate threshold F2, AMRC stops adjusting the DL wideband
Wide AMR speech rate. This parameter specifies the
B-AMR threshold.
Rates Unit: 0.1dB
Control
Default Value: 90

WCDMA RAN

nd
020701 e Multi of the measurement report is higher than the lower
Rate threshold F2, AMRC stops adjusting the DL wideband
Wide AMR speech rate. This parameter specifies the
B-AMR threshold.
Rates Unit: 0.1dB
Control
Default Value: 90

WCDMA RAN
AMR Feature Parameter Description 12 Counters
12 Counters
Table 12-1 Counters

Counter ID Counter Counter NE Feature ID Feature Name
Name Description
67180677 VS.AMR.UL.R Number of UL BSC6900 WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-

ateDown Rate Decreases AMR Speech
for AMR Rates Control
Services for
Cell

Services for
Cell
67180678 VS.AMR.DL.R Number of DL BSC6900 WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-

ateUp Rate Increases AMR Speech
Services for
Cell

Services for
Cell

Services for
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

Services for
Cell

Services for
Cell

Services for
Cell
67192001 VS.AMRWB.D Number of BSC6900 WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-

LRateUp Increases of DL AMR Speech
Rate for AMR Rates Control
WB Speech
Service

LRateUp Increases of DL AMR Speech
WB Speech
Service

LRateDown Decreases of AMR Speech
DL Rate for Rates Control
AMR WB
Speech Service

DL Rate for Rates Control
AMR WB
Speech Service
67192003 VS.AMRWB.U Number of BSC6900 WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-

LRateUp Increases of UL AMR Speech
WB Speech
Service

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

LRateUp Increases of UL AMR Speech
WB Speech
Service

UL Rate for Rates Control
AMR WB
Speech Service

UL Rate for Rates Control
AMR WB
Speech Service
67192120 VS.RAB.AttEst Number of CS BSC6900 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB

abCS.AMRWB Wideband AMR (Adaptive Multi
Service RAB Rate Wide
Establishment Band)
Attempts for
Cell

abCS.AMRWB Wideband AMR (Adaptive Multi
Service RAB Rate Wide
Establishment Band)
Attempts for
Cell
67192121 VS.RAB.SuccE Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB

stabCS.AMRW Successful CS WRFD-171202 (Adaptive Multi
B Wideband AMR Rate Wide
RAB Band)
Establishments Ultrafast CS
for Cell Call Setup
67192121 VS.RAB.SuccE Number of BSC6910 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB

stabCS.AMRW Successful CS WRFD-171202 (Adaptive Multi
B Wideband AMR Rate Wide
RAB Band)
Establishments Ultrafast CS
for Cell Call Setup

WCDMA RAN

Name Description
67192201 VS.RAB.Abnor Number of CS BSC6900 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB

mRel.AMRWB. 23.85kbit/s WB WRFD-010510 (Adaptive Multi
23.85 AMR RABs Rate Wide
Abnormally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Abnormally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Abnormally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Abnormally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

Abnormally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Abnormally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Abnormally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Abnormally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

Abnormally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Abnormally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Abnormally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Abnormally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

Abnormally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Abnormally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Abnormally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Abnormally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

Abnormally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Abnormally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release
67199618 VS.MeanTCP Mean BSC6900 WRFD-020102 Load

Transmitted Measurement
Power of
Carrier for Cell
67199618 VS.MeanTCP Mean BSC6910 WRFD-020102 Load

Transmitted Measurement
Power of
Carrier for Cell
67199619 VS.RB.AMR.D Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010501 Conversational

L.10.2 AMR Users QoS Class
with DL rate of
10.2 Kbit/s for
Cell

with DL rate of
10.2 Kbit/s for
Cell

with DL rate of
12.2 Kbit/s for
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

with DL rate of
12.2 Kbit/s for
Cell

with DL rate of
7.95 Kbit/s for
Cell

with DL rate of
7.95 Kbit/s for
Cell

with DL rate of
7.4 Kbit/s for
Cell

with DL rate of
7.4 Kbit/s for
Cell

with DL rate of
5.9 Kbit/s for
Cell

with DL rate of
5.9 Kbit/s for
Cell

with DL rate of
5.15 Kbit/s for
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

with DL rate of
5.15 Kbit/s for
Cell

with DL rate of
4.75 Kbit/s for
Cell

with DL rate of
4.75 Kbit/s for
Cell
67199626 VS.RB.AMR.U Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010501 Conversational

with UL rate of
10.2 Kbit/s for
Cell

with UL rate of
10.2 Kbit/s for
Cell

with UL rate of
12.2 Kbit/s for
Cell

with UL rate of
12.2 Kbit/s for
Cell

with UL rate of
7.95 Kbit/s for
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

with UL rate of
7.95 Kbit/s for
Cell

with UL rate of
7.4 Kbit/s for
Cell

with UL rate of
7.4 Kbit/s for
Cell

with UL rate of
5.9 Kbit/s for
Cell

with UL rate of
5.9 Kbit/s for
Cell

with UL rate of
5.15 Kbit/s for
Cell

with UL rate of
5.15 Kbit/s for
Cell

with UL rate of
4.75 Kbit/s for
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

with UL rate of
4.75 Kbit/s for
Cell

with DL rate of
6.7 Kbit/s for
Cell

with DL rate of
6.7 Kbit/s for
Cell

with UL rate of
6.7 Kbit/s for
Cell

with UL rate of
6.7 Kbit/s for
Cell
67202567 VS.LC.ULCredi Mean Usage of BSC6900 WRFD-020101 Admission

tUsed.Mean UL Credit for Control
Cell
67202567 VS.LC.ULCredi Mean Usage of BSC6910 WRFD-020101 Admission

tUsed.Mean UL Credit for Control
Cell
67203416 VS.RAB.SFOcc Mean Number BSC6900 WRFD-020108 Code Resource

upy of SFs that Management
Have Been
Occupied (Let
the SFs that
Have Been
Occupied a
Unitary SF of
256) for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description
67203416 VS.RAB.SFOcc Mean Number BSC6910 WRFD-020108 Code Resource

upy of SFs that Management
Have Been
Occupied (Let
the SFs that
Have Been
Occupied a
Unitary SF of
256) for Cell
67203803 VS.RB.AMRW Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB

B.DL.23.85 that use the CS WRFD-010510 (Adaptive Multi
AMR WB Rate Wide
speech service Band)
at the DL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
rate of 23.85 2Kbps RRC
kbit/s in the cell Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the DL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the DL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the DL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the DL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the DL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the DL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the DL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the DL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the DL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the DL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the DL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the DL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the DL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the DL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the DL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the DL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the DL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

B.UL.23.85 that use the CS WRFD-010510 (Adaptive Multi
AMR WB Rate Wide
at the UL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the UL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the UL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the UL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the UL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the UL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the UL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the UL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the UL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the UL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the UL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the UL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the UL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the UL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the UL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the UL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the UL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

AMR WB Rate Wide
at the UL bit 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

abCS.AMRWB 23.85kbit/s (Adaptive Multi
23.85 AMRWB Rate Wide
service RAB Band)
establishment
Attempts for
cell

service RAB Band)
establishment
Attempts for
cell

service RAB Band)
establishment
Attempts for
cell

service RAB Band)
establishment
Attempts for
cell

service RAB Band)
establishment
Attempts for
cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

service RAB Band)
establishment
Attempts for
cell

service RAB Band)
establishment
Attempts for
cell

service RAB Band)
establishment
Attempts for
cell

service RAB Band)
establishment
Attempts for
cell

service RAB Band)
establishment
Attempts for
cell

service RAB Band)
establishment
Attempts for
cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

service RAB Band)
establishment
Attempts for
cell

service RAB Band)
establishment
Attempts for
cell

service RAB Band)
establishment
Attempts for
cell

service RAB Band)
establishment
Attempts for
cell

service RAB Band)
establishment
Attempts for
cell

service RAB Band)
establishment
Attempts for
cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

service RAB Band)
establishment
Attempts for
cell
73394286 VS.RAB.SuccE Number of CS BSC6900 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB

stabCS.AMRW 23.85kbit/s WRFD-171202 (Adaptive Multi
B23.85 AMRWB Rate Wide
service RAB Band)
successfully Ultrafast CS
established for Call Setup
cell

service RAB Band)
cell

service RAB Band)
cell

service RAB Band)
cell

service RAB Band)
cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

service RAB Band)
cell

service RAB Band)
cell

service RAB Band)
cell

service RAB Band)
cell

service RAB Band)
cell

service RAB Band)
cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

service RAB Band)
cell

service RAB Band)
cell

service RAB Band)
cell

service RAB Band)
cell

service RAB Band)
cell

service RAB Band)
cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

service RAB Band)
cell

mRel.AMRWB. AMRWB RABs WRFD-010501 (Adaptive Multi
Iur Abnormally Rate Wide
Released on the Band)
SRNC Iur Conversational
Interface for QoS Class
SRNC

mRel.AMRWB. AMRWB RABs WRFD-010501 (Adaptive Multi
Iur Abnormally Rate Wide
SRNC
73403816 VS.RAB.Norm Number of CS BSC6900 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB

Rel.AMRWB.Iu AMRWB RABs WRFD-010501 (Adaptive Multi
r Normally Rate Wide
SRNC

Rel.AMRWB.Iu AMRWB RABs WRFD-010501 (Adaptive Multi
r Normally Rate Wide
SRNC

Rel.AMRWB. 23.85kbps WRFD-010510 (Adaptive Multi
23.85 AMRWB RABs Rate Wide
Normally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

Normally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Normally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Normally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Normally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

Normally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Normally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Normally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Normally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

Normally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Normally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Normally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Normally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

Normally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Normally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Normally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Normally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

Normally Band)
Released for 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
cell 2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

mRel.AMRWB AMRWB RABs WRFD-010510 (Adaptive Multi
Abnormally Rate Wide
Released for Band)
cell 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

mRel.AMRWB AMRWB RABs WRFD-010510 (Adaptive Multi
Abnormally Rate Wide
Released for Band)
cell 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

Rel.AMRWB AMRWB RABs WRFD-010510 (Adaptive Multi
Normally Rate Wide
Released for Band)
cell 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

Rel.AMRWB AMRWB RABs WRFD-010510 (Adaptive Multi
Normally Rate Wide
Released for Band)
cell 3.4/6.8/13.6/27.
2Kbps RRC
Connection and
Radio Access
Bearer
Establishment
and Release
73426283 VS.LCG.ULCre Average Uplink BSC6900 WRFD-140212 CE

ditUsage.Mean Credit Usage of Overbooking
LCG for Cell
73426283 VS.LCG.ULCre Average Uplink BSC6910 WRFD-140212 CE

ditUsage.Mean Credit Usage of Overbooking
LCG for Cell
73427211 VS.AttCall.UE Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB

Capab.AMRW Calls Initiated (Adaptive Multi
B and Received Rate Wide
by UEs Band)
Supporting
AMR-WB for
Cell
73427211 VS.AttCall.UE Number of BSC6910 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB

Capab.AMRW Calls Initiated (Adaptive Multi
B and Received Rate Wide
by UEs Band)
Supporting
AMR-WB for
Cell
73427875 VS.EVQI.AMR Number of BSC6900 WRFD-160204 CS Voice

WB.UL.Excelle Times the WRFD-171201 Precise Power
nt.Num Uplink EVQI of Control
AMR-WB WRFD-010613
Crystal Voice in
Services Is Deep Coverage
EXCELLENT
AMR-WB
(Adaptive Multi
Rate Wide
Band)

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

WB.UL.Excelle Times the WRFD-171201 Precise Power
nt.Num Uplink EVQI of Control
AMR-WB WRFD-010613
Crystal Voice in
EXCELLENT
AMR-WB
(Adaptive Multi
Rate Wide
Band)

WB.UL.Good. Times the WRFD-171201 Precise Power
Num Uplink EVQI of Control
AMR-WB WRFD-010613
Crystal Voice in
GOOD
AMR-WB
(Adaptive Multi
Rate Wide
Band)

WB.UL.Good. Times the WRFD-171201 Precise Power
AMR-WB WRFD-010613
Crystal Voice in
GOOD
AMR-WB
(Adaptive Multi
Rate Wide
Band)

WB.UL.Accept. Times the WRFD-171201 Precise Power
AMR-WB WRFD-010613
Crystal Voice in
ACCEPT
AMR-WB
(Adaptive Multi
Rate Wide
Band)

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

WB.UL.Accept. Times the WRFD-171201 Precise Power
AMR-WB WRFD-010613
Crystal Voice in
ACCEPT
AMR-WB
(Adaptive Multi
Rate Wide
Band)

WB.UL.Poor.N Times the WRFD-171201 Precise Power
um Uplink EVQI of Control
AMR-WB WRFD-010613
Crystal Voice in
POOR
AMR-WB
(Adaptive Multi
Rate Wide
Band)

WB.UL.Poor.N Times the WRFD-171201 Precise Power
um Uplink EVQI of Control
AMR-WB WRFD-010613
Crystal Voice in
POOR
AMR-WB
(Adaptive Multi
Rate Wide
Band)

WB.UL.Bad.Nu Times the WRFD-171201 Precise Power
m Uplink EVQI of Control
AMR-WB WRFD-010613
Crystal Voice in
BAD
AMR-WB
(Adaptive Multi
Rate Wide
Band)

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

WB.UL.Bad.Nu Times the WRFD-171201 Precise Power
m Uplink EVQI of Control
AMR-WB WRFD-010613
Crystal Voice in
BAD
AMR-WB
(Adaptive Multi
Rate Wide
Band)
73427881 VS.EVQI.AMR Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB

WB.DL.Excelle Times the (Adaptive Multi
nt.Num Downlink Rate Wide
EVQI of AMR- Band)
WB Services Is
EXCELLENT

WB.DL.Excelle Times the (Adaptive Multi
nt.Num Downlink Rate Wide
EVQI of AMR- Band)
WB Services Is
EXCELLENT

WB.DL.Good. Times the (Adaptive Multi
Num Downlink Rate Wide
EVQI of AMR- Band)
WB Services Is
GOOD

WB.DL.Good. Times the (Adaptive Multi
EVQI of AMR- Band)
WB Services Is
GOOD

WB.DL.Accept. Times the (Adaptive Multi
EVQI of AMR- Band)
WB Services Is
ACCEPT

WB.DL.Accept. Times the (Adaptive Multi
EVQI of AMR- Band)
WB Services Is
ACCEPT

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

WB.DL.Poor.N Times the (Adaptive Multi
um Downlink Rate Wide
EVQI of AMR- Band)
WB Services Is
POOR

WB.DL.Poor.N Times the (Adaptive Multi
um Downlink Rate Wide
EVQI of AMR- Band)
WB Services Is
POOR

WB.DL.Bad.Nu Times the (Adaptive Multi
m Downlink Rate Wide
EVQI of AMR- Band)
WB Services Is
BAD

WB.DL.Bad.Nu Times the (Adaptive Multi
m Downlink Rate Wide
EVQI of AMR- Band)
WB Services Is
BAD
73427917 VS.LCC.LDR. Number of UEs BSC6900 WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-

AMRSfRecfg Involved in AMR Speech
AMR-WB SF Rates Control
Reconfiguration
When a Cell Is
in the Basic
Congestion
State
73427917 VS.LCC.LDR. Number of UEs BSC6910 WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-

AMRSfRecfg Involved in AMR Speech
AMR-WB SF Rates Control
Reconfiguration
When a Cell Is
in the Basic
Congestion
State

WCDMA RAN

Name Description
73428273 VS.RAB.Rel.A Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010501 Conversational

MRWB.UL.Lo Normally WRFD-010613 QoS Class
wQuality Released AMR- AMR-WB
WB RABs (Adaptive Multi
(Poor Uplink Rate Wide
Voice Quality) Band)

MRWB.UL.Lo Normally WRFD-010613 QoS Class
(Poor Uplink Rate Wide

MRWB.DL.Lo Normally WRFD-010613 QoS Class
(Poor Downlink Rate Wide

MRWB.DL.Lo Normally WRFD-010613 QoS Class
(Poor Downlink Rate Wide
73428375 VS.OrigCSCall. Number of CS BSC6900 WRFD-010501 Conversational

AttEstab.Idle Service Setup WRFD-010613 QoS Class
Attempts AMR-WB
Initiated by UEs (Adaptive Multi
in Idle Mode for Rate Wide
Cell Band)

AttEstab.Idle Service Setup WRFD-010613 QoS Class
Attempts AMR-WB
Cell Band)

AttEstab.CSFB. Service Setup WRFD-010613 QoS Class
Redir Attempts AMR-WB
Initiated by (Adaptive Multi
Redirection- Rate Wide
based CSFB Band)
UEs for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

Redir Attempts AMR-WB
based CSFB Band)
UEs for Cell

AttEstab.DCH Service Setup WRFD-010613 QoS Class
Attempts AMR-WB
in CELL_DCH Rate Wide
State for Cell Band)

AttEstab.DCH Service Setup WRFD-010613 QoS Class
Attempts AMR-WB
in CELL_DCH Rate Wide

AttEstab.FACH Service Setup WRFD-010613 QoS Class
Attempts AMR-WB
in CELL_FACH Rate Wide

AttEstab.FACH Service Setup WRFD-010613 QoS Class
Attempts AMR-WB
in CELL_FACH Rate Wide

AttEstab.PCH Service Setup WRFD-010613 QoS Class
Attempts AMR-WB
in CELL_PCH/ Rate Wide
URA_PCH Band)
State for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

AttEstab.PCH Service Setup WRFD-010613 QoS Class
Attempts AMR-WB
in CELL_PCH/ Rate Wide
URA_PCH Band)
State for Cell

PSHO Attempts AMR-WB
Handover-based Rate Wide
CSFB UEs for Band)
Cell

PSHO Attempts AMR-WB
CSFB UEs for Band)
Cell
73428381 VS.OrigCSCall. Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010501 Conversational

SuccEstab.Idle Successful CS WRFD-010613 QoS Class
Service Setups AMR-WB
Cell Band)

SuccEstab.Idle Successful CS WRFD-010613 QoS Class
Cell Band)

SuccEstab.CSF Successful CS WRFD-010613 QoS Class
B.Redir Service Setups AMR-WB
based CSFB Band)
UEs for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

B.Redir Service Setups AMR-WB
based CSFB Band)
UEs for Cell

SuccEstab.DCH Successful CS WRFD-010613 QoS Class
in the Rate Wide
CELL_DCH Band)
State for Cell

SuccEstab.DCH Successful CS WRFD-010613 QoS Class
in the Rate Wide
CELL_DCH Band)
State for Cell

SuccEstab.FAC Successful CS WRFD-010613 QoS Class
H Service Setups AMR-WB
in the Rate Wide
CELL_FACH Band)
State for Cell

SuccEstab.FAC Successful CS WRFD-010613 QoS Class
H Service Setups AMR-WB
in the Rate Wide
CELL_FACH Band)
State for Cell

SuccEstab.PCH Successful CS WRFD-010613 QoS Class
in the Rate Wide
CELL_PCH/ Band)
URA_PCH
State for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

SuccEstab.PCH Successful CS WRFD-010613 QoS Class
in the Rate Wide
CELL_PCH/ Band)
URA_PCH
State for Cell

B.PSHO Service Setups AMR-WB
CSFB UEs for Band)
Cell

B.PSHO Service Setups AMR-WB
CSFB UEs for Band)
Cell
73428428 VS.OrigCall.Est Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010501 Conversational

abDelay.Good. Times that the WRFD-010613 QoS Class
Num.AMRWB Access Delay of AMR-WB
AMR-WB Calls (Adaptive Multi
Is GOOD for Rate Wide
Cell Band)

abDelay.Good. Times that the WRFD-010613 QoS Class
Num.AMRWB Access Delay of AMR-WB
Is GOOD for Rate Wide
Cell Band)

abDelay.Mediu Times that the WRFD-010613 QoS Class
m.Num.AMRW Access Delay of AMR-WB
B AMR-WB Calls (Adaptive Multi
Is MEDIUM for Rate Wide
Cell Band)

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

abDelay.Mediu Times that the WRFD-010613 QoS Class
m.Num.AMRW Access Delay of AMR-WB
B AMR-WB Calls (Adaptive Multi
Is MEDIUM for Rate Wide
Cell Band)

abDelay.Bad.Nu Times that the WRFD-010613 QoS Class
m.AMRWB Access Delay of AMR-WB
Is BAD for Cell Rate Wide
Band)

abDelay.Bad.Nu Times that the WRFD-010613 QoS Class
m.AMRWB Access Delay of AMR-WB
Is BAD for Cell Rate Wide
Band)

MRWB.CNAbn AMR-WB WRFD-010613 QoS Class
ormal RABs AMR-WB
Abnormally (Adaptive Multi
Released by the Rate Wide
CN for Cell Band)

MRWB.CNAbn AMR-WB WRFD-010613 QoS Class
ormal RABs AMR-WB
Abnormally (Adaptive Multi
Released by the Rate Wide
CN for Cell Band)
73428886 VS.AMRNB.D Number of BSC6900 WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-

L.RateUp.Tcp Times That AMR Speech
Downlink Rate Rates Control
Increase Is
Triggered for
NB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Triggered
by Downlink
Transmit
Power)

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

Increase Is
Triggered for
NB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Triggered
by Downlink
Transmit
Power)

L.RateDown.Tc Times That AMR Speech
p Downlink Rate Rates Control
Reduction Is
Triggered for
NB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Triggered
by Downlink
Transmit
Power)

Reduction Is
Triggered for
NB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Triggered
by Downlink
Transmit
Power)

Increase Is
Triggered for
WB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Triggered
by Downlink
Transmit
Power)

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

Increase Is
Triggered for
WB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Triggered
by Downlink
Transmit
Power)

Reduction Is
Triggered for
WB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Triggered
by Downlink
Transmit
Power)

Reduction Is
Triggered for
WB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Triggered
by Downlink
Transmit
Power)
73428890 VS.AMRNB.U Number of BSC6900 WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-

L.RateUp.UeTx Times That AMR Speech
Pwr Uplink Rate Rates Control
Increase Is
Triggered for
NB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Triggered
by UE Transmit
Power)

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

Increase Is
Triggered for
NB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Triggered
by UE Transmit
Power)

L.RateDown.Ue Times That AMR Speech
TxPwr Uplink Rate Rates Control
Reduction Is
Triggered for
NB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Triggered
by UE Transmit
Power)

Reduction Is
Triggered for
NB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Triggered
by UE Transmit
Power)

Increase Is
Triggered for
WB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Triggered
by UE Transmit
Power)

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

Increase Is
Triggered for
WB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Triggered
by UE Transmit
Power)

Reduction Is
Triggered for
WB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Triggered
by UE Transmit
Power)

Reduction Is
Triggered for
WB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Triggered
by UE Transmit
Power)

L.RateUp.TRF Times That AMR Speech
O Uplink Rate Rates Control
Increase Is
Triggered for
NB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Based on
TrFO)

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

Increase Is
Triggered for
NB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Based on
TrFO)

L.RateDown.T Times That AMR Speech
RFO Uplink Rate Rates Control
Reduction Is
Triggered for
NB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Based on
TrFO)

Reduction Is
Triggered for
NB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Based on
TrFO)

Increase Is
Triggered for
WB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Based on
TrFO)

Increase Is
Triggered for
WB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Based on
TrFO)

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

Reduction Is
Triggered for
WB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Based on
TrFO)

Reduction Is
Triggered for
WB-AMR
Services for
Cell (Based on
TrFO)
73428898 VS.LCC.LDR. Number of BSC6900 WRFD-020701 AMR/WB-

AMRWBRateU Times That AMR Speech
L Rate Reduction Rates Control
Is Performed for
WB-AMR
Services due to
Uplink Basic
Congestion for
Cell

AMRWBRateU Times That AMR Speech
Is Performed for
WB-AMR
Services due to
Uplink Basic
Congestion for
Cell

AMRWBRateD Times That AMR Speech
Is Performed for
WB-AMR
Services due to
Downlink Basic
Congestion for
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

AMRWBRateD Times That AMR Speech
Is Performed for
WB-AMR
Services due to
Downlink Basic
Congestion for
Cell
73428905 VS.ULBler.AM Number of TBs BSC6900 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB

RWB.ErrTB with UL CRCI (Adaptive Multi
Error for AMR- Rate Wide
WB Services Band)
for Cell
73428905 VS.ULBler.AM Number of TBs BSC6910 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB

RWB.ErrTB with UL CRCI (Adaptive Multi
Error for AMR- Rate Wide
WB Services Band)
for Cell
73428906 VS.ULBler.AM Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB

RWB.Sample BLER (Adaptive Multi
Samplings for Rate Wide
AMR-WB Band)
Services for
Cell
73428906 VS.ULBler.AM Number of BSC6910 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB

RWB.Sample BLER (Adaptive Multi
Samplings for Rate Wide
AMR-WB Band)
Services for
Cell
73432108 VS.AMR.RBRe Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB

cfg.Att AMR RB (Adaptive Multi
Reconfiguration Rate Wide
Attempts for Band)
Cell

cfg.Att AMR RB (Adaptive Multi
Reconfiguration Rate Wide
Attempts for Band)
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

cfg.Succ Times AMR RB (Adaptive Multi
Is Successfully Rate Wide
Reconfigured Band)
for Cell

cfg.Succ Times AMR RB (Adaptive Multi
Is Successfully Rate Wide
Reconfigured Band)
for Cell
73432110 VS.AMR.Asyn Number of BSC6900 WRFD-160106 Fast Radio

RBRecfg.Att AMR RB WRFD-010613 Bearer Setup
Reconfiguration AMR-WB
Attempts for (Adaptive Multi
Cell Rate Wide
(Asynchronous) Band)

RBRecfg.Att AMR RB WRFD-010613 Bearer Setup
Reconfiguration AMR-WB
Attempts for (Adaptive Multi
Cell Rate Wide

RBRecfg.Succ Times AMR RB WRFD-010613 Bearer Setup
Is Successfully AMR-WB
Reconfigured (Adaptive Multi
for Cell Rate Wide

RBRecfg.Succ Times AMR RB WRFD-010613 Bearer Setup
Is Successfully AMR-WB
Reconfigured (Adaptive Multi
for Cell Rate Wide
73444346 VS.OrigCall.Est Average Access BSC6900 WRFD-010501 Conversational

abMeanTime.A Delay of the WRFD-010613 QoS Class
MRWB.PCH AMR-WB Calls AMR-WB
in the Rate Wide
CELL_PCH/ Band)
URA_PCH
State for Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

MRWB.PCH AMR-WB Calls AMR-WB
in the Rate Wide
CELL_PCH/ Band)
URA_PCH
State for Cell

MRWB.CSFB. AMR-WB Calls AMR-WB
Redir Initiated by UEs (Adaptive Multi
in Redirection- Rate Wide
based CSFB for Band)
Cell

MRWB.CSFB. AMR-WB Calls AMR-WB
Redir Initiated by UEs (Adaptive Multi
in Redirection- Rate Wide
Cell

MRWB.CSFB.P AMR-WB Calls AMR-WB
SHO Initiated by UEs (Adaptive Multi
in Handover- Rate Wide
Cell

MRWB.CSFB.P AMR-WB Calls AMR-WB
SHO Initiated by UEs (Adaptive Multi
in Handover- Rate Wide
Cell

MRWB AMR-WB Calls AMR-WB
for Cell Rate Wide
Band)

WCDMA RAN

Name Description

MRWB AMR-WB Calls AMR-WB
for Cell Rate Wide
Band)

MRWB.DCH AMR-WB Calls AMR-WB
in the Rate Wide
CELL_DCH Band)
State for Cell

MRWB.DCH AMR-WB Calls AMR-WB
in the Rate Wide
CELL_DCH Band)
State for Cell

MRWB.FACH AMR-WB Calls AMR-WB
in the Rate Wide
CELL_FACH Band)
State for Cell

MRWB.FACH AMR-WB Calls AMR-WB
in the Rate Wide
CELL_FACH Band)
State for Cell
73444479 VS.RAB.AMR Number of BSC6900 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB

WB.Erlang.cell Erlangs for (Adaptive Multi
AMRWB Rate Wide
Services for Band)
Cell
73444479 VS.RAB.AMR Number of BSC6910 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB

WB.Erlang.cell Erlangs for (Adaptive Multi
AMRWB Rate Wide
Services for Band)
Cell

WCDMA RAN

Name Description
73444480 VS.ULBler.AM UL BLER of BSC6900 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB

RWB AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi
Services for Rate Wide
Cell Band)
73444480 VS.ULBler.AM UL BLER of BSC6910 WRFD-010613 AMR-WB

RWB AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi
Services for Rate Wide
Cell Band)
73447343 VS.AMRNB.Tr Number of UL BSC6900 WRFD-011600 TFO/TrFO

FO.UlRateDow AMR-NB
nFail.Frame.Nu Speech Frames
m Received After
TrFO UL Rate
Reduction
Failures

FO.UlRateDow AMR-NB
nFail.Frame.Nu Speech Frames
m Received After
TrFO UL Rate
Reduction
Failures

FO.TransCoder. AMR-NB
Frame.Num Speech Frames
Transcoded
After TrFO UL
Rate Reduction
Failures

FO.TransCoder. AMR-NB
Frame.Num Speech Frames
Transcoded
After TrFO UL
Rate Reduction
Failures

WCDMA RAN
AMR Feature Parameter Description 13 Glossary
13 Glossary
For the acronyms, abbreviations, terms, and definitions, see Glossary.

WCDMA RAN
AMR Feature Parameter Description 14 Reference Documents
14 Reference Documents
1. 3GPP TS 28.062, "Inband Tandem Free Operation (TFO) of speech codecs; Service
description; Stage 3"
2. 3GPP TS 26.103, "Speech codec list for GSM and UMTS"
3. 3GPP TR 26.975, "Performance characterization of the Adaptive Multi-Rate (AMR)
speech codec"
4. Load Control Feature Parameter Description
5. Voice over HSPA Feature Parameter Description
6. Call Admission Control Feature Parameter Description
7. Enhanced Combined Services Feature Parameter Description
8. License Management Feature Parameter Description


AMR (RAN19.0 - Draft A)

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

AMR (RAN19.0 - Draft A)

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

WCDMA RAN

AMR Feature Parameter Description

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Trademarks and Permissions

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Issue Draft A (2016-06-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential i

1 About This Document.................................................................................................................. 1

4 Technical Description of AMR-WB Services......................................................................... 16

7 Speech Quality Assessment and Maintenance......................................................................35

Issue Draft A (2016-06-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential ii

Issue Draft A (2016-06-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iii

10.3.1 When to Use This Feature....................................................................................................................................... 59

Issue Draft A (2016-06-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential iv

1 About This Document

This document covers the following features:

l WRFD-010613 AMR-WB (Adaptive Multi Rate Wide Band)

This document applies to the following NE types.

RNC BSC6900, BSC6910

NodeB Macro 3900 series macro base stations: BTS3900, BTS3900A,

LampSite DBS3900 LampSite

1.2 Intended Audience

l Need to understand the features described herein

Issue Draft A (2016-06-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 1

1.3 Change History

RAN19.0 Draft A (2016-06-23)

Change Change Description Parameter Change

Feature Added the minimum rate mode guarantee Added the

Editorial None None

1.4 Differences Between Base Station Types

WRFD-01 AMR-WB Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Issue Draft A (2016-06-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 2

WRFD-02 AMR/WB Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

WRFD-01 TFO/TrFO Yes Yes N/A N/A N/A

Issue Draft A (2016-06-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 3

Table 2-1 describes the development of UMTS voice bearer technologies.

Table 2-1 Development of UMTS voice bearer technologies

Protocol Release CS Voice PS Voice

3GPP Release 99 AMR-NB over DCH -

3GPP Release 4 TFO, TrFO, and soft switch -

3GPP Release 5 AMR-WB over DCH VoIP over DCH (IMS-

3GPP Release 6 - VoIP over HSPA

3GPP Release 7 - VoIP over HSPA+ (CPC)

3GPP Release 8 AMR over HSPA/HSPA+ -

Table 2-2 compares different voice bearer technologies.

Table 2-2 Comparison between voice bearer technologies

Item AMR over AMR over VoIP over VoIP over

Radio bearer R99 DCH HSPA/HSPA+ HSPA/HSPA+ DCH

Issue Draft A (2016-06-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 4

Item AMR over AMR over VoIP over VoIP over

RNC rate AMRC AMRC None None

Terminal Ordinary l Supports l Supports Supports the

Issue Draft A (2016-06-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 5

3.1 AMR Radio Bearer Scheme

RAB No. CN Traffic Source MBR Direction

0 CS Conversatio Speech 12.2 Downlink/

1 CS Conversatio Speech 23.85 Downlink/

Issue Draft A (2016-06-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 6

3.2 Admission Control on AMR Services

3.3 AMR Rate Set

AMR-NB Rate Set

Table 3-1 Rates of AMR-NB services

Issue Draft A (2016-06-23) Huawei Proprietary and Confidential 7

Table 3-2 Recommended configurations of the AMR-NB rate set